Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB
State of Michigan Department of Technology, Management and Budget State Facilities Administration Design and Construction Division
DCSPEC Bidding and Contract Document Minor Projects
File No. 472/16376.MNB Index No. 30670
Department of Corrections Macomb Correctional Facility Replacement of Sliding Security Doors New Haven, MI
JANUARY 31, 2018 – CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING
DTMB-0401D (R 9/16)
Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB
BID SUMMARY DEPARTMENT OF TECHNOLOGY, MANAGEMENT AND BUDGET STATE FACILITIES ADMINISTRATION DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION DIVISION 3111 W. St. Joseph Street Lansing, Michigan 48917
Bids must be submitted electronically through the SIGMA VSS website at https://sigma.michigan.gov/webapp/PRDVSS2X1/AltSelfService
FILE NUMBER INDEX NUMBER DEPARTMENT/AGENCY 472/16376.MNB 30670 Department of Corrections-Macomb Correctional Facility
CONTRACT TIME(S) PROJECT NAME LOCATION 90 Calendar Days Department of Corrections Macomb Correctional Facility Macomb Correctional facility 34625 26 Mile Rd, New Haven, MI Replacement of Sliding Security Doors 48048 BID OPENING DATE FOR AN EXAMINATION OF THE SITE CONTACT: James McDonald, Facility Manager March 21, 2018 at 2:00 pm Local Time Macomb Correctional Facility 586-749-4900
SEE SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS AND SECTION 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS PROVIDED WITH THE BIDDING DOCUMENTS. BID: WE PROPOSE TO FURNISH, PERFORM AND COMPLETE THE ENTIRE WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS IN CONSIDERATION OF THE BID PRICE (S) STATED BELOW.
FIRM NAME AND COMPLETE ADDRESS TELEPHONE NUMBER and E-MAIL ADDRESS
FEDERAL I.D. NUMBER □ Qualified Disabled Veteran (protected information required for processing payments)
BIDDER'S SIGNATURE AND TITLE DATE WITNESS' SIGNATURE DATE
By signing this bid above, bidder certifies their enclosed Qualified Disabled Veteran and Michigan-Based Business Certifications. BASE BID FROM BID SCHEDULE (Include specified Allowances):
______Dollars $______(use words) (in figures)
Alternate-1: (Subtract) ______Dollars $ ______(use words) (in figures)
Builders Risk Insurance is NOT provided by the State of Michigan. (See Section 00700, No. 3, Paragraph 3.4.)
A PERFORMANCE BOND AND A PAYMENT BOND ARE REQUIRED FOR ALL BIDS OVER $50,000.00. EACH BID MUST BE ACCOMPANIED BY A FIVE (5) PERCENT BID GUARANTEE. BIDDERS ARE ALSO CAUTIONED TO FAMILIARIZE THEMSELVES WITH ALL OF THE OTHER CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT. Project Scope of Work: Removal and Replacement of existing automatic sliding aluminum security doors and storefronts, and. All work is within the Macomb Correctional Administration building. Door replacement work includes new door hardware, new security glazing, removal/replacement and refinishing of floor and wall finishes.
.The Bidder must figure its Base Bid on the specified, or Addendum-approved, materials and equipment only. No “or equal” or substitution proposals will be permitted after Bid opening, except as provided in the General Conditions.
Addenda: Bidder acknowledges receipt of Addenda: No. ___ dated: ______No. ___ dated: ______No. ___ dated: ______
Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB
FIRM NAME TELEPHONE NUMBER and E-MAIL ADDRESS
BID SCHEDULE
Base Bid Schedule - The Bidder will complete the Work and accept as full payment, for the Work items listed, the following Unit Prices and/or Item Bid Prices, as applicable:
Base Bid Bid Description Unit Item Bid Item No. Quantity (Bidder to write price in words) Price Price
Allowances: Provisional / Contingency Allowance………………………………………………………………………………. $ 5,000.00
Base Bid (Sum of Item Bid Prices for all Base Bid Items):
______Dollars $______(use words) (in figures)
Schedule of Alternates - The Bidder will complete (or deduct from the Contract) the parts of the Work designated by the Alternates that follow and accept in full payment (or allow in full credit) for those parts of the Work the following Item Bid Prices:
Alternate Description `` Item Bid Item No. (Bidder to write price in words) Price
____1______Deduct ______.___ (use words) (in figures)
The Bidder further acknowledges and agrees that the separate prices bid on this “Schedule of Alternates,” where they are applicable and deemed acceptable by the Owner, will be used if incorporated into the Contract when the Owner issues the Notice of Award.
Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB
DEPARTMENT OF TECHNOLOGY, MANAGEMENT AND BUDGET State Facilities Administration Design & Construction Division
Qualified Disabled Veteran (QDV) Business Representation
‘Qualified Disabled Veteran,’ means a business entity that is 51% or more owned by one or more veterans with a service- connected disability.
‘Qualified Disabled,’ means a business entity that is 51% or more owned by one or more with a service-connected disability.
The vendor represents that it IS _____, a qualified disabled veteran.
The contractor represents and warrants that the company meets the above (when checked) and has attached supporting documentation per the following:
Each bid requesting the Qualified Disabled Veterans (QDV) preference, in accordance with Public Act 22 of 2010, MCL 18.1241.3 shall include a DD214 Proof of Service and Discharge, a Veterans Administration rating decision letter, proof of disability (if the disability is not indicated on the DD214), and appropriate legal documents setting forth the 51% natural persons QDV ownership.
Fraudulent Certification as a Qualified Disabled Veteran may result in debarment under MCL 18.264.
Certification of a Michigan Based Business (Information Required Prior to Contract Award for Application of State Reciprocity Provisions)
To qualify as a Michigan Based Business:
Vendor must have, during the 12 months immediately preceding this bid deadline: or If the business is newly established, for the period the business has been in existence, it has:
(check all that apply):
Filed a Michigan single business tax return showing a portion or all of the income tax base allocated or apportioned to the State of Michigan pursuant to the Michigan Single Business Tax Act, 1975 PA 228, MCL 208.1 – 208.145; or Filed a Michigan income tax return showing income generated in or attributed to the State of Michigan; or
Withheld Michigan income tax from compensation paid to the bidder’s owners and remitted the tax to the Department of Treasury; or
I certify that I have personal knowledge of such filing or withholding, that it was more than a nominal filing for the purpose of gaining the status of a Michigan business, and that it indicates a significant business presence in the state, considering the size of the business and the nature of its activities.
I authorize the Michigan Department of Treasury to verify that the business has or has not met the criteria for a Michigan business indicated above and to disclose the verifying information to the procuring agency.
Bidder shall also indicate one of the following:
Bidder qualifies as a Michigan business (provide zip code: ______)
Bidder does not qualify as a Michigan business (provide name of State: ______).
Principal place of business is outside the State of Michigan, however service/commodity provided by a location within the State of Michigan (provide zip code: (______).
Fraudulent Certification as a Michigan business is prohibited by MCL 18.1268 § 268. A BUSINESS THAT PURPOSELY OR WILLFULLY SUBMITS A FALSE CERTIFICATION THAT IT IS A MICHIGAN BUSINESS OR FALSELY INDICATES THE STATE IN WHICH IT HAS ITS PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS IS GUILTY OF A FELONY, PUNISHABLE BY A FINE OF NOT LESS THAN $25,000 and subject to debarment under MCL 18.264.
Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB BID BOND
BID SUBMITTED ON the ______day of ______, 20____.
Bid Security is in the form of: a Bid Bond ______Bid Bond form has been duly executed ______; or
A Bank Certified or Cashier's check ___ or Money Order ___ is attached to this page ____
If the Bidder is an Individual: Name of Individual: ______Name & Title of Person Authorized to sign: ______
Signature: ______(If not the Individual, Attach Power of Attorney) Date Doing Business as: ______Business Address: ______County of registration ______Telephone: ______FAX: ______If the Bidder is a Partnership: By: ______(True Name of the Partnership) ______Partner Authorized to Sign Date Signature: ______(Attach evidence of Authority to sign) Date Business Address: ______County of registration ______Telephone: ______FAX ______
If the Bidder is a Corporation: By: ______(Legal Corporation Name) Name & Title of Authorized Officer: ______
Signature: ______(Attach evidence of Authority to sign) Date Name & Title of Officer Attesting: ______
Signature: ______Date Business Address: ______Telephone: ______FAX ______
(State of Incorporation): ______
If The Bidder is A Joint Venture: JOINT VENTURE SIGNATURES MUST BE AS PROVIDED IN INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS. EACH JOINT VENTURER SIGNING THE BID MUST SIGN IN THE MANNER INDICATED FOR AN INDIVIDUAL, A PARTNERSHIP OR A CORPORATION. IF MORE THAN TWO JOINT VENTURERS OF THE SAME TYPE ARE INCLUDED, USE ADDITIONAL PAGES. JOINT VENTURE STATE OF INCORPORATION ______OR COUNTY OF REGISTRATION ______
Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB POST-BID SUBMITTALS The PSC will request this submittal after bid opening. Complete and submit these items within two business days after the request.
BIDDER’S EXPERIENCE MODIFICATION RATING (EMR) ______Attach letter of explanation if the Bidder does not have an EMR.
PROPOSED PROJECT SUPERINTENDENT ______Attach brief resume or list of similar successful projects.
LIST OF SIMILAR PROJECTS COMPLETED BY THE BIDDER Please list at least three completed projects of similar size and complexity to the project being bid, with reference contact information ______
REFERENCE #___
Owner: ______
Project/Contract Name: ______
Location of Project/Contract: ______
Contract Price: ______Project/Contract Started: ______Completed: ______
Owner's Representative (Name and Telephone): ______
Scope of Project/Contract: ______
______
REFERENCE #___
Owner: ______
Project/Contract Name: ______
Location of Project/Contract: ______
Contract Price: ______Project/Contract Started: ______Completed: ______
Owner's Representative (Name and Telephone): ______
Scope of Project/Contract: ______
______
REFERENCE #___
Owner: ______
Project/Contract Name: ______
Location of Project/Contract: ______
Contract Price: ______Project/Contract Started: ______Completed: ______
Owner's Representative (Name and Telephone): ______
Scope of Project/Contract: ______
Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB PERFORMANCE BOND SURETY COMPANY REFERENCE No. ______
That "the Contractor," ______, a corporation ___, individual ___, partnership ___, joint venture ___ of the State of ______, qualified to do business in the State of Michigan, as Principal, and "the Surety," ______, of the State of ______, as surety, are held and bound unto the State of Michigan, "the Owner," as Obligee, in the amount of ______Dollars ($______), for the payment of which the Contractor and Surety bind themselves, their respective heirs, successors, legal representatives and assigns, jointly and severally, in compliance with 1963 PA 213, as amended, MCL 129.201 et seq.
The Contractor has entered into "the Contract" with the Owner for ______, "the Work," covered by the Contract Documents, which are incorporated into this Performance Bond by this reference;
If the Contractor faithfully performs and fulfills all the modification of the Contract Documents (including addition, undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions, warranties, deletion or other revision). indemnifications and agreements of the Contract Documents within the Contract Time (including any authorized changes, B. This Performance Bond must be solely for the protection of with or without notice to the Surety) and during the Correction the Owner and its successors, legal representatives or Period, and if the Contractor also performs and fulfills all the assigns. undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions, warranties, indemnifications and agreements of any and all duly authorized C. It is the intention of the Contractor and Surety that they modifications of the Contract Documents, then THIS must be bound by all terms and conditions of the Contract OBLIGATION IS VOID, OTHERWISE TO REMAIN IN FULL Documents (including, but not limited to General Conditions FORCE AND EFFECT. and this Performance Bond). However, this Performance Bond is executed pursuant to 1963 PA 213, as amended, MCL A. No change in Contract Price or Contract Time, "or equal" or 129.201 et seq., and if any provision(s) of this Performance substitution or modification of the Contract Documents Bond is/are illegal, invalid or unenforceable, all other provisions (including addition, deletion or other revision) releases the of this Performance Bond must nevertheless remain in full Surety of its obligations under this Section 00610 Performance force and effect, and the Owner must be protected to the full Bond. The Surety expressly waives notice of any such change extent provided by 1963 PA 213, as amended, MCL 129.201 et in Contract Price or Contract Time, "or equal" or substitution or seq.
IMPORTANT: The Surety must be authorized to do business in the State of Michigan by the Department of Licensing and Regulatory Affairs Insurance Bureau, must be listed on the current U.S. Department of the Treasury Circular 570, and, unless otherwise authorized by the Owner in writing, must have at least an A Best's rating and a Class VII or better financial size category per current A. M. Best Company ratings.
Name, Address and Telephone of the Surety: Address and Telephone of Agent, who is either a resident of, or whose principal office is maintained in, the State of Michigan
Signed and sealed this ______day of ______, 20_____.
THE CONTRACTOR: (Print Full Name and Sign) By:______
WITNESS ______Name & Title: ______Telephone No. ______
THE SURETY: (Print Full Name and Sign) Agent: ______
WITNESS ______Attorney-in-Fact: ______Telephone No. ______
Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB
PAYMENT BOND SURETY COMPANY REFERENCE No.______
"the Contractor," ______, a corporation ___, individual ___, partnership ___, joint venture ___ of the State of ______, qualified to do business in the State of Michigan, as Principal, and "the Surety," ______, of the State of ______, as surety, are held and bound unto the State of Michigan, "the Owner," as Obligee, in the amount of ______Dollars ($______), for the payment of which the Contractor and Surety bind themselves, their respective heirs, successors, legal representatives and assigns, jointly and severally, in compliance with 1963 PA 213, as amended, MCL 129.201 et seq.
The Contractor has entered into "the Contract" with the Owner for ______, "the Work," covered by the Contract Documents, which are incorporated into this Payment Bond by this reference;
If the Contractor promptly pays all claimants supplying labor hereby expressly waives notice of any such change in Contract or materials to the Contractor or to the Contractor's Price or Contract Time, "or equal" or substitution or Subcontractors in the prosecution of the Work, then THIS modification of the Contract Documents (including addition, OBLIGATION IS VOID, OTHERWISE TO REMAIN IN FULL deletion or other revision). FORCE AND EFFECT. C. It is the intention of the Contractor and Surety that they A. All rights and remedies on this Payment Bond are solely for must be bound by all terms and conditions of the Contract the protection of all claimants supplying labor and materials to Documents (including, but not limited to this Payment Bond). the Contractor or the Contractor's Subcontractors in the However, this Payment Bond is executed pursuant to 1963 PA prosecution of the Work, and must be determined in 213, as amended, MCL 129.201 et seq., and if any provision(s) accordance with Michigan Law. of this Payment Bond is/are illegal, invalid or unenforceable, all other provisions of this Payment Bond must nevertheless B. No change in Contract Price or Contract Time, "or equal" or remain in full force and effect, and the Owner must be substitution or modification of the Contract Documents protected to the full extent provided by 1963 PA 213, as (including addition, deletion or other revision) must release the amended, MCL 129.201 et seq. Surety of its obligations under this Payment Bond. The Surety
IMPORTANT: The Surety must be authorized to do business in the State of Michigan by the Department of Licensing and Regulatory Affairs Insurance Bureau, must be listed on the current U.S. Department of the Treasury Circular 570, and, unless otherwise authorized by the Owner in writing, must have at least an A Best's rating and a Class VII or better financial size category per current A. M. Best Company ratings.
Name, Address and Telephone of the Surety: Address and Telephone of Agent, who is either a resident of, or whose principal office is maintained in, the State of Michigan
Signed and sealed this ______day of ______, 20_____.
THE CONTRACTOR: (Print Full Name and Sign) By:______
WITNESS ______Name & Title: ______Telephone No. ______
THE SURETY: (Print Full Name and Sign) Agent: ______
WITNESS ______Attorney-in-Fact: ______Telephone No. ______
Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CONTRACT FORMS BID SUMMARY FORM BID SCHEDULE QUALIFIED DISABLED VETERAN (QDV) BUSINESS REPRESENTATION CERTIFICATION OF A MICHIGAN BASED BUSINESS BID BOND POST-BID SUBMITTALS PERFORMANCE BOND PAYMENT BOND
TABLE OF CONTENTS TC-1 thru TC-2
DIVISION 00 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND CONTRACT CONDITIONS
SECTION TITLE PAGES THRU 00010 PRE-BID INFORMATION 00-1 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00-5 TO 00-8 00120 SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS 00-8 00200 INFORMATION TO BIDDERS 00-8 TO 00-9 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS 00-9 TO 00-19 00750 SPECIAL WORKING CONDITIONS 00-19 TO 00-20 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS 00-20 00850 WAGE DETERMINATION SCHEDULE 00-20 00900 ADDENDA 00-20
DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK 01-1 01020 ALLOWANCES 01-1 01025 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT 01-1 01030 ALTERNATES 01-1 01040 COORDINATION 01-1 TO 01-2 01050 FIELD ENGINEERING 01-2 01060 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 01-2 TO 01-4 01090 REFERENCES 01-4 01100 PROJECT PROCEDURES 01-4 TO 01-5 01200 PROJECT MEETINGS 01-5 01300 SUBMITTALS 01-5 TO 01-6 01400 QUALITY CONTROL 01-6 01500 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01-6 01600 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT 01-7 01650 FACILITY START-UP 01-7 01700 CONTRACT CLOSE-OUT 01-7 TO 01-8 01800 MAINTENANCE 01-8 003119 EXISTING CONDITION INFORMATION 1 thru 1 012500 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 1 thru 3 013100 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 1 thru 6 013300 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 1 thru 8 013516 ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES 1 thru 6 014000 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 1 thru 6 014200 REFERENCES 1 thru 10 016000 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 1 thru 4
TC-1
Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB
017300 EXECUTION 1 thru 6 017700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 1 thru 4 017823 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 1 thru 7 017839 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 1 thru 2 017900 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 1 thru 4
DIVISION 02 – EXISTING CONDITIONS 024119 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 1 thru 4
DIVISION 07 – THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 079200 JOINT SEALANTS 1 thru 4
DIVISION 08 – OPENINGS 083463 DETENTION DOORS AND FRAMES 1 thru 14 087100 DOOR HARDWARE 1 thru 9 088853 SECURITY GLAZING 1 thru 7
DIVISION 09 – FINISHES 099123 INTERIOR PAINTING 1 thru 4
DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL 260501 MINOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION 1 thru 2 260529 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 1 thru 3 260534 CONDUIT 1 thru 4 260553 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 1 thru 2
DIVISION 28 – ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 284619 ELECTRONIC DETENTION MONITORING AND CONTROLS SYSTEMS 1 thru 5
APPENDICIES APPENDIX I – GLOSSARY APPENDIX II – SPECIAL WORKING CONDITIONS LIEN REQUEST FORM APPENDIX III – SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES APPENDIX IV – PREVAILING WAGE RATES
DRAWINGS - BOUND SEPARATELY
TITLE SHEET No.
COVER SHEET - ENTRANCE DOOR REPLACEMENT AND MASONRY REPAIRS A0-00
ARCHITECTURAL GENERAL PROJECT INFORMATION A0-01 COMPOSITE ADMINISTRATION BUILDING PLAN A0-02 DOOR & FRAME SCHEDULES, TYPES, AND DETAILS A0-03 ENLARGED DOOR AREA FLOOR PLANS - NEW - BUILDINGS 100, 200 A3-01
ELECTRICAL GENERAL ELECTRICAL INFORMATION E0-01 DEMOLITION AND NEW ELECTRICAL PLANS E1-01 ELECTRICAL DETAILS AND SCHEDULES E5-01
TC-2
Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB
This Page Left Intentionally Blank
Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB
DIVISION 00
BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND CONTRACT CONDITIONS
Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB
SECTION 00010 PRE-BID INFORMATION 1. Invitation to Bid (ITB) Your firm is invited to submit a Bid. The State of Michigan as the Owner will receive bids electronically through the SIGMA VSS website at https://sigma.michigan.gov/webapp/PRDVSS2X1/AltSelfService, for Department of Corrections Macomb Correctional Facility – Replacement of Sliding Security Doors. until 2:00 p.m., local time, on December 4, 2017. The State reserves the right to cancel this Invitation to Bid (ITB) or change the date and time for submitting Bids by announcing same at any time before the established date and time for Bid opening. Bids must remain open for acceptance by the Owner for no less than the Bid hold period. Contractor may agree to extend the Bid hold period. However, any such extension must be based upon no increase in the Bid Price and/or Contract Time. 2. Work Description: Macomb Correctional Facility – Replacement of Sliding Security Doors Agency No. 472, Index No. 46630, DTMB File No. 472/16376.MNB, includes, but is not necessarily limited to:
Project Scope of Work: Removal and Replacement of existing automatic sliding aluminum security doors and storefronts, and. All work is within the Macomb Correctional Administration building. Door replacement work includes new door hardware, new security glazing, removal/replacement and refinishing of floor and wall finishes.
The site is located at: Macomb Correctional Facility, 34625 26 Mile Rd, New Haven, MI 48048, as shown on the drawings.
3. Bidding Documents Sets of Bidding Documents may be obtained at: https://sigma.michigan.gov/webapp/PRDVSS2X1/AltSelfServicewww.Buy4Michigan.com.
4. Bid Security Each Bid must enclose Bid Security, in the amount of five percent (5%) of the Bidder's Base Bid, paid to the “State of Michigan” in the form of a certified or cashier’s check or money order drawn upon a bank insured by an agency of the Federal Government or a bid bond with an authorized surety company.
5. Pre-Bid Conference A mandatory pre-bid conference will be held at Macomb Correctional Facility, 34625 26 Mile Rd., New Haven, MI on February 27, 2018 at 2:00 P.M. Local Time. A tour of the project site will be held on the same day starting immediately after start of the pre-bid conference. All prospective Bidders are required to attend the tour. Other parties interested in the Work are encouraged to attend the tour. Addenda may be issued, in response to issues raised at the pre-bid conference and tour, or as the Owner and/or Professional may otherwise consider necessary.
The purpose of the pre-bid conference and inspection is to answer questions and provide an inspection tour of the Project site at the scheduled time on the day of the meeting. A representative will be available to assist the Contractors. Other inspection visits may be allowed if needed. Individuals needing special services to fully participate in the meeting due to a disability may contact Jim McDonald, at the Macomb Correctional Facility, (586) 749-4900.
FOR CORRECTIONAL FACILITIES ONLY: Those attending the walk-through inspection at a State Correctional Facility are required to furnish the following information five (5) business days before the inspection: Company name, name of individual, date of birth, driver’s license number, and an additional form of ID, race and sex, Facility Name, Project Name, date and time of project Pre-Bid Walk-through meeting. Submit the above information on the” Vendor/Contractor Lien Request Form”, included in these Documents- (See Appendix II) to the State at: [email protected]
6. Equal Employment Opportunity Covenants to not discriminate in employment by Contractors, Subcontractors and Suppliers required by Law are contained in Instructions to Bidders and General Conditions and are applicable to the Work and any Sub-agreement under the Contract.
7. Contract Times The Contract Times and the associated liquidated damages are specified in the Contract.
8. Contact Person All requests or inquiries concerning the Bidding Documents or the Work must be addressed to: Darren R. McKenna, RA, PARTNERS in Architecture, [email protected] Questions will be accepted until March 15, 2018 at 4:00 P.M. Local Time.
9. Award Subject to any agreed extension of the period for holding Bids, Bids must remain valid for acceptance by the Owner for 60 Calendar Days after the date of Bid opening. In addition, the Owner expressly reserves the right, within the Owner's sole discretion, to reject any or all Bids, to waive any irregularities, to issue post-Bid Addenda and re-bid the Work without re- advertising, to re-advertise for Bids, to withhold the award for any reason the Owner determines and/or to take any other appropriate action.
10. Performance and Payment Bonds – A performance bond and a payment bond are required for all contracts over $50,000.00. END OF SECTION 00010
00-1
Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB
SECTION 00100 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
1. PREPARATION OF BID: Execute Bid fully and properly. Bid Summary Form (DTMB -0401D) and Bid Form Attachments must be used and completely filled out for the Bid to be considered responsive and meeting the requirements of the contract solicitation. All Bid prices must be printed or typed in both words and figures.
2. BID CHECKLIST: Submit Bid Summary Form with original signatures plus Bid Form Attachments in accordance with the electronic bidding procedures on the SIGMA VSS website.
A complete Bid will consist of the following forms, which are included immediately following the Bid Summary Form:
Bids SUBMIT THESE Bid Forms and Bid Form Attachments All Bids □ Signed and completed Bid Summary Form (DTMB-0401D); □ Bid Schedule; □ Qualified Disabled Veteran (QDV) Business Representation; □ Bid Security in the amount of 5% of Base Bid Price; □ Signature Authorization or copy of the partnership agreement if signed by all partners;
Over $50K □ Forms listed under All Bids; □ Payment and Performance Bond (upon issuing the Notice of Award).
Over $100K □ Forms listed under All Bids; □ Certification of a Michigan Based Business; □ Payment and Performance Bond (upon issuing the Notice of Award).
Over $250K □ Forms listed under All Bids; □ Certification of a Michigan Based Business; □ Payment and Performance Bond (upon issuing the Notice of Award).
Apparent Low Bidders ONLY (upon request from the Professional) □ Experience Modification Rating (EMR), or a letter stating why the Bidder does not have one. □ Identification of the proposed project superintendent, with a resume or list of similar projects handled by that individual. □ A list of at least three (3) projects completed by the Bidder, within the last three (3) years of similar size and complexity, with contact information for references for each.
4. BID SUBMISSION: Bids must be submitted electronically through the SIGMA VSS website at: https://sigma.michigan.gov/webapp/PRDVSS2X1/AltSelfService
4. BID GUARANTEE: Each proposal must be accompanied by either a bank certified or cashier's check on an open, solvent bank or a bid bond with an authorized surety company (the surety must be listed on the current U.S. Department of the Treasury Circular 570) in the amount of five percent of the base bid payable to the State of Michigan, as a guarantee of go7od faith. If the successful Bidder fails to furnish satisfactory bonds and insurance within fifteen Calendar Days after Notice of Award, such guarantee must be forfeited to the State as liquidated damages. The bid security, exclusive of bid bonds, of all unsuccessful Bidders will be returned when an award is made or upon substitution of a bid bond. The bid security of the successful Bidder will be returned when the performance bond and labor and material bond are approved.
5. CERTIFICATE OF AWARDABILITY: Not required.
6. MICHIGAN BASED BUSINESS CERTIFICATION: All Bidders submitting Bids in excess of $100,000.00 must complete the Certification of Michigan Based Business. This information will determine if a Bidder qualifies as a "Michigan" business for purposes of application of reciprocity where applicable.
7. POST-BID SUBMITTAL: For projects over $250,000, the Professional will request a Post-Bid Submittal from the Apparent Low Bidders. The Apparent Low Bidders must submit to the Professional, within two Business Days after receipt of the Professional’s request,
00-2
Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB
Experience Modification Rating (EMR), or a letter stating why the Bidder does not have one. Identification of the proposed project superintendent with a resume or list of similar projects managed by that individual. A list of at least three (3) projects completed by the Bidder, within the last three (3) years of similar size and complexity, with contact information for references for each. Failure to provide the submittals may disqualify the Bid.
8. SIGNATURES: All Bids, notifications, claims, and statements must be signed as follows:
(a) Corporations: Signature of official must be accompanied by a certified copy of the Resolution of the Board of Directors authorizing the individual signing to bind the corporation. (b) Partnerships: Signature of one partner must be accompanied by a signed copy of the legal document (e.g. Power of Attorney or partnering agreement) authorizing the individual signing to bind all partners. If Bid is signed by all partners, no authorization is required. (c) Individual: No authorization is needed. Each signature must be witnessed.
9. BID PRICES: The Bidder’s Base Bid and Alternate Bid prices must include, and payment for completed Work will compensate in full for: all services, obligations, responsibilities, management, supervision, labor, materials, devices, equipment, construction equipment, general conditions, permits, patent fees and royalties, testing, inspection and approval responsibilities, warranties, temporary facilities, small tools, supplies, Bonds, insurance, taxes, mobilization, close-out, overhead and profit and all connections, appurtenances and any other incidental items of any kind or nature, as are necessary to complete the Work, in a neat, first quality, workmanlike and satisfactory manner in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications and as otherwise required to fulfill the requirements of the Bidding Documents. For each Quantity Allowance item, the Bidder must include, within the Bid, all labor costs, construction equipment costs, insurance and Bond premiums and other general conditions costs and Fees (Bidder’s and Subcontractors’) to complete Work associated with the material, equipment or other designated item to be furnished under the Quantity Allowance. For each Provisionary Allowance, the Bidder must include, within the Bid, insurance, premiums (not recoverable as labor burden) and Bond premiums required to complete Work that may be ordered under a Provisionary Allowance.
10. INSPECTION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS AND SITE CONDITIONS: The Bidder must carefully review and inspect all documents referenced and made part of this ITB, site conditions, all applicable statutes, regulations, ordinances and resolutions addressing or relating to the goods and services under this contract. Failure to do so or failure to acquire clarifications and answers to any discovered conflicts, ambiguities, errors or omissions in the Bidding Documents will be at the Bidder’s sole risk.
11. SAFETY REQUIREMENTS AND LAWS: The Bidder awarded the Contract must comply with all applicable federal, state and local Laws including health and safety regulations, environmental protection, permits and licensing.
12. INTERPRETATIONS AND ALTERATIONS TO THE BID AND BIDDING DOCUMENTS: All requests for clarification or interpretation of the Bidding Documents, all proposals for any modifications to the Bidding Documents, all requests for information and all other questions or inquiries about the Bidding Documents and/or the Work shall be submitted in writing to the Contact Person identified in the Bid Documents. Requests or inquiries received less than seven Calendar Days before the date of Bid opening will be answered only if (a) the response can be given through an Addendum made available at least seventy-two hours before Bid opening (counting Business Days only), (b) the Bid opening is postponed by Addendum, or (c) the Work is rebid without readvertising following the issuance of post-Bid Addenda.
Bidders must not rely upon any oral statements or conversations regarding interpretations, clarifications, corrections, additions, deletions or other revisions or information to the Bidding Documents. Any addition, limitation or provision made with or attached to the Bid may render it non-responsive and/or irregular and be a cause for rejection. The Owner reserves the right to issue a post-Bid Addendum after opening the Bids and set a new date for the receipt and opening of sealed Bids. The Bidder acknowledges that any quantities of Unit Price Work given in this ITB are approximate only and payments will be made only for actual quantities of Unit Price Work completed in accordance with the Contract Documents.
13. MODIFICATION OF BID: The entire bid must be resubmitted on the SIGMA VSS website.
14. BID WITHDRAWAL: Except for timely filed claims of mathematical or clerical errors granted by the State, no Bid may be withdrawn within sixty Calendar Days after the Bid Opening time and date or before the Bid expiration date without forfeiting Bid security. The request to withdraw a Bid due to error must be submitted in writing along with the supporting documents within two Business Days after the date of Bid Opening. The claim must describe in detail the error(s), include a signed affidavit stating the facts of the alleged error(s) and request that the Bidder be released from its Bid. The review of the claim and its supporting documents by the State is only for the purpose of evaluating the Bidder’s request and must not create duty or liability on the State to discover any other Bid error or mistake. The sole liability of any Bid error or mistake rests with Bidder.
15. OBJECTION TO THE AWARD: A Bidder may file a written protest with the Director-SFA to object to the Apparent Low Bidder. This objection must be filed within seven Calendar Days after the date of Bid opening and must describe in detail the basis for the protest
00-3
Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB
and request a determination. The Director-SFA will either dismiss or uphold the protest and notify the protestor within ten Calendar Days after receipt of the written protest.
16. BID IRREGULARITIES: The following irregularities on any Bid Form or Bid Form Attachment must be resolved as follows: (a) between words and figures, the words must be used; (b) between any sum, computed by the Bidder, and the correct sum, the sum computed by the Bidder must be used; (c) between the product, computed by the Bidder, of any quantity and Bid Unit Price and the correct product of the Unit Price and the quantity of Unit Price Work, the product extended by the Bidder must be used; (d) between a stipulated Allowance and the amount entered, the Allowance must be used; (e) any mobilization pay item exceeding the maximum specified must be ignored and the Bid must remain unchanged; (f) if any Bidder fails or neglects to bid a Unit Price for an item of Unit Price Work but shows an "Bid Price" for that item, the missing unit price must be computed from the respective quantity and the Item Bid Price shown; (g) if any Bidder fails or neglects to show a "Bid Price" for an item of Unit Price Work but bids a unit price, the missing Bid Price must remain as “zero”; and (h) if any Bidder fails or neglects to enter a Bid Price in both words and figures, the Bid Price printed or typed, whether in words or figures, must be used.
17. CERTIFICATION: The bidder certifies to the best of its knowledge and belief that, within the past three (3) years, the bidder, an officer of the bidder, or an owner of a 25% or greater interest in the bidder: (a) Has not been convicted of a criminal offense incident to the application for or performance of a contract or subcontract with the State of Michigan or any of its agencies, authorities, boards, commissions, or departments. (b) Has not had a felony conviction in any state (including the State of Michigan). (c) Has not been convicted of a criminal offense which negatively reflects on the bidder’s business integrity, including but not limited to, embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, receiving stolen property, negligent misrepresentation, price-fixing, bid-rigging, or a violation of state or federal anti-trust statutes. (d) Has not had a loss or suspension of a license or the right to do business or practice a profession, the loss or suspension of which indicates dishonesty, a lack of integrity, or a failure or refusal to perform in accordance with the ethical standards of the business or profession in question. (e) Has not been terminated for cause by the Owner. (f) Has not failed to pay any federal, state, or local taxes. (g) Has not failed to comply with all requirements for foreign corporations. (h) Has not been debarred from participation in the bid process pursuant to Section 264 of 1984 PA 431, as amended, MCL 18.1264, or debarred or suspended from consideration for award of contracts by any other State or any federal Agency. (i) Has not been convicted of a criminal offense or other violation of other state or federal law, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or an administrative proceeding, that in the opinion of DTMB indicates that the bidder is unable to perform responsibly or which reflects a lack of integrity that could negatively impact or reflect upon the State of Michigan, including but not limited to, any of the following offenses under or violations of: 1. The Natural Resources and Environmental Protection Act, 1994 PA 451, MCL 324.101 to 324.90106. 2. A persistent and knowing violation of the Michigan Consumer Protection Act, 1976 PA 331, MCL 445.901 to 445.922. 3. 1965 PA 166, MCL 408.551 to 408.558 (law relating to prevailing wages on state projects) and a finding that the bidder failed to pay the wages and/or fringe benefits due within the time period required. 4. Repeated or flagrant violations of 1978 PA 390 MCL 408.471 to 408.490 (law relating to payment of wages and fringe benefits). 5. A willful or persistent violation of the Michigan Occupational Health and Safety Act, 1974, PA 154, MCL 408.10001 to 408.1094, including: a criminal conviction, repeated willful violations that are final orders, repeated violations that are final orders, and failure to abate notices that are final orders. 6. A violation of federal or state civil rights, equal rights, or non-discrimination laws, rules, or regulations. 7. Been found in contempt of court by a Federal Court of Appeals for failure to correct an unfair labor practice as prohibited by Section 8 of Chapter 372 of the National Labor Relations Act, 29 U. s. C. 158 (1980 PA 278, as amended, MCL 423.321 et seq). (j) Is not an Iran-Linked Business as defined in MCL 129.312.
A false statement, misrepresentation or concealment of material facts on this certification may be grounds for rejection of this proposal or termination of the award and may be grounds for debarment.
18. REJECTION OF BID: The Bidder acknowledges the right of the Owner to reject any Bids and to waive any informality, defects or irregularity in any Bid received. In addition, the Bidder recognizes the right of the Owner to reject a Bid if: (a) the Bid is in any way incomplete or irregular; (b) the Bidder, Subcontractor or Supplier is not responsible as determined by the Owner; (c) the Bidder’s performance as a Contractor was unsatisfactory under a prior Contract with the Owner for the construction, repair, modification or demolition of a facility with the Owner, or under any other Contract, which was funded, directly or indirectly, by the Owner; (d) there are reasonable grounds for believing that collusion or unlawful agreements exists between any Bidders, that a Bidder is interested in more than one Bid, or that the Bid is not genuine; (e) the Bid exceeds the funds available. 00-4
Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB
19. MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SUBSTITUTION: Any Bidder wishing to use manufacturers or materials other than those specified must submit a written request to the Professional not later than seven days before due date for Bids. Request must be accompanied by product data to permit evaluation and comparison with specified products or materials. The Person submitting the request will be responsible for its prompt delivery. The Professional and the Owner will examine and evaluate the product data and if found acceptable, an Addendum will be issued and mailed or delivered to each Person who has received a set of Drawings and Specifications. All Addenda issued must be made a part of the Contract requirements. Contractor will be responsible for any extra work and expense incurred to satisfactorily and completely incorporating each substitute product into the Project.
20. MICHIGAN PRODUCTS AND RECYCLED PRODUCTS: All Contractors and Suppliers are encouraged to provide Michigan-made products and/or recycled products and/or green products and/or environmentally-friendly products whenever possible where price, quality, and performance are equal to, or superior to, non-Michigan products and the requirements of the Contract Documents. A list of Michigan-made products is available at: www.michigan.gov/dcd. The Contractor will be required to use alternatives to landfills for waste disposal such as reuse or recycle of asphalt, bricks, concrete, masonry, plastics, paint, glass, carpet, metals, wood, drywall, insulation and any other waste materials to the extent practical.
21. CONTRACT AND CONTRACT AWARD: The Owner intends to award a Contract to the responsive and responsible best value bidder, except as provided below relative to veteran’s preference.
21.1 Determination of the lowest three Bidders shall be on the basis of the sum of the Base Bid and any additive and deductive Alternates the Owner accepts, in the order in which they are listed only. The Owner will accept an Alternate only if all other previously listed Alternates are also accepted, unless acceptance by the Owner of Alternates in a different order does not affect determination of the lowest three bidders in any way.
21.2 The bids will be evaluated for best value based on price and qualitative components by comparing the qualitative components of the three lowest responsive and responsible Bidders. The comparison may also include other Bidders whose bids are within 10% of the lowest responsive and responsible Bidder.
21.3 If a Qualified Disabled Veteran meets the requirements of the contract solicitation and with the veteran’s preference is the lowest Bidder, the Owner will award the contract to the Qualified Disabled Veteran bidder. A determination as to whether the requirements of the bid solicitation have been met will be based solely on the Owner’s and Professional’s evaluation of the Bid Summary, Bid Attachments, Bidder-provided documents, and interview.
21.4 For the purpose of evaluating and determining the low responsive bid, 10% of the lowest responsive bid (the bid that would otherwise receive the contract award if the preference were not being considered) will be deducted from all QDV bids. If the low responsive QDV bid, less the 10% preference, is less than the lowest responsive bid, then the QDV bid will be declared the official low responsive bid. The original QDV bid amount will be the basis of the contract award.
Example:
Lowest Responsive Bid $100,000 Lowest Responsive QDV Bid $109,000 Preference (10% of the Lowest Responsive Bid) $ 10,000 Lowest Responsive QDV Bid Less Preference $ 99,000 ($109,000 - $10,000) Official Low Responsive Bid $109,000
21.5 The Apparent Low Bidders will be evaluated for responsiveness and responsibility based on the following:
Compliance with the bid specifications and requirements. The Bidder’s financial resources. The Bidder’s technical capabilities. The Bidder’s technical experience. The Bidder’s past performance. The Bidder’s insurance and bonding capacity. The Bidder’s business integrity.
Some qualitative components that may be evaluated are:
Technical approach. Quality of proposed personnel. Management plans. Project schedule
00-5
Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB
216 For contracts under $250,000, best value will primarily be based on the lowest responsive and responsible bid.
22. CONTRACT TIME; LIQUIDATED DAMAGES: Work of all trades as specified in the Contract Documents must be completed in within the calendar days specified below from the date of Notice-to-Proceed except for minor replacement, correction, or adjustment items which do not interfere with the complete operation and utilization of all parts of the Contract Work. This Contract Time is of the essence and liquidated damages for each Calendar Day that expires after this Substantial Completion of the entire Work must be in the amount of $ 500.00__. Liquidated damages are not a penalty, are cumulative and represent a reasonable estimate of the Owner’s extra costs and damages, which are difficult to estimate with accuracy in advance.
Project Schedule: Pre-Bid Walk-Through Inspection February 27, 2018 2:00 P.M. Last Date for Questions March 15, 2018 4:00 P.M. Bid Due Date March 21, 2018 2:00 P.M
23. MOBILIZATION: If used in the Specifications/Bid schedule, all the up-front costs incurred by the Contractor must be covered by the mobilization. The costs to establish temporary site offices, to obtain required permits for commencing the Work and for bonds and insurance premiums are examples of costs to the Contractor that are covered by mobilization pay item. This cost must not exceed four percent (4%) of the Base Bid, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Bidding Documents.
END OF SECTION 00100
SECTION 00120 SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS
The provisions of this Section amend or supplement Section 00100 Instructions to Bidders and those other provisions of the Bidding Requirements that are indicated below. All other Bidding Requirements that are not so amended or supplemented remain in full force and effect. END OF SECTION 00120
SECTION 00200 INFORMATION FOR BIDDERS
1. UNDERGROUND UTILITIES
Information or data about physical conditions of existing Underground Utilities, which have been used by the Professional in preparing the Bidding Documents, is shown or indicated in the Drawings and technical Specifications and those Underground Utility drawings itemized immediately below.
2. PERMITS, APPROVALS, LICENSES AND FEES
2.1 If the Owner has secured or will secure any permits, approvals and licenses and has paid or will pay any associated charges and fees, any such permits, approvals and licenses are itemized in this paragraph:
2.2 If any permits, approvals and licenses itemized above have been obtained by the Owner and the fees have been paid, copies of those permits, approvals, licenses and corresponding fee receipts, are attached to this Section 00200 Information for Bidders.
Except for any permits, approvals, licenses and fees identified above, the Contractor shall be responsible for all permits, approvals, licenses and fees applicable to Work.
3. SEQUENCING REQUIREMENTS
Refer to the technical Specifications, including, but not limited to the General Requirements, for information, data and criteria on sequences of Work restraints, construction and maintenance of service to existing facilities, which, if provided, must govern the selection of Work sequences. Each Bidder must be responsible for any conclusions or interpretations the Bidder makes related to the selection of sequences and Means and Methods, based on the technical data made available, and/or those additional investigations or studies made or obtained by that Bidder.
END OF SECTION 00200
00-6
Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB
SECTION 00700 GENERAL CONDITIONS
1. Interpretations: Any requests for clarifications or interpretations of the Contract Documents must be in writing to the Professional, who will issue written clarifications or interpretations as appropriate. If the Contractor believes that such clarification or interpretation justifies an adjustment to the Contract Price/Time, the Contractor must promptly notify the Professional in writing before proceeding with the Work Involved.
1.1 Standards: The Contract Documents describe the entire Work. The provisions of the Contract Documents must govern over any standard specifications, manual or code of any technical society, organization or association but, if lower than the standards set by any Law applicable to the Work or the Project, the higher standards must govern. The Contractor’s responsibilities extend to cover Subcontractors and Suppliers if liable as a result of their actions or obligations.
1.2 Contract Time Computation: The time to complete the Work must be made in Calendar Days and must include both the first and last day. The first day is established by the Notice-to-Proceed.
1.3 Technical Specifications and Priority: The following applies whenever priority is called for in Contract Documents: specifications must govern Drawings; figured dimensions must govern scaled dimensions; detail drawings must govern general drawings; Drawings must govern Submittals.
1.4 Indemnification: The Contractor is required to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Owner and the Professional, their employees, agents, servants, and representatives from and against all claims, suits, demands, actions of whatever type and nature and all judgments, costs, losses and damages, whether direct, indirect or consequential including, but not limited to, charges of architects, engineers, attorneys and others and all court, hearing and any other dispute resolution costs arising from:
(a) any patent or copyright infringement by the Contractor; (b) any damage to the premises or adjacent lands, areas, properties, facilities, rights-of-way and easements, including loss of use to the business and property of others as a result of Contractor’s operations; (c) any bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or injury to or destruction of property, including loss of use due to or related to the Work and caused in whole or in part by the Contractor or Subcontractor or Supplier’s negligence, omissions or failure to maintain the required insurance and coverage and; (d) a failure by the Contractor to appropriately handle Hazardous Materials for the Work or the Contractor’s operations in compliance with the Owner requirements and/or applicable Laws and regulations.
The indemnification obligations are not affected by the limitation on the amount and types of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or Subcontractor or Supplier under worker’s or workman’s compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts.
1.5 Contract Documents Ownership: The State is the owner of the Contract Documents. The Contractor, Subcontractor or Supplier must not reuse any of the documents on any other Project without prior consent of the State and Professional. The Professional will furnish on behalf of the Owner at no cost to the Contractor, up to ten copies of Drawings and Project Specifications.
2. GENERAL PROVISIONS
2.1 Owner: the Project Director and/or Owner Field Representative will represent the Owner. Neither the Project Director nor the Owner Field Representative has the authority to interpret the requirements of the Contract Documents or to authorize any changes in the Work or any adjustment in Contract Price/Time. The State will provide the necessary easements for permanent structure and permanent changes in existing lands, areas, properties and facilities. However, the Contractor must obtain, at no increase in Contract Price/Time, permits for any other lands, areas, properties, facilities, rights-of-way and easements required by the Contractor for temporary facilities, storage, disposal of soil or waste material or any other purpose. The Contractor must submit copies of the permits and written agreements to the Owner. The Contractor must engage a registered land surveyor to establish the necessary reference points and/or base lines for construction and must be responsible for protecting them including benchmarks and Project elevations.
2.2 Professional: Acting as the Owner’s representative during the Contract Time period, the Professional will endeavor to guard the Owner from Defective work and to keep the Owner informed of the progress of the Work. Unless delegated by specific written notice from the Owner, the Professional and the Professional’s representatives do not have the authority to authorize any changes in the Work or any adjustment in Contract Price/Time. The On-site Inspections by the Owner Field Representative and/or the Professional do not relieve the Contractor from its obligation to provide the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents or represent acceptance of Defective Work.
2.3 Contractor: The Contractor must manage, supervise, and direct the Work competently, applying the management, supervision, skills, expertise, scheduling, coordination and attention necessary to provide the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents with a minimum disturbance to or interference to the business operations on site or adjacent properties. The Contractor must assign and maintain a competent full-time superintendent on the Work, as its representative, at all times 00-7
Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB
while Work is being done on site and must not be replaced without the Owner’s consent. The Contractor shall enforce good order among its employees and shall not employ on the work any disorderly, intemperate, or unfit persons, or not skilled in the work assigned to them. The Contractor is solely responsible for his Means and Methods, safety precautions and programs related to safety, the Contractor’s failure to execute the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and any act of omissions by the Contractor, Subcontractor or Supplier. The Contractor must compare Contract Documents for conflicts, unworkable or unsafe specified Means and Methods and verify against manufacturer’s recommendations for installations and handling and must notify the Professional in writing of the discovery of any such conflicts or errors. The Contractor is required to furnish certifications that lines and grades for all concrete work were checked before and after placing concrete, and that final grades are as required by the Contractor Documents. Wherever required, the Contractor must be responsible for all cutting, fitting, drilling, fixing-up, and patching of concrete, masonry, gypsum board, piping and other materials that may be necessary to make in-place Work and dependent Work fit together properly. The Contractor must restore to pre-existing conditions all walks, roadways, paved or landscaped areas and other real and personal property not designated for alteration by the Contract Documents. The Contractor must maintain at the site one copy of material safety data sheets (MSDS) and one copy of all as- built/Record Documents in good order and annotated in a neat and legible manner to show:
(a) all revisions made, (b) dimensions noted during the furnishing and performance of the Work, and (c) all deviations between the as-built installation and the Contract Documents, all approved Submittals and all clarifications and interpretations.
The Contractor must maintain and furnish promptly to the Owner and the Professional upon their request daily field reports recording the on-site labor force and equipment (Contractor and Subcontractors); materials/equipment received; visits by Suppliers; significant in-progress and completed trade Work within major areas; and other pertinent information. The Contractor is obligated to act to prevent threatened damage, death, injury or loss without any special instruction in emergencies and must give the Owner prompt written notice of any changes in Work resulting from the action taken for review and approval.
2.4 Subcontractors and Suppliers: The Owner assumes no contractual obligations to anyone other than the Contractor. All trade construction Drawings must be field coordinated before fabrication and/or installation. The Owner reserves the right to reject or revoke, for its convenience, any approved Subcontractor/Supplier. Work performed by any Subcontractor or Supplier must be through an appropriate written agreement that: (a) expressly binds the Subcontractor/Supplier to the requirements of the Contract Documents, (b) requires such Subcontractor or Supplier to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations that the Contractor assumes toward the Owner and the Professional, and (c) contains the waiver of rights and dispute resolution provisions.
2.5 Access to Payroll Records: The Contractor and its Subcontractors must comply with the Prevailing Wage Rates for the county where the Project is located, and must maintain and keep, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, records pertaining to the bidding, award and performance of the Work, including, but not limited to certified payroll, employment records and all data used in estimating the Contractor’s prices for the Bid, Change Order, proposal or claim. The Owner or its representative must have access to those records, must have the right to interview the Contractor’s employees and must be provided with appropriate facilities for the purpose of inspection, audit/review and copying for five years after final payment, termination or date of final resolution of any dispute, litigation, audit exception or appeal. The payroll and other employment records of workers assigned to the site must contain the name and address of each worker, correct wage classification, rate of pay, daily and weekly number of hours worked, deduction made and actual wages paid. The Contractor must maintain records that show: (a) the anticipated costs or actual costs incurred in providing such benefits, (b) that commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, and (c) that the plan or program is financially responsible and has been communicated in writing to the workers affected.
3. Bonds and Insurance:
3.1 Both the Performance Bond and Payment Bond must remain in effect from the date of Contract Award until final completion of the Work or the end of Correction Period, whichever comes later. The surety bonds required for a Construction Contract will not be accepted by SFA unless the surety bonding company is listed in the current United States Government, Department of Treasury’s, Listing of approved sureties (bonding/insurance companies), Department Circular 570. Copies of the current Circular listing may be obtained through the internet web site at http://www.fms.treas.gov/c570/c570.html.
Insurers must have an “A-“ A.M. Best Company Rating and a Class VII or better financial size category as shown in the most current A.M. Best Company ratings. Insurance must be provided by insurers authorized by the Department of Insurance and Financial Services (DIFS) to do business as an insurer in Michigan. The insurance company and must attach evidence of the authorization. These certificates must specify the Project File No., Index No., Project Title, and a description of the Project. The Contractor agrees that insurance coverage afforded under the policies as such coverage relate to the State under this Contract as determined by the Contractor will not be modified or canceled without at least thirty calendar days prior written notice to the State. The latest A.M. Best’s Key Ratings Guide and the A.M. Best’s Company Reports (which include the A.M. Best’s Ratings) are found at: http://www.ambest.com. The Contractor must not perform any part of the Work unless the Contractor has all the required insurance in full force and effect. 00-8
Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB
3.2 The Contractor is required to provide proof of the minimum levels of insurance coverage as indicated below. The purpose of this coverage must be to protect the State from claims which may arise out of or result from the Contractor’s performance of services under the terms of this Contract, whether such services are performed by the Contractor, or by any subcontractor, or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable.
The Contractor waives all rights against the State for recovery of damages to the extent these damages are covered by the insurance policies the Contractor is required to maintain pursuant to this Contract. The Contractor also agrees to provide evidence that all applicable insurance policies contain a waiver of subrogation by the insurance company.
All insurance coverages provided relative to this Contract/Purchase Order is PRIMARY and NON-CONTRIBUTING to any comparable liability insurance (including self-insurances) carried by the State.
The Insurance must be written for not less than any minimum coverage herein specified or required by law, whichever is greater. All deductible amounts for any of the required policies are subject to approval by the State.
The State reserves the right to reject insurance written by an insurer the State deems unacceptable.
BEFORE THE CONTRACT IS SIGNED BY BOTH PARTIES OR BEFORE THE PURCHASE ORDER IS ISSUED BY THE STATE, THE CONTRACTOR MUST FURNISH TO THE DIRECTOR-SFA CERTIFICATE(S) OF INSURANCE VERIFYING INSURANCE COVERAGE. THE CERTIFICATE MUST BE ON THE STANDARD “ACCORD” FORM. THE CONTRACT OR PURCHASE ORDER NUMBER MUST BE SHOWN ON THE CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE TO ASSURE CORRECT FILING. All such Certificate(s) are to be prepared by the Insurance Provider and not by the Contractor. All such Certificate(s) must contain a provision indicating that coverages afforded under the policies WILL NOT BE CANCELLED, MATERIALLY CHANGED, OR NOT RENEWED without THIRTY days prior written notice, except for 10 days for non-payment of premium, having been given to the Director-SFA Such NOTICE must include the CONTRACT NUMBER affected and be mailed to the Project Director.
The Contractor is required to provide the type and amount of insurance below:
(a) Commercial General Liability Insurance with a limit of not less than $1,000,000 each occurrence. If such CGL insurance contains a general aggregate limit, it must apply separately to this project.
The Contractor must list the State, its departments, divisions, agencies, offices, commissions, officers, employees and agents as ADDITIONAL INSUREDS on the Commercial General Liability policy.
(b) Vehicle Liability Insurance for bodily injury and property damage as required by law on any auto including owned, hired and non-owed vehicles used in the Contractor’s business.
The Contractor must list the State, its departments, divisions, agencies, offices, commissions, officers, employers and agents as ADDITIONAL INSUREDS on the vehicle liability policy.
(c) Worker’s disability compensation, disability benefit or other similar employee benefit act with minimum statutory limits.
NOTE: (i) If coverage is provided by a State fund or if Contractor has qualified as a self-insurer, separate certification must be furnished that coverage is in the state fund or that Contractor has approval to be a self-insurer; (ii) Any citing of a policy of insurance must include a listing of the States where that policy’s coverage is applicable; and (iii) This provision must not be applicable where prohibited or limited by Michigan law.
(d) Employer’s Liability Insurance with the following minimum limits:
$1,000,000 each accident $1,000,000 each employee by disease $1,000,000 aggregate disease
3.3 Liability Insurance: Liability insurance must be endorsed to list as additional insureds the Professional’s consultants and agents. Worker’s Compensation, Employer’s Liability Insurance and all other liability insurance policies must be endorsed to include a waiver of rights to recover from the Owner, Professional and the other additional insureds. The Contractor’s liability insurance must remain in effect through the Correction Period and through any special correction periods. For any employee of the Contractor who is resident of and hired in Michigan, the Contractor must have insurance for benefits payable under Michigan’s Worker’s Compensation Law. For any other employee protected by Worker’s Compensation Laws of any other state, the Contractor must have insurance or participate in a mandatory state fund, where applicable, to cover the benefits payable to any such employee. These requirements must not be construed to limit the liability of the Contractor or its insurers.
00-9
Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB
The Owner does not represent that the specified coverage or limits of insurance are sufficient to protect the Contractor’s interests or liabilities.
3.4 Builder’s Risk Insurance: Unless indicated otherwise in the bid document, the Contractor will purchase and maintain property insurance for 100% of actual cash replacement value of the insurable Work while in the course of construction, including foundations, additions, attachments, and all fixtures, machinery and equipment belonging to and constituting a permanent part of the building structures. The property insurance also will cover temporary structures, materials and supplies to be used in completing the Work, only while on the building site premises or within five hundred feet of the site. The property insurance insures the interests of the Owner, Contractor and all Subcontractors and Suppliers at any tier as their interest may appear. The property insurance insures against “all risk” of physical loss or damage to the extent usually provided in policy forms of insurers authorized to transact this insurance in Michigan. A copy of the master insurance policy will be available for review by the State, upon request.
3.5 The Owner and Contractor intend that the required policies of property insurance must protect all the parties insured and provide primary coverage for all losses and damages caused by the perils covered. Accordingly, to the extent that the insurance company pays claims, the Owner and the Contractor and its Subcontractors/Suppliers waive all rights against each other for any such losses and damages and also waive all such rights against the Professional and all other persons named as insureds or additional insureds.
4. Prosecutions; Substantial Completion:
4.1 The Contractor must not start the Work at the site before the first day established by the Notice to Proceed and/or before all insurance is in effect. A pre-construction conference will be held with the Contractor to review its Progress Schedule, qualifications of its key personnel, its proposed access to the site, traffic and parking, procedures for submittal, change orders, etc., and to exchange emergency contact information. The Contractor must use its accepted Progress Schedule when making proposals or claims for adjustment in Contract Time/Price.
4.2 Except in an Emergency, all Work at the site must take place during normal working hours; 6:00 AM to 6:00 PM, during Business Days and in accordance with the special working conditions for the Agency. If the Contract Documents allow work outside the normal hours, the Contractor must provide a written notice to the Owner twenty-four hours before performing such Work and must reimburse the Owner any related increase in the costs incurred by the Owner such as overtime charges of the Professional and payments for custodial and security personnel.
4.3 If, upon inspection and completing all pre-requisite testing of the Work, the Contractor considers that a portion of the work or all of the Work is substantially completed, it must provide a list of items to be corrected or completed to the Owner and the Professional for joint inspection. Within ten Calendar Days of this joint inspection, the Professional will deliver to the Owner and Contractor a list of incomplete/Defective work or a Certificate of Substantial Completion with a Punch List. The certificate must: (a) fix a reasonable date of Substantial Completion, (b) fix a date for completion of the Punch List, and (c) recommend the division of responsibilities between the Owner and Contractor for utilities, security, safety, insurance, maintenance, etc.
Upon issuing the Certificate of Substantial Completion, the Owner will pay for the completed Work subject to (a) withholding of two hundred percent of the value of any uncompleted Work, as determined by the Professional, and (b) any other deductions as the Professional may recommend or may withhold to cover Defective work, liquidated damages and the fair value of any other items entitling the Owner to a withholding. Prerequisites for Substantial Completion, over and above the extent of Work completion required, include (a) receipt by the Owner of operating and maintenance documentation, (b) all systems have been successfully tested and demonstrated by the Contractor for their intended use, and (c) the Owner having received all required certifications and/or occupancy approvals from the State and those Political Subdivisions having jurisdiction over the Work. Receipt of all certifications and/or occupancy approvals from those Political Subdivisions with jurisdiction in and of itself does not necessarily connote Substantial Completion. The Contractor must provide all related operating and maintenance (O&M) documentation to the Owner before training if training is required and not later than Substantial Completion otherwise. The Contractor must give the Owner the final O&M documentation (with revisions made after Substantial Completion) before the request for final payment.
4.4 The Owner may decide to use, at its sole option, any functioning portion of the Work and will inform the Contractor in writing of the decision. The portion of Work to be used must be jointly inspected to determine the extent of completion if it has not undergone the inspection for Substantial Completion. The Professional must prepare a list of items to be corrected/completed and the Owner will allow the Contractor reasonable access to correct/complete the listed items and finish other work.
5. Warranty; Tests, Inspections and Approvals; Corrections of Work:
5.1 Warranty: The Contractor must furnish the State with a written guarantee to remedy any defects due to faulty materials or labor which appear in the Work within one year from the date of final acceptance by the State. This warranty excludes defect or damage caused by (a) abuse, modification by others, insufficient or improper operation or maintenance, or (b) normal wear 00-10
Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB
and tear under normal usage. Manufacturer warranties for materials and equipment received by the Contractor must be assigned and promptly delivered to the Owner at Substantial Completion. The warranties period starts from the date of the substantial completion and must be in full force and effect for the entire duration of the Correction Period.
Roof Warranty: For roofing systems, the following warranties are required as minimum:
(a) A two-year contractors warranty against any defects due to faulty materials or labor; (b) A fifteen-year manufacturer’s total system warranty; and (c) A twenty-year membrane/shingles/tiles warranty.
5.2 Tests, Inspections and Approvals: The Owner will perform or retain a professional/agency to perform inspections, tests or approvals for those materials required to meet quality control standards specified in the Contract Documents. However, the Contractor must assume full responsibility for any testing, inspection or approval (a) required to meet code requirements, as promulgated by code inspecting authorities; (b) required by Law; (c) indicated or required by the Contract Documents; (d) required for the Professional’s acceptance of a Supplier, materials or equipment or mix designs submitted for prior approval by the Contractor; or (e) Defective work, including an appropriate portion of the Delay and costs occasioned by discovery of Defective work. The Contractor must (a) pay all related costs; (b) schedule related activities; and (c) secure and furnish to the Professional the required certificates of inspection, testing or approval. The Contractor must provide proper and safe access to the site for inspection, testing or approval. The Contractor must provide the Professional a timely notice whenever any Work is ready for inspection, testing or approval. If the Contractor covers any Work without proper approval by the Professional as required by the Contract Documents, the Contractor must, at its own expense, uncover, expose or otherwise make available, when requested by the Professional or Owner, for testing, inspection or approval of the covered Work.
5.3 Correction of Work: If any testing, inspection or approval reveals Defective Work and the Work is rejected by the Professional, the Contractor, at its sole expense, must promptly, as directed, correct or remove the Defective Work from the site and replace it with non-Defective Work within the Correction Period. The Contractor must bear responsibility for its proportionate share of the Delay and costs resulting from the correction and/or removal and replacement of Defective Work. If the Contractor, within reasonable and agreed upon time after receipt of written notice, (a) fails to correct Defective Work or remove and replace rejected Work, or (b) fails to correct or complete items on any Punch List, or (c) fails to perform Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, or (d) fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, the Owner, directly or through others, after seven Calendar Days from the date of the written notice to the Contractor, may correct and remedy the Defective Work. To the extent necessary to correct and remedy such Defective Work, the Owner must be allowed to exclude the Contractor from all or part of the site; take possession of all or part of the Work and stop related operations of the Contractor; take possession of the Contractor’s tools, plant and office and construction equipment at the site; and incorporate into the Work materials and equipment for which the Owner has paid the Contractor. The Contractor must allow the Owner and the Professional easy access to the site to correct such Defective Work. The Owner must be entitled to an appropriate decrease in Contract Price for all claims, costs, losses, damages and Delay incurred or sustained by the Owner which are attributable to the Contractor. Such costs may include, but not limited to, costs of correction or removal and replacement of Defective Work, costs of repair and replacement of other work destroyed or damaged by the action and related charges of the Professional. If the discovery of the Defective Work takes place after final payment and the Contractor fails to correct and pay the Owner any of these costs, the Owner must demand due performance under the Performance Bond. Until the period of limitation provided by Michigan Law, the Contractor must promptly, and upon receipt of written notice from the Owner, correct Defective Work. In the event of an Emergency or unacceptable risk of loss or damage or if appropriate under the circumstances, the Owner, directly or through others under contract with the Owner, may correct or remove and replace the Defective Work. The specified correction of Work requirements have no limitation on the rights of the Owner to have Defective Work corrected or removed and replaced, if rejected, except as otherwise provided by the Michigan Law.
5.4 Special Correction Period Requirements: Whenever the Owner undertakes any portion of the Work because the Contractor’s act or omission Delays completion of the Work or it is eligible for Partial Use, the warranties for all materials and equipment incorporated into that portion of the Work must remain in full force and effect between the start of such Partial Use and the date when the Correction Period starts. The Correction Period for any Defective Work that is corrected or rejected and replaced within the last three months of the Correction Period must be extended by an additional six months, starting on the date such Work was made non-Defective.
5.5 Special Maintenance Requirements: If the Contract Documents specify that the entire Work, or a portion of the Work, upon reaching Substantial Completion, must not be placed in use by the Owner, the Contractor must maintain the Work, or specified part of the Work, in good order and proper working condition and must take all other actions necessary for its protection between the certified date of Substantial Completion and the date when the Work, or designated part of the Work, is placed in use. If no separate price for such special maintenance period was requested and made part of the Contract Documents, the Owner will amend the Contract Documents to appropriately increase the Contract Price.
6. Changes:
00-11
Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB
6.1 Changes in the Work: The Owner may, at any time, without notice to sureties, make any changes bilaterally or unilaterally, by a written Change Order, in the Work within the general scope of the Contract, including but not limited to changes in the Specifications, materials, or Contract Time. In a bilateral change order, the Owner may direct the Professional to prepare a Bulletin describing the change being considered. Upon receiving the Bulletin, the Contractor establishes the cost and returns it to the Professional for review within 15 calendar days. The Contractor’s proposal must be irrevocable for 60 Calendar Days after it is submitted to the Professional. If the Professional recommends acceptance of the Bulletin and the Owner agrees with the changes, the Owner issues a written bilateral Contract Change Order to amend the Contract Documents. However, the Owner may issue a unilateral Change Order if the Owner and Contractor are unable to agree on the adjustment in Contract Price or Time. If the Contractor disagrees with such unilateral Contract Change Order, the Contractor must complete the Work and may deliver notice of a claim in accordance with the claim submittal process.
6.2 Differing Site Condition: The Owner does not warrant that any technical data, including the Project reference points, provided by the Owner is necessarily sufficient and complete for the purpose of selecting Means and Methods, initiating, maintaining and supervising safety precautions and programs or discharging any other obligation assumed by the Contractor under the Contract Documents. If different or unknown site conditions are discovered, the Contractor must notify the Owner in writing before the conditions are disturbed or before proceeding with the affected Work. Upon review, if the Owner decides to agree with the differing site conditions, with the Professional’s advice, the Owner may issue a written Contract Change Order to amend the Contract Price or Time through the Bulletin authorization process. If the Owner decides to disagree with the Contractor and the Contractor disagrees with the Owner’s decision, the Contractor must complete the Work and may deliver notice of a claim in accordance with the claim submittal process. No proposal or claim by the Contractor due to differing site conditions will be allowed (a) if the Contractor knew of their existence before submitting its Bid or if those conditions could have been discovered by any reasonable examinations for which the Contractor, as Bidder, was made responsible under the Bidding Requirements and/or (b) unless the Contractor’s notice is provided on a timely basis and gives the Owner adequate opportunity to investigate the asserted differing site conditions.
6.3 Responsibilities for Underground Utilities: The Contractor must comply with the 1974 PA 53, as amended, MCL 460.701 et seg., and all other Laws concerning Underground Utilities. Before performing site Work, all Underground Utilities, lines and cables (public and private) must be located and marked. The Contractor must notify MISS DIG to locate and mark utilities on properties that are not State properties. In addition, the Contractor must be responsible for immediately notifying the Owner of any contact with or damage to Underground Utilities, and for the safety, protection of and repairing any damage done to any Work, surface and subsurface facilities. If the Contractor encounters Underground Utilities that inaccurately located by the Contract Documents or not previously located/marked, which could not be reasonably have been seen, the Owner may issue a written Contract Change Order to amend the Contract Price or Time through the Bulletin authorization process.
6.4 Hazardous Material Conditions: If the Contractor encounters material reasonably believed to be Hazardous Material, which was not described in the Drawings and/or Specifications and was not generated or brought to the site by the Contractor, the Contractor shall immediately stop all affected work, give written notice to the Owner of the conditions encountered, and take appropriate health and safety precautions in accordance with all federal, State and local laws. Upon receipt of the notice, the Owner will investigate the conditions and (a) may stop the Work and terminate the affected Work or the Contract for convenience; (b) may contract others to have the Hazardous Material removed or rendered harmless or; (c) issue a written Contract Change Order to amend the Contract Price/Time through the Bulletin authorization process. If the Hazardous Material is brought to site by the Contractor or as a result in whole or in part from any of its violation of any Law covering the use, handling, storage, disposal of, processing, transport and transfer or from any other act or omission within its control, the Contractor is responsible for the Delay and costs to clean up the site, remove and render harmless the Hazardous Material to the satisfaction of the Owner, State and all Political Subdivisions with jurisdiction.
6.5 Incidents with Archaeological Features: The Contractor must immediately notify the Owner in writing of any Archeological Feature deposits encountered at the site and must protect the deposits in a satisfactory manner. If the Contractor encounters such features, which result in an anticipated change to the Contract Price/Time, the Owner may issue a written Contract Change Order through the Bulletin authorization process.
6.6 Unit Price Work: Quantities as listed have been carefully estimated but are not guaranteed. The Owner reserves the right to increase or decrease the quantities of the Work to be performed at the Unit Price by amounts up to 20 percent of the listed estimated quantities. For Unit Price Work, the Contractor must promptly inform the Professional in writing if actual quantities differ from the estimated quantities for any item. For quantities over 120% or below 80% of the estimated quantity, the Owner may negotiate a Unit Price with the Contractor, or direct a unilateral change, or bid that Work under separate contract. Any adjusted Unit Price agreed upon by the Owner will only apply to the actual quantities above 120% or below 80% of the estimated quantity. No adjustment due to quantity variations must be allowed (a) unless the Contractor met the notice requirements, or (b) if any Unit Price increase results in whole or in part from any act or omission within the control of the Contractor (errors in the Contractor's Bid, unbalanced Unit Prices, etc.). If a dispute arise between the Owner and the Contractor on the adjusted Unit Price, the Contractor must carry on the Work with due diligence during the disputes/disagreements.
6.7 Cash Allowances; Provisionary Allowances: The Contractor must obtain the Professional’s and Project Director’s written acceptance before providing materials, equipment, or other items covered by Cash Allowance. Work authorized under any 00-12
Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB
Provisionary Allowance may consist of (a) changes required by actual conditions, as determined by the Professional, and (b) any other Work authorized and completed under the pertinent provisions of the Contract Documents.
6.8 Changes in Contract Price:
6.8.1 The Contractor’s proposals or claims for Work Involved must detail all affected items of Work, whether increased, revised, added or deleted, and must be fully documented and itemized as to (a) individual adds and deducts in Work quantities and labor man-hours; (b) corresponding itemized cost of Work Involved; (c) materials and equipment cost including transportation, storage and suppliers’ field services; and (d) Fee.
6.8.2 For Contractor’s proposals or claims for adjustments in Contract Price arising from Delays, the Contractor’s estimates must be as comprehensive and detailed as may be appropriate to support the proposal or claim. Examples of related information include labor manpower levels, production data and Progress Schedule revision.
6.8.3 If the Contract Documents use lump sum or Unit Prices for the Work Involved, those prices must be used in estimating the price change. Otherwise, the Owner may direct the Contractor to proceed (a) on a negotiated lump sum; or (b) on an actual cost basis with or without a guaranteed maximum; or (c) through a unilateral Change Order on a lump sum basis or a not-to- exceed basis, based on the Professional’s estimate of the anticipated Cost of the Work Involved and a fee. Items making-up the Cost of the Work Involved must be allowable to the extent (a) consistent with those prevailing in the Project locality, (b) necessary, reasonable and clearly allocable to the Work Involved, and (c) limited to labor costs, subcontract costs, material and equipment costs, construction equipment costs and general conditions costs.
6.8.4 In estimating any additional cost by the Contractor or its Subcontractor, the rates for the craft labor man-hour used in estimating changes in Contract Price must not exceed the rates in Means Cost Data (Means) or other cost guide acceptable to the Owner. If the rates exceed the acceptable cost guides, the Contractor must provide proper justifications acceptable to the Professional and the Owner. The payroll costs may be used to quote a Bulletin. However, the payroll costs must include wages, labor burdens and a factor for field supplies and purchase costs (less market values if not consumed) of tools not owned by the workers. Labor burdens must be certified by an authorized financial representative of the Contractor and may include social security, unemployment, taxes, workers’ compensation, health and retirement benefits, vacation and holiday pay. The factor for field supplies and tools (individually valued at less than $1,000.00) must not exceed 4% of the wages without burdens, unless detailed data, which supports higher costs, is provided. Rates for owned, rented or leased construction equipment must be in accordance with the contract price rates. Otherwise, the appropriate hourly, daily, weekly or monthly rates listed in Means must be used. However, if the total rental or lease cost of an item to the Project exceeds the reasonable purchase price of the rented or leased item, the Owner reserves the right to pay only the purchase price of the item and take title to the item. Operating cost must not exceed the hourly operating rate in Means and for multiple shifts, rates must not exceed the shift work adjustments recommended in the cost guide.
6.8.5 The cost of any Work Involved may include necessary general conditions costs to the extent those costs increase or decrease on account of, or are directly attributable to, the performance of the furnishing and/or performance of the additional Work Involved, or are required due to an extension in Contract Times or Delays. Such costs may include payroll costs of personnel, temporary facilities at the site, liability insurance and bond premiums, Subcontractors, royalty payments and fees for permits and licenses and taxes on the Work Involved.
6.8.6 A contractor or subcontractor who performs the Work may charge a fee of up to 15% of the cost of Work involved for overhead and profit. Contractor may charge a mark-up fee of up to 5% of its Subcontractor’s cost excluding fees if the Work is performed by the Subcontractor. If Work is to be performed by lower tier subcontractor(s), intermediate subcontractors must share a fee of up to 5% of the lowest tier subcontractor’s cost excluding fees. The total mark-up fees for the Work must not exceed 25% of the lowest tier subcontractor’s cost excluding fees. If the adjustment to the Contract Price incorporates a contractor reservation of rights to claim additional adjustments, the fees must be reduced by one-third. Contractor’s administrative costs and home office overhead must be non-reimbursable expenses covered by the Fee for the Work.
6.9 Changes in Contract Time:
6.9.1 If a justified extension beyond the Contract Time is not reasonably anticipatable under the circumstances, the Owner may approve an extension to the Contract Time through the Bulletin authorization process at no additional cost to the Owner. Examples of events that may justify an extension in the Contract Time include acts of God; acts of the public enemy; fires; floods; and strikes.
6.9.2 If, at any time during the life of this Contract, the Contractor finds that for reasons beyond its control, it will be impossible to complete the Work on or before the Contract completion date, a written request for a change to the Contract extending the time of completion must be submitted. Such a request must set forth in precise detail the reasons believed to justify an extension and must be in such format as the State may require.
00-13
Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB
6.9.3 When submitting a quotation for a Contract change authorization for extra work or change in plans, the Contractor must include as part of the quotation, a statement requesting any extra time necessary to complete the related Work. Lack of such a statement will serve as notification that the extra time will not be required to complete the Contract work and will waive the right to a later claim. The Owner will not pay additional compensation to the Contractor for performing Contract Work during any extension period granted.
6.9.4 If the Progress Schedule and the funding allow for an early completion date, the Contractor may submit to the Owner for approval, a request to shorten the Contract Time. If approved by the Owner, the new Contract Time applies to the Project and liquidated damages, if any, will be assessed for any delays after the new completion date.
6.10 Price Reduction for Defective Cost or Pricing Data: Whenever the Contractor signs a proposal for a change in the Contract or claim settlement, the Contractor will be deemed to have certified on behalf of itself, Subcontractors and Suppliers, to its best knowledge and belief that the proposal and its contents (a) were made in good faith and are consistent with the facts and the provisions of the Contract; and (b) are current, complete and accurate. If the Contract Price/Time is increased by any Change Order, claim or dispute settlement because the Contractor, Subcontractor or Supplier, at any tier, represented or furnished cost or pricing data of any kind that were false, contained math errors or were incomplete, the Contract Price must be correspondingly reduced by Change Order. If there is a good cause to doubt the Contractor’s compliance with the Defective cost and pricing data requirements, the Owner must be entitled to make an appropriate withholding from any payment otherwise owed to the Contractor.
7. Payments
7.1 Schedule of Values: The Schedule of Values must be approved by the Professional and accepted by the Owner and must divide the Work into pay items for significant Sections and areas, facilities or structures, with subtotals for first tier Subcontractors. If required in Division 1, the accepted Schedule of Values must be supported by a more detailed breakdown allocating the pay items to the Progress Schedule Activities. It must tabulate labor costs, Subcontract costs and material and equipment costs. Labor costs must include appropriate sums for construction equipment costs, general conditions costs, administrative costs and profit, unless separate pay items are itemized for those costs. The Schedule of Values must include two percent of the Contract Price for each of the following close-out pay items: (a) fire safety inspection, certificate of occupancy and other code approvals, as specified in the Contract Documents, (b) manufacturer warranties, finalized operating and maintenance documentation, Owner training documentation, and test and balance reports, and (c) finalized as- built/Record Documents.
7.2 Requests for Payment: Not more than once every thirty Calendar Days, the Contractor may submit to the Professional a Request for Payment on the Owner’s form signed by the Contractor certifying Work completed and enclosing all supporting documentation. A draft copy of the payment request may be submitted to the Owner Field Representative for review and comments. For projects under $50,000, the Contractor may not submit more than two requests in addition to the final payment request. Each Request for Payment must certify that all monies owed by the Contractor to Subcontractors and Suppliers for which payment previously has been sought has been paid from payments received. No Request for Payment must include amounts for a Subcontractor or Supplier if the Contractor does not intend to use the payments requested, when received, to reduce the Contractor’s outstanding obligations on the Work. The Owner will pay the Contractor within thirty Calendar Days after the Owner receives and approves a certified Request for Payment from the Professional. The Contractor will provide a certification in writing that the payment request submittal is true and accurate. If payment is requested based on materials and equipment stored at the site or at another location agreed to in writing, the Request for Payment also must be accompanied by (a) consent of surety, (b) a bill of sale, invoice or other documentation warranting that the Owner has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all liens, and (c) evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance and other arrangements to protect them and the Owner's interests. The Contractor warrants and guarantees that title to all Work, materials and equipment covered by any Request for Payment, whether incorporated in the Work or not, will pass to the Owner free and clear of all liens no later than at the time of payment by the Owner to the Contractor.
7.3 Review of Request for Payment; Intent of Review: Within ten Calendar Days after receipt of a Request for Payment, the Professional must certify to the Owner the amount the Professional determines to be due, or must return the Request for Payment to the Contractor indicating the reasons for withholding certification. The Professional's certification of any Request for Payment constitutes a representation to the Owner that the Work has progressed to the point indicated; that to the best of the Professional's knowledge, information and belief, the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents; and that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified. In the case of final payment, the Professional's certification of final payment and recommendation that the Work is acceptable must be a further representation that conditions governing final payment to the Contractor have been met.
7.4 Refusal to Make or to Recommend Payment: The Owner may withhold from any payment an amount based on the (a) Professional's refusal to recommend payment or (b) Owner's estimate of the fair value of items included in the payment request. The Owner will give the Contractor reasonably prompt written notice supporting such action. The Professional may refuse to recommend any part of any payment, or because of subsequently discovered evidence, inspections or tests or the value of the Punch List, nullify all or any portion of any payment previously recommended, as the Professional may consider necessary to protect the Owner from loss because: 00-14
Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB
(a) the Work is Defective or completed Work has been damaged requiring correction or replacement, (b) the Contract Price has been reduced by Change Order, (c) it has been necessary that the Owner correct Defective Work or complete Work, (d) reasonable evidence exists that all or a part of the Work will not be completed within the corresponding Contract Time, (e) the Contractor failed to comply with any material requirements of the Contract, including, but not limited to the failure to submit Progress Schedule Submittals or as-built/Record Documents when due, (f) stored materials for which payment has been made or is sought has been determined by the Professional or the Owner Field Representative to be damaged or missing, or (g) the Professional reasonably believes or knows of the occurrence of an event justifying termination for cause.
7.5 Request for Final Inspection: The Contractor must complete the Substantial Completion Punch List within the Contract Time and date. The Contractor must assemble all required documentation before requesting final inspection in writing. The Contractor may request final inspection of the entire Work, or the part of the Work for which final payment is specified in the Contract Documents. Upon this written notice, and if deemed appropriate by the professional, the Professional will make a final completion inspection with the Owner and Contractor and notify the Contractor of all incomplete or Defective Work revealed by the Final Inspection. The Contractor must immediately correct and complete the Work.
7.6 Close-out Documents: The Contractor must prepare and submit the following documentation before requesting final inspection or final payment: final operating and maintenance documentation (with revisions made after Substantial Completion), warranties, inspection certificates, as-built/Record Documents, release of payment claim forms, and all other required documents.
7.7 Request for Final Payment: The Contractor may request final payment after correcting or completing the Work to the satisfaction of the Professional and delivering close-out documentation (7.6). The Contractor’s request for final payment must also enclose:
(a) evidence of completed operations insurance and an affidavit certifying that the insurance coverage will not be canceled, materially changed, or renewal refused, (b) an affidavit certifying that the surety agrees that final payment does not relieve the surety of any of its obligations under the Performance Bond and Payment Bond, (c) a completed DTMB-0460 Form close out checklist, (d) a list of all pending insurance claims arising out of or resulting from the Work being handled by the Contractor and/or its insurer (e) Contractor’s ‘Guarantee and Statement’ (DTMB-0437) containing a statement of guaranteed indebtedness acceptable to the Owner in the full amount of the Contract Price, or a release of payment claims in the form of a release of liens, or a Bond or other security acceptable to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against any payment claim.
7.8 Final Payment and Acceptance: If the Professional is satisfied that the entire Work, or the part of the Work for which final payment is specified in the Contract Documents, is complete and the Contractor’s other obligations under the Contract Documents has been fulfilled, the Professional will furnish to the Owner and Contractor the Professional’s certification of final payment and acceptance within thirty Calendar Days after receipt of the final payment request. If the Professional is not satisfied, the Professional will return the request to the Contractor indicating in writing the reasons for not certifying final payment. If the final payment request is returned, the Contractor must correct the deficiencies and re-request final payment. If the Owner concurs with the Professional’s certification of final payment the Owner will, within thirty Calendar Days after receipt of the Professional’s certification of final payment, pay the balance of the Contract Price subject to those provisions governing final payment specified in the Contract Documents. If the Owner does not concur with the Professional’s determination, the Owner will return the request for final payment to the Contractor with written reasons for refusing final payment and acceptance.
7.9 Contractor's Continuing Obligation: The following does not constitute acceptance of the Work in the event the Work or any Work is not in accordance with the Contract Documents, and therefore does not release the Contractor from its obligation to perform and furnish the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents:
(a) a certification by the Professional of any Request for Payment or final payment; (b) the issuance of a Substantial Completion certificate; (c) any payment by the Owner to the Contractor; (d) any Partial Use; (e) any act of acceptance by the Owner or any failure to do so; (f) any review and approval of a Shop Drawing, sample, test procedure or other Submittal; (g) any review of a Progress Schedule; (h) any On-Site Inspection; (i) any inspection, test or approval; (j) any issuance of a notice of acceptability by the Professional; or (k) any correction of Defective Work or any completion of Work by the Owner.
00-15
Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB
7.10 Waiver of Claims: The making of final payment does not constitute a waiver by the Owner of any rights as to the Contractor's continuing obligations under the Contract Documents, nor will it constitute a waiver of any claims by the Owner against the Contractor still unsettled, or arising from unsettled payment claims, Defective Work appearing after final inspection or failure by the Contractor to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of any special warranties provided by the Contract Documents or by Law. The acceptance of final payment will constitute a waiver of all claims by the Contractor against the Owner, other than those claims previously made in writing, on a timely basis.
8. Other Work: During the Contract Time, the Owner may self-perform or Contract for other work at the site. By doing so, the Owner or its representative will coordinate the operations of the Contractor and the other work. Whenever the other work interfaces with the Contractor’s Work on site, the Contractor must coordinate its activities with the interfacing work, inspect the other work and promptly report to the Professional in writing if the other work is unavailable or unsuitable. The Contractor’s failure to do so will constitute an acceptance of such other work as fit and proper for integration with the Work except for latent or non-apparent defects and deficiencies in the other work. The Contractor must provide proper and safe access to the site for handling, unloading and storage of their materials and equipment and for the execution of the other work. The Contractor must do all cutting, fitting, patching and interfacing of the Work that may be required to make any part of the Work come together properly and integrate with other work. If the Contractor becomes party to a dispute or claim due to damages caused to its Work/property or other work/their property, the Contractor must promptly attempt, without involving the Owner or the Professional or their agents, to settle with the other party by agreement or otherwise resolve the claim. If the Owner determines that the other work resulted in a delay to the Work to be performed by the Contractor and such delay justifies a Change Order, the Owner will authorize the necessary adjustment in Contract Price and/or Time.
9. Stop Work Orders and Suspension of Work: The Owner may order the Contractor in writing to defer, stop, suspend or interrupt all or part of the Work, in the event any of the following situations:
(a) any Work is Defective, (b) any Work, when completed, will not conform to the Contract Documents, (c) any materials or equipment are unsuitable, (d) any workers are insufficiently skilled, (e) failure of the Contractor to implement appropriate measures for the SESC, or (f) as the Owner may determine appropriate for its convenience. The Contractor is responsible for the Delays and any additional costs if at fault. Any justified increase in Contract Price/Time due to suspension of Work must be submitted within thirty Calendar Days of knowing the extent of Delays and before submitting the final payment.
10. Termination:
10.1 Termination for Breach: The Owner may elect to terminate all or any part of the Work if:
(a) the Contractor fails to complete the Work, or a specified part of the Work, within the corresponding Contract Time; fails or refuses to supply sufficient management, supervision, workers, materials or equipment; or otherwise fails to prosecute the Work, or any specified part of the Work, with the diligence required to comply with the Contract Time(s); (b) the Contractor persistently disregards the authority of the Professional or violates or disregards a provision of the Contract Documents or the Laws of any Political Subdivision with jurisdiction; (c) the Contractor admits in writing, or the Owner otherwise establishes, the Contractor's inability or refusal to pay the Contractor's debts generally as they become due; (d) in response to the Owner's demand, the Contractor fails to provide adequate, written assurance that the Contractor has the financial resources necessary to complete the Work within the Contract Time; (e) the Contractor fails to comply with the Michigan Residency requirements (1984 PA 431, as amended, MCL 18.1241a); or is found to be in violation of Section 4 of 1980 PA 278 concerning unfair labor practices, or any nondiscrimination requirements imposed by Law; (f) at any time, the Contractor, Subcontractor or Supplier is in violation of unfair labor practices prohibited by Section 8 of Chapter 327 of the National Labor Relations Act, 29 U.S.C. 158; or (g) the Contractor violates or breaches any material provision of the Contract Documents, which provides contractually for cause termination or rescission of the Contract or of the Contractor’s right to complete the Work.
Within seven Calendar Days after the Contractor receives a notice requiring assurance of due performance for any of the above occurring non-conformances, the Contractor must meet with the Owner and present the Contractor’s plan to correct the problems. If the Owner determines that the Contractor’s plan provides adequate assurance of correction, that determination does not waive the Owner's right to subsequently default the Contractor or affect any rights or remedies of the Owner against the Contractor and/or surety then existing or that may accrue in the future. The Owner, after giving the Contractor and surety seven Calendar Days’ written notice of intent to default, may declare the Contractor in default and terminate the services of the Contractor for cause. Unless otherwise agreed between the Owner and Contractor, at the expiration of the Seven- Calendar Day (intent to default) period, the Contractor must immediately stop all Work and proceed in accordance with the Owner’s instructions. Following the expiration of the Seven-Calendar Day (intent to default) notice, the Contractor will be sent a default letter – notice of termination for cause. The Owner will issue a Contract Change Order to revise the name of the contract party to the name of the surety company. The surety company must undertake to perform and complete the
00-16
Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB
Work, in accordance with the Contract Documents, in place of the Contractor, either through the surety's agents or by executing agreements with qualified contractors (excluding the Contractor and any of the Contractor's affiliates), or both.
The Owner may issue a fifteen-Calendar Day notice of intent to default the surety company if they fail to execute in a timely manner the completion of the Contract Work. Without an adequate plan of correction, the Owner may issue a notice of termination for cause letter to the surety. If a termination of the contract with the surety occurs, the Owner reserves the right to complete the Work.
If the Owner has terminated the Contractor, any such termination will not affect any rights or remedies of the Owner against the Contractor or surety, or both, then existing or that may accrue after termination. All provisions of the Contract Documents that, by their nature, survive final acceptance of the Work must remain in full force and effect after a termination for cause of the Contractor or default of the surety, or both. The Owner may, in its sole discretion, permit the Contractor to continue to perform Work when the Contractor is in default or has been defaulted. Such decision by the Owner in no way operates as a waiver of any of the Owner's rights under the Contract Documents or Performance Bond, nor in the event of a subsequent default, entitle the Contractor or surety to continue to perform or prosecute the Work to completion.
10.2 Termination on Non-Bonded Project: For non-bonded projects, the Owner will follow the termination protocol in Paragraph 10.1 without involving a surety.
10.3 Termination for Convenience of the Owner: Upon fifteen Calendar Days' written notice to the Contractor and surety, or sooner if reasonable under the circumstances, the Owner may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy it may have, elect to terminate any part of the Work, or the Contract in whole or in part, as the Owner may deem appropriate for its convenience. Upon receipt of any such termination notice, the Contractor must immediately proceed in accordance with any specific instructions, protect and maintain the Work, and make reasonable and diligent efforts to mitigate costs associated with the termination. In such termination, the Contractor must be paid in accordance with the terms of this Contract for only services rendered before the effective date of termination. Upon termination for convenience, the Contractor must be released from any obligation to provide further services and the Owner must have full power and authority to take possession of the Work, assume any agreements with Subcontractors and Suppliers that the Owner selects, and prosecute the Work to completion by Contract or as the Owner may deem expedient.
10.4 Termination for Lack of Funding: If expected or actual funding is withdrawn, reduced or limited in any way before the completion date set forth in this Contract or in any amendment, the State may, upon written notice to the Contractor, terminate this Contract in whole or in part in accordance with Paragraph 10.3.
11. Disputes: All claims, counterclaims, disputes and other matters in question between the Owner and Contractor arising out of or relating to the Contract Documents must be submitted in writing to the Professional and otherwise processed and resolved as provided in this Article. The Contractor must carry on the Work with due diligence during all disputes or disagreements. Work must not be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements. The Contractor must exercise reasonable precautions, efforts and measures to avoid situations that would cause delay.
11.1 Notice of Claim: Except for Owner claims for liquidated damages, no claim is valid unless it is based upon written notice delivered by the claimant to the other party promptly, but in no event later than thirty Calendar Days after the Professional's or Project Director’s determination giving rise to the claim. The notice must state the nature of the dispute, the amount involved, if any, and the remedy sought. The claim submittal with all supporting data must be delivered within sixty Calendar Days after the determination giving rise to the claim (unless the Professional allows an extension). The responsibility to substantiate claims rests with the claimant. A claim by the Contractor must be submitted to the Professional and Project Director for a recommendation or decision from the Professional. A claim by the Owner must be submitted to the Contractor and the Professional for a written recommendation or decision by the Professional. The Owner reserves the right to audit any Contractor claim (or claim package) that the Contractor values at more than $50,000.00. Pending final resolution of any claim under this Article, the Contractor must proceed diligently with the Work and comply with any decision of the Owner and/or Professional. For all Contractor claims seeking an increase in Contract Price or Contract Time, the Contractor must submit an affidavit, certifying that the amount claimed accurately reflects any Delay and all costs that the Contractor is entitled from the occurrence of the claimed event and that supporting cost and pricing data are current, accurate, complete and represent the Contractor's best knowledge and belief. The affidavit must be signed in the same manner as required in Item 6 of Section 00100.
11.2 Recommendations or Decisions from the Professional: For claims under $100,000.00, if requested in writing by the Contractor, the Professional will render a recommendation or decision within thirty Calendar Days after the request and the Owner will issue, if necessary, a determination within thirty Calendar Days after the Professional's recommendation or decision. For claims exceeding $100,000.00, the Professional will issue its recommendation or decision and the Owner, if necessary, will issue its determination, within sixty Calendar Days.
If the Professional denies a Contractor claim or agrees with an Owner claim, that decision must be final and binding on the Contractor, without any determination by the Owner, unless the Contractor files a request for a presentation with the Director- SFA within thirty Calendar Days. To the extent that any recommendation from the Professional is partly or wholly adverse to a claim from the Owner, that determination must be final and binding on both the Owner and Contractor unless either party 00-17
Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB
files a request for a presentation with the Director-SFA within thirty Calendar Days. If the Professional recommends payment of any Contractor claim which increases the Contract Price, that recommendation is subject to the Owner’s written approval. In the event any such determination from the Owner is partly or wholly adverse to the preceding recommendation from the Professional, that determination must be final and binding on the Contractor unless the Contractor files suit in the Michigan Court of Claims within thirty Calendar Days after receipt of such determination. The claim is waived if not made in accordance with these requirements.
If either the Contractor or Owner is not satisfied with any decision of the Professional on a claim, that party must, within thirty Calendar Days of receiving that decision, file a written appeal with complete supporting documentation with the Director-SFA.. The Director-SFA has discretion concerning the allowability of evidence submitted, and is not bound to any rules of evidence. If the right to a presentation is waived or if a presentation is conducted and the dispute remains unresolved, the Director-SFA, at the Director-SFA’s sole option, must specify in which forum the dispute must be conducted by issuing a written determination to the Contractor that the dispute if the Contractor so elects, be submitted in writing to the Michigan Court of Claims. The Director-SFA’s determination on the dispute is final and binding on the Contractor unless the Contractor files a lawful action in the Michigan Court of Claims within thirty Calendar Days after receiving the Director-SFA’s determination. After settlement or final adjudication of any claim, if payment by the Contractor is not made to the Owner, the Owner may offset the appropriate amounts against (a) payments due to the Contractor under any other Contract between the Owner and the Contractor, or (b) any amounts for which the Owner may be obligated to the Contractor in any capacity. The Director-SFA may designate someone to fulfill the Director-SFA’s duties under these terms and conditions.
END OF SECTION 00700
SECTION 00750 SPECIAL WORKING CONDITIONS
1. The Work is for the Department Corrections, and their special working conditions are included in Appendix II. Contractor must comply with all security regulations. Access to and egress from the buildings and State Agency grounds must be via routes specifically designated by the State Agency. Whenever the Contractor has caused an operating security or fire system to go out of service, or left unsecured openings in existing facilities or security fences, the Contractor must furnish a security guard or fire watch acceptable to the Owner to maintain security of the facility outside of normal working hours and will be held responsible for any losses from the facility.
2. The Contractor must maintain at all times dust control measures to the satisfaction of the Owner.
3. Working Hours Base Bid:
A. Gate 3 Replacement: 7:30 A.M. to 10:00 P.M. Monday through Friday B. Gate 2 Replacement: 5:30 P.M. to 7:30 A.M. Monday through Friday C. Gate 1 Replacement: 5:30 P.M. to 7:30 A.M. Start Tues. and Complete Wed. D. Gate 4 Replacement: 5:30 P.M. to 7:30 A.M. Start Tues. and Complete Wed.
END OF SECTION 00750
SECTION 00800 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS
1. The following conditions must supplement the general conditions. See Section 00100, No. 3:
IMPORTANT NOTICE REGARDING ELECTRONIC BIDDING
Effective September 14, 2017, Design and Construction will be posting all bid opportunities on the new SIGMA Vendor Self Service (VSS) system. SIGMA VSS replaces Buy4Michigan and Contract and Payment Express, providing one secure location for vendors to respond to solicitations and track payment information. Visit SIGMA VSS (https://sigma.michigan.gov/webapp/PRDVSS2X1/AltSelfService) for more information.
PLEASE NOTE: If you have an existing active account in Buy4Michigan, it will be automatically transferred to SIGMA VSS. However, you will not be able to submit vendor responses (bids) in SIGMA VSS until you have “claimed” your account.
For assistance with SIGMA VSS, you may contact the SIGMA Help Desk by telephone at 1-888-734-9749 or by email at [email protected]
END OF SECTION 00800
00-18
Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB
SECTION 00850 WAGE DETERMINATION SCHEDULE
The Contractor and all Subcontractors must comply with all Laws pertaining to occupational classifications and to the following requirements:
1. The rates of wages and fringe benefits to be paid to each class of construction mechanics must not be less than the wage and fringe benefit rates issued by the Michigan Department of Licensing and Regulatory Affairs (DLARA), Wage and Hour Division in its schedule of occupational classification and wage and fringe benefit for the locality in which the Work is to be performed. These prevailing wage rates are included in Appendix IV.
2. The Contractor must keep posted on the construction site, in a conspicuous place, a copy of all prevailing wage and fringe benefit rates as prescribed in the Contract and the address and telephone number of the DLARA’s, Wage and Hour Division office responsible for enforcing these provisions, and must keep an accurate record showing the name and classification of each Person performing Work on the site, the dates on which Work was performed, the hours each Person worked on the site and the actual hourly wage and benefits paid to each Person. This record must be notarized by a Notary Public and must be available to DTMB-SFA and DLARA for an audit or inspection, at any time, upon their request. In addition, as per section 6.10 of this Document, the Contractor must have available to DTMB and DLARA, certified payroll of those working on the project.
3. If any trade is omitted from the schedule of wages and fringe benefit rates included in Appendix IV, the trades omitted must also be paid not less than the wage and fringe benefit rates prevailing in the locality in which the Work is to be performed.
4. The Contractor must keep posted on the construction site, in a conspicuous place, notice that construction mechanics, as the intended beneficiaries of 1965 PA 166, as amended, who have not been paid in accordance with the Act may file a claim with the LARA.
A finding by the DLARA that the Contractor or any Subcontractor is in violation of these requirements is final.
END OF SECTION 00850
SECTION 00900 ADDENDA
1. Each Bid submittal must include acknowledgement of receipt and review of all Addenda issued during the Bidding period.
END OF SECTION 00900
00-19
Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB
DIVISION 01
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB
SECTION 01010 SUMMARY OF WORK
1. General
1.1 General information covering the "Scope of Work" is specified on the Invitation to Bid. Additional information is as follows:
(a) Work Description: Removal and Replacement of existing automatic sliding aluminum security doors and storefronts, and. All work is within the Macomb Correctional Administration building. Door replacement work includes new door hardware, new security glazing, removal/replacement and refinishing of floor and wall finishes.
1.2 The Agency will provide the following Work:
(a) State Salvage: The State reserves the right to salvage certain items and equipment and those salvaged items will be identified to the Bidder at the time of their inspection of the proposed Work. The State will remove salvaged items before commencement of the Work.
(b) Moving Furnishings and Equipment: The Contractor must give timely notice to the State Agency representative identified in the pre-construction meeting of all furnishings, window covering and movable equipment that will interfere with the Work or which the Contractor cannot protect with coverings of paper, plastic, drop cloths or clean tarpaulin. The Contractor must furnish, install, maintain and remove all coverings used to protect furnishings, window coverings and movable equipment.
END OF SECTION 01010
SECTION 01020 ALLOWANCES
1. Allowances
1.1 Provisional/Contingency Allowances:
(a) Bidders must include in their Base Proposal Sum a contingency allowance of $ 5,000.00 The base bid shall include bonds and insurance on the value of the allowance. (b) Monies will be used in the contingency allowance only if directed in writing by the Project Director and Professional. (c) Payments under a Provisionary Allowance will include not only the purchase/furnished cost of the materials and equipment involved, but also all related labor costs, subcontract costs, construction equipment costs, general conditions costs and Fee, provided they are calculated in accordance with the requirements of the contract documents. (c ) Unused allowances will be deducted from the contract amount through contract change order.
END OF SECTION 01020
SECTION 01025 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
1. Schedule of Values: Before the construction start date the Contractor must submit a Schedule of Values to the Professional for review and approval, of the various tasks that must be performed to complete all the Work. The schedule must show each task and the corresponding value of the task, including separate monies allocated for General Condition items and Project close-out. The aggregate total value for all tasks must be equal to the total Contract sum.
END OF SECTION 01025
SECTION 01030 ALTERNATES
1. Use of Alternates: Determination of the lowest three Bidders shall be on the basis of the sum of the Base Bid and any additive and deductive Alternates the Owner accepts, in the order in which they are listed only. The Owner will accept an Alternate only if all other previously listed Alternates are also accepted, unless acceptance by the Owner of Alternates in a different order does not affect determination of the lowest three bidders in any way.
2. Execution: (a) Coordinate pertinent related Work and modify surrounding work as required to complete the Project for each alternate. (b) Description of Alternates: None
END OF SECTION 01030
01-1 Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB
SECTION 01040 COORDINATION
1. Project Coordination:
(a) Before beginning Work the Contractor must coordinate with the State Agency representative to implement the schedule for the Project. Once the Project is started, it must be carried to completion without delay.(b)Any building utility service interruptions or outages including security required by the Contractor in performing the Work must be prearranged with the staff of the State Agency and must occur only during those scheduled times.(c) The Contractor is not responsible for removing room furnishings unless is required by the Contract Documents.
2. Cutting and Patching:
(a) The Contractor must do all cutting, fitting or patching of the Work that may be required to make its several parts fit together properly or make new Work join with the existing structure. The Contractor must take proper precautions so as not to endanger any existing Work. The Contractor must not cut or alter existing structural members or foundations unless specifically required by the Contract Documents. (b) Holes or openings cut in exterior walls and roofs for installation of materials or equipment must be waterproofed by appropriate, approved materials and methods. (c) All adjacent finished surfaces that are damaged by the new Work must be patched with materials matching existing surfaces. Joints between patched and existing material must be straight, smooth and flush. Workers skilled in its installation must apply all patching material. END OF SECTION 01040
SECTION 01050 FIELD ENGINEERING
1. When applicable, the Contractor must employ a surveyor who must establish and maintain all lines and levels required for laying out and constructing the Work. The Contractor agrees to assume all responsibility due to inaccuracy of any Work of the surveyor, and including incorrect bench marks, their loss or disturbance. Upon completion of the Project, the Contractor must submit two copies of site layout Drawings prepared for the Project and certified by the surveyor.
END OF SECTION 01050
SECTION 01060 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 1. Laws: The Contractor and its Subcontractors/Suppliers must comply with all Federal, State and local Laws applicable to the Work and site. 2. Codes: All Works must be provided in accordance with the State Construction Code Act, 1972 PA 230, as amended, MCL 125.1501 et seg,, International Building and Residential Codes and all applicable Michigan construction codes and fire safety including but not limited to: Michigan Building Code, Michigan Residential Code, Michigan Uniform Energy Code, Michigan Electrical Code, Michigan Rehabilitation Code for Existing Buildings, Michigan Mechanical Code, Michigan Elevator Code and Michigan Plumbing Code. If the Contractor observes that any Contract Document conflicts with any Laws or the State Construction Code or any permits in any respect, the Contractor must promptly notify the Professional in writing. If the Contractor provides any Work knowing or having to reason to know of such conflict, the Contractor must be responsible for that performance.
3. Permits: All required construction permits must be secured and their fees including inspection costs must be paid by the Contractor. The time incurred by the Contractor in obtaining construction permits must constitute time required to complete the Work and does not justify any increases to the Contract Time or Price, except when revisions to the Drawings and/or Specifications required by the permitting authority cause the Delays. The Contractor must pay all charges of Public Utilities for connections to the Work, unless otherwise provided by Cash Allowances specific to those connections.
4. Taxes: The Contractor must pay all Michigan sales and use taxes and any other similar taxes covering the Work that are currently imposed by legislative enactment and as administered by the Michigan Department of Treasury, Revenue Division. If the Contractor is not required to pay or bear the burden or obtains a refund of any taxes deemed to have been included in the Bid and Contract Price, the Contract Price must be reduced by a like amount and that amount, whether as a refund or otherwise, must ensure solely to the benefit of the State of Michigan.
5. Safety and Protection: The Contractor and its Subcontractors/Suppliers must comply with all applicable Federal, State and local Laws governing the safety and protection of persons or property, including, but not limited to the Michigan Occupational Safety and Health Act (MIOSHA), 1974 PA 154, as amended, MCL 408.1001 et seg., and all rules promulgated under the Act. The Contractor is responsible for all damages, injury or loss to the Work, materials, equipment, fines, penalties as a result of any violation of such Laws, except when it’s due to the fault of the Drawings or Specifications or to the Act, error or omission of the Owner or Professional. The Contractor is solely responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs and such responsibility must continue until such time as the Professional is satisfied that the Work, or Work inspected, is completed and ready for final payment. In doing the Work and/or in the event of using explosives, the Contractor must take
01-2 Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB
all necessary precautions for the safety of, and must erect and maintain all necessary safeguards and provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: (a) all employees on the Work and other persons who may be affected by the Work, (b) all the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work, whether stored on or off the site, and (c) other property at or adjacent to the site, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, utilities and Underground Utilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement. In the event of severe weather, the Contractor must inspect the Work and the site and take all reasonably necessary actions and precautions to protect the Work and ensure that public access and safety are maintained.
6. Fire Hazard Conditions:
(a). The fire hazard classification of finish materials where used in the specification must be in accordance with the current Michigan Building Code.
(b) Classification must be determined by tunnel test in accordance with National Fire Protection Association (NFPA-255), American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM E-84) or Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL-723).
7. Michigan Right-To-Know Law: The Contractor and its Subcontractors/Suppliers must comply with MIOSHA, Michigan Right- to-Know Law (Public Act 80 of 1986) and the rules promulgated under it. The Act places certain requirements on employers to develop a communication program designed to safeguard the handling of hazardous chemicals through labeling of chemical containers and development and availability of Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS), and to provide training for employees who work with these chemicals and develop a written hazard communications program. The Act also provides for specific employee rights, including the right to be notified of the location of MSDS and to be notified at the site of new or revised MSDS within five Business Days after receipt and to request MSDS copies from their employers. The Contractor, employer or Subcontractor must post and update these notices at the site.
8. Environmental Requirements: The Contractor and its Subcontractors/Suppliers must comply with all applicable Federal, State and local environmental Laws, standards, orders or requirements including but not limited to the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, as amended, Michigan Natural Resources and Environmental Protection Act, P.A. 451 of 1994, as amended, the Clean Air Act, as amended, the Clean Water Act, as amended, the Safe Drinking Water Act, as amended, Pollution Prevention Act, as amended, Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended, National Historic Preservation Act, as amended and Energy Policy and Conservation Act and Energy Standards for Buildings Except Low-Rise Residential Buildings, ANSI/ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 90.1-1999.
9. Nondiscrimination: For all State Contracts for goods or services in amount of $5,000 or more, or for Contracts entered into with parties employing three or more employees; in connection with the performance of Work under this Contract, the Contractor and its Subcontractors and Suppliers must comply with the following requirements:
9.1 `Not to discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, national origin, age, sex, height, weight or marital status and take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed and the employees are not subject to such discrimination. Such action must include, but is not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer; recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training.
9.2 To state in all solicitations or advertisements for employees that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, national origin, age, sex, height, weight or marital status.
9.3 To send, or have its collective bargaining representative send, each labor union or representative of workers with which there is a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice advising the labor unions or workers' representative of the commitments under this provision.
9.4 To comply with the Elliot-Larsen Civil Rights Act, 1976 PA 453, as amended , MCL 37.2201 et seq.; the Michigan Persons With Disability Civil Rights Act, 1976 PA 220, as amended, MCL 37.1101 et Seq.; and all published rules, regulations, directives, and orders of the Michigan Civil Rights Commission (MCRC) which may be in effect on or before the date of Bid opening.
9.5 The Contractor must furnish and file compliance reports within the times, and using the forms prescribed by the MCRC. Compliance report forms may also elicit information as to the practices, policies, programs, and employment statistics of the Contractor and Subcontractors. The Contractor must permit access to Records by the MCRC and its agent for purposes of ascertaining compliance with the Contract and with rules, regulations, and orders of the MCRC.
9.6 If, after a hearing held under its rules, the MCRC finds that the Contractor has not complied with the nondiscrimination requirements of the Contract Documents, MCRC may, as part of its order, certify its findings to the Administrative Board of the State of Michigan, which may order the cancellation of the Contract and/or declare the Contractor ineligible for future contracts with the State until the Contractor complies with the MCRC’s order.
10. Michigan Residency for Employees: Fifty percent of the persons employed on the Work by the Contractor must have been residents of the State of Michigan for not less than one year before beginning employment on the Work. This residency requirement may be reduced or waived to the extent that Michigan residents are not available or to the extent necessary to
01-3 Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB
comply with the federal funds used for the Project. This requirement does not apply to employers who are signatories to collective bargaining agreements that allow for the portability of employees on an interstate basis.
END OF SECTION 01060
SECTION 01090 REFERENCES
1. References will be made in an abbreviated alpha numeric form to specific standard specifications, reference publications and building codes of federal or state agencies, manufacturers, associations or trade organizations. Such references will be identified by the alphabetic abbreviation which identifies the government agency, the association or organization followed by the rule, section or detail number that are to form a part of these specifications, the same as if fully set forth herein, and must be of latest issued date in effect three months before the Bid opening date shown on the Proposal and Contract. The abbreviations used are referred to as follows:
Abbreviation Agency, Association or Organization
ACI American Concrete Institute AISC American Institute of Steel Construction, Inc. AMCA Air Moving and Conditioning Association ANSI American National Standards Institute, Inc. ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering ASTM American Society of Testing and Materials AWS American Welding Society AWWA American Water Works Association BOCA Building Officials and Code CDA Copper Development Assn., Inc. CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturer's Institute CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute CS Commercial Standard F/M Factory Mutual Research Corporation FS Federal Specifications HEW United States Department of Health Education and Welfare MDOT Michigan Department of Transportation NFPA National Fire Protection Association NSF National Sanitation Foundation Testing Laboratory, Inc NSWMA National Solid Waste Management Association PCA Portland Cement Association PDI Plumbing and Drainage Institute SMACNA Sheet Metal & Air Conditioning Contractors UL Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. USBM United States Bureau of Mines USDC United States Department of Commerce
END OF SECTION 01090
SECTION 01100 PROJECT PROCEDURES
1. Signage and Safety: The Contractor must post appropriate construction signs to advise the occupants and visitors of occupied facilities of the limits of construction work areas, hardhat areas, excavations, construction parking and staging areas, etc. Advertising signage by contractors, subcontractors, or suppliers is not allowed. The Contractor must maintain safe and adequate pedestrian and vehicular access to fire hydrants, commercial and industrial establishments, churches, schools, parking lots, hospitals, fire and police stations and like establishments. The Contractor must obtain written approval from the Owner ten Calendar Days before connecting to existing facilities or interrupting the services on site.
2. Barrier and Enclosures:
(a) The Contractor must furnish, install and maintain as long as necessary and remove when no longer required adequate barriers, warning signs or lights at all dangerous points throughout the Work for protection of property, workers and the public. The Contractor must hold the State of Michigan harmless from damage or claims arising out of any injury or damage that may be sustained by any person or persons as a result of the Work under the Contract.
3. Construction Aids:
01-4 Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB
(a) The Contractor must furnish, install, and maintain as long as necessary and remove when no longer required, safe and adequate scaffolding, ladders, staging, platforms, chutes, railings, hoisting equipment, etc., as required for proper execution of the Work. All construction aids must conform to Federal, State, and local codes or Laws for protection of workers and the public.
END OF SECTION 01100
SECTION 01200 PROJECT MEETINGS
1. Pre-Construction Conferences: The Project Director will schedule a pre-construction conference to be attended by the Professional, State Agency staff, and the Contractors. A project procedure as outlined in Form DTMB-0460, will be established for the Work during the pre-construction meeting. When no organizational meeting is called, the Contractor, before beginning any Work, must meet with the staff of the Agency and arrange a Work schedule for the Project. Once the Project has been started, the Contractor must carry it to completion without delay.
2. Progress Meetings: The Professional will schedule progress meetings to be held on the job site whenever needed to supply information necessary to prevent job interruptions, to observe the Work or to inspect completed Work. The Contractor must be represented at each progress meeting by persons with full authority to act for the Contractor in regard to all portions of the Work.
END OF SECTION 01200
SECTION 01300 SUBMITTALS
1. Shop Drawings, Samples and Technical Submittals: .
1.1 Contractor’s Review: Before each submission, the Contractor must: (a) determine and verify all field measurements, quantities, dimensions, instructions for installation and handling of equipment and systems, installation requirements (including location, dimensions, access, fit, completeness, etc.), materials, color, catalog numbers and other similar data as to correctness and completeness, and (b) have reviewed and coordinated that technical Submittal with other technical submittals and the requirements of the Contract Documents.
1.2 Notice of Variation: The Contractor must give the Professional specific written notice of any variation from the requirements of the Contract Documents.
1.3 Contractor’s Approval: The Contractor shall not submit unapproved submittals. Each submittal shall be stamped/certified to indicate that the submittal satisfies the requirements of the Contract Documents before submission to the Professional.
1.4 Responsibility and Authority: Neither the Owner’s authority to review any of the Submittals by the Contractor, nor the Owner’s decision to raise or not to raise any objections about the Submittals, creates or imposes any duty or responsibility on the Owner to exercise any such authority or decision for the benefit of the Contractor/Subcontractor/Supplier, any surety to any of them or any other third party. The Contractor is not relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in shop drawings, product data, samples, or similar submittals just because the Professional approved them.
1.5 Final As-Built/Record Documents and Submittals: The approved Submittals are a part of the final As-Built/Record Documents required for processing final payment to the Contractor.
1.6 Submissions: Contractor must submit to the Professional:
(a) an electronic file(s) of the drawing(s) and of all Shop Drawings, and product submittals; (b) A 3-inch wide by 2-inch high clear space for approval stamp must be provided on the Title Sheet of the shop drawings; (c) all required samples; and (d) all other technical submittals (test, results, test and safety procedures, O&M manuals, etc.) that are required by the Contract Documents
1.7 Professional’s Review and Return: Submittals will be returned to the Contractor within fifteen Calendar Days. The Contractor is responsible for any time Delay and any cost incurred by the Professional, Contractor or Subcontractors/Suppliers as a result of resubmissions and re-reviews of a particular Submittal. The Contractor shall revise and correct submittals returned for revision and resubmittal until approval by the Professional is achieved. Time consumed by resubmissions and reviews of a particular submittal
01-5 Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB
2. Progress Schedule: Upon request, the Contractor must submit one digital copies of the Progress Schedule for the Professional and Owner review. The Progress Schedule Submittals are intended to show:
(a) the priority and sequencing by which the Contractor intends to execute the Work (or Work remaining) to comply with Contract Times, those sequences of Work indicated in or required by the Contract Documents; (b) how the Contractor anticipates foreseeable events, site conditions and all other general, local and prevailing conditions that may in any manner affect cost, progress, schedule, performance and furnishing of the Work; and (c) how the Means and Methods chosen by the Contractor translate into activities and sequencing; and (d) the actual timing and sequencing of completed Work.
Contractor must resolve the issues arising from the review by the Professional and/or the Owner and submit Progress Schedule Revision. The review of the Progress Schedule by the Professional or the Owner does not create or impose on the Owner or the Professional any responsibility for the timing, planning, scheduling or execution of the Work or the correctness of any such Progress Schedule detail. The Contractor must update the schedule monthly. The correctness of Progress Schedule remains the sole responsibility of the Contractor.
Shop Drawings: The Contractor shall deliver shop drawings of products, materials, assemblies, or equipment to the Professional.
Contractor to submit a list of submittals in log form in line with the project manual and as indicated in the product specifications.
2. Samples: The Contractor must deliver all samples of material or equipment to the job site for examination by the State Agency and the Professional. Samples will be examined by the Professional for conformance with the design concept of the Project and for compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents. The Contractor must furnish all Work in accordance with approved samples. The following general classifications of material and equipment require submission of samples. Samples of other items may be requested by the Professional at any time.
END OF SECTION 01300
SECTION 01400 QUALITY CONTROL
1. Not Applicable END OF SECTION 01400
SECTION 01500 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS
1. The Contractor must furnish and install all temporary facilities and controls required by the Work, must remove them from State property upon completion of the Work, and the grounds and existing facilities must be restored to their original condition.
2. If water or electricity is available in the area where Work will be performed, the Contractor will not be charged for reasonable use of these services for construction operation. The Contractor must pay costs for installation and removal of any temporary connections including necessary safety devices and controls. Use of services must not disrupt or interfere with operations of the State Agency.
3. Temporary Sanitary Facilities:
(a) State Toilets: If available, the State Agency will designate a permanent toilet facility on the premises for use by personnel employed in the Work. The Contractor must repair any damage to the toilet facility caused by their employees and maintain it in a clean and sanitary condition.
4. Field Office:
(a) On Site Trailer: At the beginning of the Work, the Contractor may provide a field office and storage building at the site in a location acceptable to the Owner. The building may be a trailer. The Contractor may provide such other temporary buildings as he may require for the use of workers and safe storage for tools and materials. Job signs with the Contractor’s name, logos, specialty, etc., are not allowed.
END OF SECTION 01500
01-6 Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB
SECTION 01600 MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
1. The Contractor must furnish and be responsible for all materials, equipment, facilities, tools, supplies and utilities necessary for completing the Work. All materials and equipment must be provided as described in the Contract Documents and of good quality, free of defect and new and must be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned and conditioned following the manufacturer’s and Suppliers’ instructions.
2. Delivery, Storage, and Handling: All materials and equipment delivered to and used in the Work must be suitably stored and protected from the elements. The areas used for storage must only be those approved by the State Agency. The Owner assumes no responsibility for stored material. The ownership and title to materials will not be vested in the Owner before materials are incorporated in the Work, unless payment is made by the Owner for stored materials and equipment. After delivery, before and after installation, the Contractor must protect materials and equipment against theft, injury or damage from all causes. For all materials and equipment, the Contractor must provide complete information on installation, operation and preventive maintenance.
(a) The Contractor must cover and protect bulk materials while in storage which are subject to deterioration because of dampness, the weather or contamination. The Contractor must keep materials in their original sealed containers, unopened, with labels plainly indicating manufacturer's name, brand, type and grade of material and must immediately remove from the Work site containers which are broken, opened, watermarked and/or contain caked, lumpy or otherwise damaged materials. (b) The Contractor must keep equipment stored outdoors from contact with the ground, away from areas subject to flooding and covered with weatherproof plastic sheeting or tarpaulins.
(c) The Contractor must certify that any materials stored off-site are:
a) Stored on property owned or leased by the Contractor or owned by the agency. b) Insured against loss by fire, theft, flood or other hazards. c) Properly stored and protected against loss or damage. d) In compliance with the plans and specifications. e) Specifically allotted, identified, and reserved for the project. f) Itemized for tracking and payment. g) Subject to these conditions until the items are delivered to the project site.
END OF SECTION 01600
SECTION 01650 FACILITY START-UP
1. Tests: The complete installation consisting of the several parts of equipment and systems installed according to the requirements of the Contract Documents must be ready in all respects for use by the State Agency and must be subjected to a test at full operating conditions and pressures for normal conditions of use.
2. Adjustments: Contractor must adjust and replace the Work which is necessary to fulfill the requirements of the Contract Documents and to comply with the directions and recommendations of the manufacturer of the several parts of equipment, and to comply with all provisions of architectural and/or engineering drawings/specifications and all codes and regulations which may apply to the entire installation.
3. Demonstration: Contractor must provide an on-site demonstration and training of all systems operations to the Owner when it is substantially completed.
END OF SECTION 01650
SECTION 01700 CONTRACT CLOSE-OUT
1. Phased Completion: Phased Completion for Door/Frame Replacements: As each opening is to be turned over for use prior to starting the next opening, the Professional, Owner, and Agency agree that each opening of the project will be inspected by the Facility and providing that it is deemed ready to open for occupant use by the Facility, the Contractor can move on to the next opening. The review will be to ensure that the opening is safe for use and to note the general condition of the opening and adjacent surfaces. The Professional and DTMB Field Representative will review the opening for “punch list” items at each bi- weekly progress meeting. Upon completion of the entire project a single Substantial Completion will be issued that will be the date in which all warranties, etc. begin.
2. Substantial Completion: The Contractor must notify the Professional, the Project Director and the Agency when the Work will be substantially complete. If the Professional, Owner, and Agency agree that the project is Substantially Complete, the
01-7 Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB
Professional and Project Director will inspect the Work. The Professional, upon determining that the Work, or a portion of the Work inspected, is substantially complete, will prepare a Punch List and will attach it to the respective Certificate of Substantial Completion. The Contractor must be represented on the job site at the time this inspection is made and thereafter must complete all Work by the date set for final acceptance by the Owner.
3. Cleaning:
(a) Regular Cleaning: The Contractor must remove all scrap or removed material, debris or rubbish from the Project work site at the end of each working day and more frequently whenever the Owner Field Representative deems such material to be a hazard. The Contractor cannot discard materials on the grounds of the State Agency without the express permission of the Project Director. No salvage or surplus material may be sold on the premises of the State Agency. No burning of debris or rubbish is allowed. Any recycled materials must be recycled and the Contractor will be required to provide recycling plan.
(b) Final Cleaning: Before final acceptance by the State, the Contractor must clean all of the Work and existing surfaces, building elements and contents that were soiled by their operations and make repairs for any damage or blemish that was caused by the Work. END OF SECTION 01700
SECTION 01800 MAINTENANCE
1. The Contractor is responsible for maintaining the following parts of Work in good order and proper working conditions and must take all necessary actions for their protection until they are placed for use by the Owner: a. Door hardware, glazing b. Door operation
END OF SECTION 01800
01-8 Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB
APPENDIX I
GLOSSARY
Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB
GLOSSARY
ActivityAn element in the Progress Schedule establishing a requisite step, or the time and resources required, for completing the part of the Work associated with that Activity.
AddendaWritten instruments that are used by the Owner and/or Professional to incorporate interpretations or clarifications, modifications and other information into the Bidding Documents. An Addendum issued after Bid opening to those Bidders who actually submitted a Bid, for the purpose of re-bidding the Work without re-advertising, is referred to as a post-Bid Addendum.
Agency- Any unit, section, division, department or other instrumentality of the State that benefits from the Work.
AlternateRefers to work specified in the Bidding Documents for which the Bidder must bid a Bid Price.
Apparent Low Bidders: Those Bidders whose Base Bid, when added to those specific Alternates the Owner intends to accept, yields the three lowest sums of Bid and Alternates. Additional Bidders may be considered Apparent Low Bidders if their Bid, when added to those specific Alternates the Owner intends to accept, yields a sum within 10% of the lowest of the Apparent Low Bidder’s sum. If a qualified disabled veteran meets the requirements of the contract solicitation and with the veteran’s preference is the lowest Bidder it is considered the Apparent Low Bidder.
Archaeological FeatureAny prehistoric or historic deposit of archaeological value, as determined by a representative of a State agency that is duly authorized to evaluate such findings and render such judgments. An Archaeological Feature deposit may include, but is not limited to Indian habitations, ceremonial sites, abandoned settlements, treasure trove, artifacts or other objects with intrinsic archaeological value and that relate to the history and culture of the State of Michigan. The Archaeological Features are listed under Section 00800 Supplementary Conditions.
Authorized Technical DataInformation and data contained in a report of exploration and tests of subsurface conditions. Also, any physical data (dimension, location, conditions, etc.) contained in those Drawings of physical conditions of existing surface and subsurface facilities.
Best Value-The bids will be evaluated for best value based on price and qualitative components that may include but are not limited to technical design, technical approach, quality of proposed personnel, and management plans, per PA 430 of 2012.
BidWritten offer by a Bidder for the Work, as specified, which designates the Bidder’s Base Bid and Bid Prices for all Alternates. The term Bid includes a re-bid.
BidderThe Person acting directly, or through an authorized representative, who submits a Bid directly to the Owner.
Bidding DocumentsThe proposed Contract Documents as advertised, and all Addenda issued before execution of the Contract.
Bid Price The Bidder’s price for a lump sum item of work, or the product of the Bidder’s unit price for an item of Unit Price Work times the quantity given on the Bid Form for that item.
Bid SecuritySecurity serving as a guarantee that the Bidder will conform to all conditions.
Bidding RequirementsThe Advertisement, Instructions to Bidders, Supplementary Instructions, Information for Bidders, Bid Form, Bid Form Attachments and qualification submittals, as advertised and as modified by Addenda, and any other Section included within Division 0 of the Bidding Documents for the purpose of governing bidding and award of the Contract.
BoardThe Administrative Board of the State of Michigan.
Bond Security furnished by the Contractor, as required by the Contract Documents.
Business DayAny Day except Saturdays, Sundays and holidays observed by the Owner.
BulletinA request used by the Owner to describe a change in the Work under consideration by the Owner and to request the Contractor to submit a proposal for the corresponding adjustment in Contract Price and/or Contract Time, if any.
Calendar DayEvery day shown on the calendar, Saturdays, Sundays and holidays included.
Cash AllowanceAn Owner-specified sum included within the Contract Price to reimburse the Contractor for the actual purchase/furnished cost of materials and/or equipment or other designated items, as specifically provided in the Contract Documents. Although the scope (e.g., the required quantity) of any Work covered by a Cash Allowance is sufficiently detailed in the
Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB
Contract Documents for the purposes of bidding the required labor costs, Subcontract costs, construction equipment costs and general conditions costs and Fee, it is understood that the required materials, equipment or other designated items are of uncertain purchase cost at the time of Bid or are yet to be specified in more detail by the Professional as to quality, appearance, durability, finish and such other necessary features affecting purchase price.
Change OrderA written order issued and signed by the Owner, which amends the Contract Documents for changes in the Work or an adjustment in Contract Price and/or Contract Time, or both.
Contract AwardThe official action of the Board or the Director-SFA awarding the Contract to the Contractor.
Contract DocumentsWritten and graphic documents that form the legal agreement between the Owner and the Contractor, consisting of this document, completed Bid and Contract forms, terms and conditions of the contract, specifications, drawings, addenda, Notice of Award, Notice-to-Proceed and contract change orders.
Contract PriceThe total compensation, including authorized adjustments, payable by the Owner to the Contractor (subject to provisions for Unit Price Work).
Contract TimesThe Contract Times for the entire Work are the periods allowed, including authorized adjustments, for Substantial Completion and final completion of the Work. The Contract Times for a designated portion of the Work are the periods allowed for Substantial Completion and final completion of any such portion of the Work, as specified in the Contract Documents.
ContractorBusiness enterprise with which the Owner has entered into the Contract.
Correction PeriodPeriod during which the Contractor must, in accordance with the Contract Documents, (a) correct or, if rejected, remove and replace Defective Work, and (b) maintain warranties for materials and equipment in full force and effect.
Cost of the Work InvolvedThe sum of all costs that would be, or actually were, necessarily incurred by the Contractor in providing any Work Involved with the related change, less the costs that would be, or would have been, incurred by the Contractor to provide such Work without the related change.
DefectiveAs determined by the Professional, an adjective which when referring to or when applied to the term “Work” refers to (a) Work not conforming to the Contract Documents or not meeting the requirements of an inspection, test or approval, or (b) Work itemized in a Punch List which the Contractor fails to complete or correct within a reasonable time after issuance of the Punch List by the Professional.
DelayAny act or omission or other event that in any manner adversely affects or alters the schedule, progress or completion of all or any part of the Work. Delay is a generic term intended to include deferral, stoppage, slow down, interruption and extended performance, and all related hindrance, rescheduling, disruption, interference, inefficiency and productivity and production losses.
Department (DTMB)Department of Technology, Management and Budget of the State of Michigan.
Director is the Director of the Department.
Director-SFA is the Director of DTMB State Facilities Administration.
DivisionEach of the numbered, distinct parts (starting with Division 0) into which the Specifications are divided.
DrawingsPart of the Contract Documents showing the Work. Drawings must neither serve nor be used as Shop Drawings.
EmergencyA condition affecting the safety or protection of persons, or the Work, or property at or adjacent to the site.
State Facilities Administration (SFA)-Entity in the Department responsible for design, construction, and operations and maintenance of facilities.
Fee for the Work Involved (Fee)An established, percentage mark-up on the Cost of the Work Involved which is allowed to the Contractor for (a) reasonable administrative costs, and (b) negotiated, reasonable profit on the Cost of the Work Involved.
Hazardous MaterialAsbestos containing materials (ACMs), Polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), petroleum products, such construction materials as paint thinners, solvents, gasoline, oil, etc., and any other like material the manufacture, use, treatment, storage, transportation or disposal of which is regulated by federal, State or local Laws governing the protection of public health, natural resources or the environment.
Invitation To Bid (ITB) -The solicitation document presenting the terms and conditions that will become part of the Contract when the Bid is accepted.
Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB
Law(s)Means federal, State and local statutes, ordinances, orders, rules and/or regulations.
MCLThe Michigan Compiled Laws of the State of Michigan.
Means and MethodsIncludes means, methods, techniques, sequences and/or procedures applicable to the Work.
Notice of AwardWritten notice accepting the Bid to the lowest responsive, responsible Bidder and designating the Contract Price (and establishing the Alternates accepted by the Owner).
Notice-to-ProceedWritten notice issued by the Project Director directing the Contractor to commence the construction activities and establishing the start date of the Contract Time.
On-Site Inspection–The Professional’s on-site examination of the Contractor’s completed or in progress Work to determine and verify to the Project Director that the quantity and quality of all Work complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
OwnerThe State of Michigan, with whom the Contractor has entered into the Contract and for whom the Work is to be provided.
Owner Field RepresentativeA State employee or consultant, acting under the direction of the Project Director, providing on-site, periodic observation and documentation of the Work for compliance with the Contract Documents.
Partial UseUse by the Owner of a designated portion of the Work before accomplishing Substantial Completion of the entire Work. Partial Use does not mean Substantial Completion of the portion of the Work placed in use by the Owner.
PersonIndividuals, partnerships, corporations, receivers, trustees, joint ventures or any other legal entity and any combinations of any of them.
Political SubdivisionAny county, city, village or other local unit of the State, including any agency, department or instrumentality of any such county, city, village or other local unit.
PostBid SubmittalA Qualification Submittal required of the Bidder selected under Section 00100 - 22 before Contract Award, and which is used by the Owner in the evaluation of the Bid of the selected Bidder.
Professional Services Contractor (PSC or Professional)The individual or business entity who has the authority to practice the design disciplines required by the Contract Documents. An Agency with appropriate licensing may replace the PSC in their role if a consultant is not used.
ProjectThe total construction, which includes the Work and possibly other work completed by others, as indicated in the Contract Documents.
Project Director-Designated State employee(s) (a) Responsible for directing and supervising the Professional’s services during the period allowed for completion of the Work; and/or (b) Acting as representative for the Owner and for the enforcement of the Contract Documents, approving payment to the Contractor and coordinating the activities of the State, Owner, Professional and Contractor.
Project ScheduleWork Schedule that shows the Contractor's approach to planning, scheduling and execution of the Work and that accurately portrays completed Work as to sequencing and timing, as provided in the Contract Documents.
Project SpecificationsThe Contract Documents organized into Divisions. "Technical Specifications" means Divisions of the Specifications consisting of technical descriptions of materials, equipment, construction systems, standards and workmanship.
Provisionary AllowanceAn amount included within the Contract Price to reimburse the Contractor for the cost to furnish and perform Work that is uncertain because, for example, it is indeterminate in scope and may not be shown or detailed in the Contract Documents.
Punch ListA list of minor items to be completed or corrected by the Contractor, any one of which do not materially impair the use of the Work for its intended purpose.
Qualified Disabled Veteran (QDV)-QDV as defined by Public Act 22 of 2010, MCL 18.1241.3 and supported by a DD214 Proof of Service and Discharge, a Veterans Administration rating decision letter, proof of disability (if the disability is not indicated on the DD214), and appropriate legal documents setting forth the 51% natural persons QDV ownership.
Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB
Record DocumentsDrawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders, Change Authorizations, Bulletins, inspection, test and approval reports, photographs, written clarifications and interpretations and all other documents recording, or annotated to show, all revisions and deviations between the as-built installation and the Contract Documents, all approved Submittals and all clarifications and interpretations.
RecordsBooks, reports, documents, electronic data, and other evidence relating to the bidding, award and furnishing and performance of the Work.
Recycled MaterialRecycled paper products, structural materials made from recycled plastics, re-refined lubricating oils, reclaimed solvents, recycled asphalt and concrete, recycled glass products, re-treaded tires, ferrous metals containing recycled scrap metals and all other materials that contain (a) waste materials generated by a business or consumer, (b) materials that have served their intended purpose, and/or (c) materials that have been separated from solid waste for collection, recycling and disposition in the percentage determined by the State as provided by Law.
Request for PaymentThe form provided by the Owner (Payment Request DTMB-0440) to be used by the Contractor in requesting payment for Work completed, which must enclose all supporting information required by the Contract Documents.
Schedule of ValuesA schedule of pay items, which subdivides the Work into its various parts and which details, for each itemized part, cost and pricing information required for making payments for Work performed. The sum of all pay item costs in the Schedule of Values must equal the Contract Price for the Work.
Shop DrawingsIncludes drawings, diagrams, illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions and other data prepared by or for the Contractor to illustrate some part of the Work, or by a Supplier and submitted by the Contractor to illustrate items of material or equipment.
Soil Erosion and Sedimentation Control–The planning, design and installation of appropriate Best Management Practices designed and engineered specifically to reduce or eliminate the off-site migration of soils via water runoff, wind, vehicle tracking, etc. Soil erosion and sedimentation control in the State of Michigan is regulated under The Natural Resources Environmental Protection Act; Soil Erosion and Sedimentation Control, 1994 PA 451, Part 91, as amended, MCL 324.9101 et seq. Soil erosion and sedimentation control associated with this Contract is monitored and enforced by the DTMB-SFA.
StateThe State of Michigan in its governmental capacity, including its departments, divisions, agencies, boards, offices, commissions, officers, employees and agents. Non-capitalized references to a state refer to a state other than the State of Michigan.
State Construction CodeThe Michigan State Construction Code Act, 1972 PA 230, as amended, MCL 125.1501 et seq.
SubcontractorA Person having an agreement with the Contractor to provide labor at the site and furnishing materials and/or equipment for incorporation into the Work.
SubmittalsIncludes technical Submittals, Progress Schedules and those other documents required for submission by the Contract Documents. The term "technical Submittal" includes Shop Drawings, brochures, samples, Operation and Maintenance (O&M) Manuals, test procedures and any other Submittal the Contract Documents require the Contractor to submit to demonstrate how the items covered, after installation or incorporation into the Work, will conform to the information given in the Contract Documents and be compatible with the design of the completed Work as a functioning whole as indicated in the Contract Documents.
Substantial CompletionThe Work, or a portion of the Work designated in the Contract Documents as eligible for separate Substantial Completion, has been completed in accordance with the Contract Documents as determined by the PSC, to the extent that the Owner can use or occupy the entire Work, or the designated portion of the Work, for the use intended without any outstanding, concurrent Work at the site, except as may be required to complete or correct Punch List items.
SupplierA manufacturer or fabricator, or a distributor, material man or vendor representing a manufacturer or fabricator, who has an agreement with the Contractor to furnish materials and/or equipment.
Underground UtilitiesPipelines, piping, conduit, duct, cables, wells, tanks, tunnels and appurtenances, or other similar facilities, installed underground to convey or support conveyance of potable water, sprinkler or irrigation water, fire protection systems, electricity, gases, steam, petroleum products, sewerage and drainage removal, telephone, communications, cable TV, traffic or control systems.
Unit Price WorkWork involving specified quantities (i.e., related Work quantities) which when performed is measured by the Professional and paid using the measured quantities and unit prices contained in the Contract Documents. Performance of Unit Price Work for undefined quantities is contingent upon conditions encountered at the site, as determined and authorized by the Professional.
Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB
Unit Price Work, SpecifiedWork of specified and defined quantities (i.e., quantities are detailed in, and can be taken-off from, the Contract Documents) that when performed is measured by the Professional and paid based on the measured quantities and unit prices contained in the Contract Documents.
Work (as in “the Work,” "the entire Work”)The entire completed Construction required by the Contract Documents. The Work results from furnishing and performing all services, obligations, responsibilities, management, supervision, labor, materials, equipment, construction equipment, general conditions, permits, taxes, patent fees and royalties, testing, inspection and approval responsibilities, warranties, temporary facilities, small tools, field supplies, Bonds, insurance, mobilization, close-out, overhead and all connections, devices and incidental items of any kind or nature required and/or made necessary by the Contract Documents.
Work Involved, any Work InvolvedExisting or prospective Work (a) reflected in any notice, proposal or claim, or (b) reflected in changes ordered or in process, or (c) affected by Delay.
Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB
APPENDIX II
SPECIAL WORKING CONDITIONS
Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB
DEPARTMENT OF CORRECTIONS
The Work comprising this Project will be performed at a State of Michigan Correctional Facility and the Contractor/Professional must comply with the following special working rules, adopted December 1, 1975, as amended by the Michigan Department of Corrections.
1. Contractor/Professional must submit a LEIN request consisting of name, driver’s license number, social security number, birth date, and additional information when requested, on all persons to be employed on the Project site. Such form (Vendor/Contractor LEIN Request, CAJ-1037) must be submitted directly to the Department of Corrections Designee for approval before any person's appearance at the site for Work assignments. These employees will be required to attend Contractor/Professional orientation prior to any on site activity.
2. Contractor/Professional will be allowed to work within or on Correctional Facility confines for an eight (8) hour shift as designated by the facility. Four (4) ten (10) hour shifts will be considered by the Warden. No Work is allowed to be performed on Saturdays, Sundays or State holidays without written permission from the Facility Warden. The State Agency may set other time schedules as discussed during the pre- construction meeting. Consideration will be given to using alternate shifts to minimize the length of time an area is out of service.
3. All employees of the Contractor/Professional may be subject to individual body search each time they enter the Correctional Facility. Packages or containers of any kind may be opened for inspection. Lunch boxes are not permitted inside the security perimeter. All employees of the Contractor/Professional will be required to have legal picture identification card.
4. All trucks and other mobile equipment may be subject to inspection both on arrival and upon departure from the Correctional Facility. Absolutely no fraternization between inmates and Contractor/Professional's employees will be tolerated. Any attempts at same by prisoners are to be reported immediately to the escorting officer or MDOC employee.
5. No requests for visits with inmates will be granted to Contractor/Professional's employees except where such visiting originated prior to award of the Contract.
6. Contractor/Professional must follow rules pertaining to foot and vehicle traffic as established by the Correctional Facility. Contractor/Professional must observe all off-limit restricted areas beyond which no unauthorized personnel may trespass. The Contractor/Professional and their workers may not leave the assigned Work areas.
7. Heavy equipment, power tools and machinery must be removed from the inside of the security perimeter through the assigned gate at times specified by each facility. Such heavy equipment including but not limited to power shovels, compressors, welding machines, air hammers, welding equipment, etc., must be immobilized in an acceptable manner and may not remain inside unless specifically approved by the Warden. Cutting torches and cutting tools in general must be securely locked as directed by the Agency and checked out as needed. No tools, small pipe, copper or wire will remain on the site overnight unless secured and approved by the facility.
8. There will be no exchange, loaning or borrowing of tools, equipment or manpower between Correctional Facility personnel and the Contractor/Professional.
9. Specific Facility and MDOC Safety and Security Policy and Procedures will be covered in detail during the Contractor/Professional orientation process prior to any on site activity. Topics covered include but are not limited to:
a. All tools and equipment within a work area which is not enclosed and secure must be disabled, secured or removed from the facility if the entire construction crew leaves the work area/facility.
b. Clean up of the site shall be continuously maintained and at the end of each work shift all debris shall be removed from the site or placed into a dumpster as approved by the facility. All building and grounds shall be cleaned using a magnet or metal detector to ensure no debris remains. Demolition work above occupied building requires spotter below area being disturbed to collect potential falling debris.
Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB
c. Dumpsters for debris collection/recycle/removal are not allowed to be left inside the security perimeter unless approved by the Warden. In such cases the dumpster location and security will be specified by the Warden and may be required to be secured within a temporary fenced area or provided with a lockable cover. Removal of dumpsters is subject to coordination with the facility.
d. Tools, tool boxes, and equipment of contractors and/or workers performing services inside an institution shall be manifested, inventoried and inspected prior to entry into and exit from the institution. Staff designated to escort workers within the facility shall ensure tools are controlled with proper security and safety procedures and work activities are confined to authorized areas.
e. A list of Dangerous and Critical Tools will be provided to the Contractor as well as all policies and procedures dictating the security, control and use of these of tools. Also, Tool Control will be thoroughly covered during Contractor/Professional orientation prior to any on site activity.
f. Explosively Driven Tools and Ammunition will not be allowed.
g. Smoking, and the use and possession of tobacco products, is strictly prohibited.
h. It is a felony to bring any of the following items into a correctional facility or onto facility property where prisoners may have access to them without prior written permission of the Warden: 1. Any weapon, including a pocket knife, or other implement which may be used to injure another person or which may be used in aiding a prisoner to escape. 2. Any alcoholic beverage or poison. 3. Any prescription drug or controlled substance without written certification of need from a licensed physician. 4. Personal cellular telephones and pagers are not permitted on facility grounds except in a locked motor vehicle in designated parking areas. 5. Audio or visual recording devices, including cameras.
10. The assigned gate through which materials, equipment and vehicles must be transported will be opened upon request between the hours as determined by agreement with facility operations.
11. Sanitary facilities will be assigned by the Correctional Facility authorities for the use of the employees of all Contractors. The MDOC or facility may require placement of portable facilities as outlined in the specifications. If used and authorized, portable sanitary facilities shall be locked by the Facility when not in use.
12. Guards may be assigned to the working areas. They may inspect and search areas under construction at any time, including the Contractor/Professional's equipment.
13. Areas for employee parking, tool boxes, etc., must be assigned only by Correctional Facility authorities on the site. Remove all firearms, weapons, alcoholic beverages, drugs, medicines or explosives from vehicles before entering Facility property. Lock vehicles when not attended.
14. Accidents - The Correctional Facility infirmary is not available to Contractor/Professional's employees.
15. The Warden of this Correctional Facility retains the right to revise these "Special Working Conditions" as required to meet Facility needs.
Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB
This Page Left Intentionally Blank
Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB
APPENDIX III
SPECIAL PROJECT PROCEDURES
Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB
DEMOLITION/REMODELING PROJECT PROCEDURES
Furnish all equipment, materials, labor and services necessary to complete all building demolition required in connection with the existing building, in order to permit the installation of new Work. The goal of the Owner is to generate the least amount of waste or debris possible. However, inevitable waste and debris that are generated shall be reused, salvaged, or recycled, and disposal in landfills shall be minimized to the extent economically feasible. The Contractor will be required to prepare waste management plan for the collection, handling, storage, transportation and disposal of the waste generated at the construction site for the Owner’s review and approval. The Contractor will be required to produce waste management progress reports.
1. Locations: Notations are made in various places on the Drawings to call attention to building demolition which is required; however, these Drawings are not intended to show each and every item to be removed. The Contractor and the Subcontractors for the various trades must remove the materials related to their respective trades as required to permit the construction of the new Work as shown.
2. Permits: The Contractor must secure from the appropriate agencies all required permits necessary for proper execution of the work before starting work on the project site. All fees for securing the permits must be paid by the Contractor, including all inspection costs which may be legally assessed by the Bureau of Construction Codes in accordance with the authority granted under the Public Act 1980 PA 371, as amended.
3. Enclosures: Where it is necessary to make alterations to walls, floors or roof of the existing building, the Contractor must provide and maintain dustproof partitions to separate the parts where Work is being done from the adjoining parts occupied by the State Agency. Where any parts are opened and exposed to the elements, the Contractor must provide weather tight enclosures to fully protect the structure and its contents.
4. Waste Management Plan: The management plan must address waste source identification and separation, returns, reuse and salvage, recycling, landfill options, alternatives to landfilling, materials handling procedures and transportation.
5. Preparation: Protect all existing Work that is to remain and restore in an approved manner any such Work that becomes damaged.
5.1 Rubbish and debris resulting from the Work must be removed immediately from the site by the Contractor. However, any recyclable materials must be recycled; the Contractor will be required to use alternatives to landfills for waste disposal such as reuse or recycle of asphalt, bricks, concrete, masonry, plastics, paint, glass, carpet, metals, wood, drywall, insulation and any other waste materials to the extent practical.
5.2 Unless otherwise specified, the Agency will remove existing furniture, drapery tracks, draperies, window blinds, and other equipment items, which might interfere with the new construction.
6. Coordination: Demolition work, in connection with any new unit of Work, must not be commenced until all new materials required for completion of that new item of Work are at hand.
7. Waste Management Plan Progress Reports: Submit an updated report with the payment requests. The progress reports shall include: a. The amount of waste sent to a landfill, tipping fees paid and the total disposal cost. Include supporting documents such as manifests, weight tickets, receipts and/or invoices. b. Records for each material recycled/reused/salvaged from the project including the amount, date removed from the job site, final destination, transportation cost, recycled materials and the net cost/ savings. c. Breakdown of waste by type generated to date. d. Recycling/salvage/landfill rates. e. Percent of waste recycled/salvaged to date.
Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS PROJECT PROCEDURES
1. The Contractor must use, handle, store, dispose of, process, transport and transfer any material considered a Hazardous Material in accordance with all Federal, State and local Laws. If the Contractor encounters material reasonably believed to be a Hazardous Material and which may present a substantial danger, the Contractor must immediately stop all affected work, give written notice to the Owner of the conditions encountered, and take appropriate health and safety precautions.
2. This project has been identified by the DTMB-SFA as having a possibility of containing Hazardous Waste materials to be legally removed from the Project job site in order to complete the Work as described in the Proposal And Contract. If removal of friable asbestos material is required, the Contractor must contact the Air Quality Division, Department of Environmental Quality, at (5l7) 284-6773, for a permit and furnish all training, labor, materials, services, insurance, and equipment necessary to carry out the removal operations of all Hazardous Materials from the Project job site, as identified by the Scope of Work, or encountered on the Project job site, in accordance with State and Federal Hazardous Waste Codes. A Contract Change Order will be written to modify the existing Contract to pay for the additional cost.
3. Environmental Hazards (air, water, land and liquid industrial) are handled by the Waste and Hazardous Materials Division, Michigan Department of Environmental Quality (DEQ) in carrying out the requirements of the Federal Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). For general information and/or a copy of the latest regulations and publications call (517) 335- 2690.
4. The Michigan Occupational Safety and Health Administration (MIOSHA) provides protection and regulations for the safety and health of workers. The Department of Licensing and Regulatory Affairs provides for the safety of workers. The Department of Community Health provides for the health of workers (517/373-3740) (TDD 517/373-3573).
4.1 Contractor must post any applicable State and/or Federal government regulations at the job site in a prominent location.
4.2 Contractor must be responsible for training their workers in safe work practices and in proper removal methods when coming in contact with hazardous chemicals.
5. Applicable Regulations:
5.1 Natural Resources and Environmental Protection Act – PA 451 of 1994, as amended, including Part 111 – Hazardous Waste Management, Part 121 – Liquid Industrial Waste and Part 147 – PCB compounds.
5.2 RCRA, 1976 - Resource Conservation and Recovery Act: This federal statute regulates generation, transportation, treatment, storage or disposal of hazardous wastes nationally.
5.3 TSCA, 1979 – Toxic Substances Control Act: This statute regulates the generation, transportation, storage and disposal of industrial chemicals such as PCBs.
6. Definitions: Hazardous substances are ignitable, corrosive, reactive, and/or toxic, based on their chemical characteristics.
6.1 Under Federal and Michigan Law, a Small Quantity Generator of hazardous waste provides from 220 to less than 2,000 lbs./month or never accumulates 2,200 lbs. or more.
6.2 A Generator size provider of hazardous waste provides 2,200 lbs. or more/month or accumulates above 2,200 lbs.
7. Disposals: To use an off-site hazardous waste disposal facility, the Contractor must use the Uniform Hazardous Waste Manifest (shipping paper). Small quantities of hazardous waste may not be disposed of in sanitary landfills used for solid waste.
8. Federal, State and local Laws and regulations may apply to the storage, handling and disposal of Hazardous Materials and wastes at each State Agency. Contact the Environmental Assistance Center of the Michigan Department of Environmental Quality (MDEQ) at 1-800-662-9278, Fax to: 517-241-0673 or e-mail to: DEQ-EAD-env- [email protected] for general MDEQ information including direct and referral assistance on air, water and wetlands permits; contaminated site clean-ups; underground storage tank removals and remediation; hazardous and solid waste disposal; pollution prevention and recycling; and compliance-related assistance. The Center provides businesses, municipalities, and the general public with a single point of access to MDEQ's environmental programs.
Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECT PROCEDURES
Should this Work require the renovation or demolition of a building or structure initially constructed on or prior to 1980, the Contractor will use the attached copy of a Comprehensive Asbestos Building Survey for those portions of the building or structure being impacted and must plan his or her work to minimize disturbance of any known or assumed asbestos containing materials (ACM). In addition, if this building or structure was constructed on or prior to 1980, the Contractor’s On-Site Superintendent and all Subcontractor On-Site Superintendents for trades that could potentially disturb known or assumed ACM, must, as a minimum, have and provide documentation of current Asbestos Awareness Training.
If the Comprehensive Asbestos Building Survey identifies known or assumed ACM that will potentially be disturbed as a part of the Contractor’s renovation or demolition activities, the Contractor must remove, transport and dispose of these materials at no additional cost to the Owner and prior to any other work taking place within the immediate vicinity of said material. If required, the Contractor must provide the Owner a minimum of 10 working day notification prior to the start of any asbestos abatement activities with abatement in occupied buildings being completed even if they will be conducted during off hours (nights, weekends and state holidays).
If the Contractor encounters a suspected ACM that was not previously identified within the Comprehensive Asbestos Building Survey, the Contractor must immediately stop all affected work, give written notice to the Owner of the conditions encountered, and take appropriate health and safety precautions. If, after providing Owner notification, the Contractor is directed to sample and/or remove the suspected ACM in question, a Contract Change Order will be written to modify the existing Contract to pay for the additional cost. Any abatement shall be completed in accordance with the requirements of this Section.
If removal of ACM is required, removal must be completed by a contractor currently licensed to remove asbestos by the State of Michigan, Department of Licensing and Regulatory Affairs (DLARA) Asbestos Program and abatement must be performed in accordance with all Federal, State and local Laws and Regulations. Prior to commencing any asbestos abatement activities, the licensed abatement contractor must submit, as required by Federal, State and Local Laws and Regulations, a “Notification of Intent to Renovate/Demolish” to both the State of Michigan, Department of Environmental Quality (DEQ), Air Quality Division and to the DLARA, Asbestos Program, to comply with National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants (NESHAP), and the Clean Air Act (CAA). All regulated ACM must be disposed of at an approved Type II (general refuse) landfill and must be in leak-tight wrapping or containers. ACM that is non friable and is not in poor condition or will not become regulated ACM at any time can be disposed of in a Type III (construction debris) landfill.
At the completion of each abatement activity, the Contractor must perform clearance testing in accordance with National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) 582 “Sampling and Evaluating Airborne Asbestos Dust”. All air samples shall indicate concentrations of less than 0.01 fibers/cc for clearance to be met. Clearance testing shall be performed by a third party Asbestos Consultant. The Asbestos Consultant selected by the Contractor shall be experienced and knowledgeable about the methods for asbestos air sampling and be able to select representative numbers and locations of samples. It is mandatory that the Asbestos Consultant’s on-site hygienist performing sampling and analysis have certification that he/she has passed a NIOSH 582 or equivalent course.
The NESHAP asbestos regulations, notification form, guidelines and fact sheets are available on DEQ’s web site www.michigan.gov/deq under heading Air; then click on Asbestos NESHAP Program. For guidelines on submitting notifications pursuant to the Asbestos Contractors Licensing Act, contact the DLARA, Occupational Health Division, Asbestos Program at (517) 322-1320 or visit DLARA’s web site www.michigan.gov/asbestos.
Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB
LEAD ABATEMENT PROJECT PROCEDURES
Should this Work require the renovation or demolition of a building or structure, the workers are assumed to be exposed to lead or materials containing lead above acceptable levels until proven otherwise through personal air sampling and analysis. The Contractor shall take all steps necessary to assure that his/her employees, are not exposed to lead at concentrations greater than the Permissible Exposure Limit as per the State of Michigan Department of Licensing and Regulatory Affairs Occupational Health Standards Part 603 “Lead Exposure in Construction”. In addition, the Contractor shall convey this same requirement to all subcontractors that may be under his/her control.
The employer shall comply with the Michigan Lead Abatement Act, as amended, and the Lead Hazard Control rules and must communicate information concerning lead hazards according to the requirements of Michigan Occupational Safety and Health Administration (MIOSHA) Part 603 and the Occupational Safety and Health Administration’s (OSHA's) Hazard Communication Standard for the construction industry, 29 CFR 1926.59, including but not limited to safety equipment (e.g. personal fit-tested and approved respirators and protective clothing), worker rotation (on a short-cycle and regular basis), working practices (e.g. sanding, cutting, grinding, abraded, burning and heat-gun stripping of lead based paint are not allowed), the requirements concerning warning signs and labels, material safety data sheets (MSDS), and employee information and training. Employers shall comply with the requirements of 29 CFR 1926.62(l) - Employee Information and Training.
If lead or materials containing lead will be disturbed as a part of the work to be performed, the Contractor must remove, transport and dispose of these materials at no additional cost to the Owner and prior to any other work taking place within the immediate vicinity of said material. The Contractor must provide the Owner a minimum 10 working day notification prior to the start of any lead abatement activities with abatement in occupied buildings being completed even if they will be conducted during off hours (nights, weekends and state holidays). Abatement is defined as an activity specifically designed to permanently remove lead paint, lead-contaminated dust or other lead containing materials, the installation of a permanent enclosure or encapsulation of lead paint or other lead containing materials, the replacement of lead-painted surfaces or fixtures, the removal or covering of lead-contaminated soil, and any preparation, cleanup, disposal and post-abatement clearance testing associated with these activities. Renovation, remodeling, landscaping, or other activity, that is not designed to permanently eliminate lead paint hazards, but is instead designed to repair, restore, or remodel a structure, or housing unit even though the activity may incidentally result in a reduction or elimination of a lead paint hazard is not considered abatement.
If abatement of lead or materials containing lead is required, abatement must be completed by a currently certified Lead Abatement Contractor as certified by the State of Michigan, Department of Community Health. In addition, the Lead Abatement Contractor’s workers and supervisors must also be currently certified by the State of Michigan, Department of Community Health. Lead abatement including clearance testing shall be performed in accordance with the State of Michigan, Lead Abatement Act, Part 54A Lead Abatement and with all other Federal, State and local Laws and Regulations that may apply. Prior to commencing any lead abatement activities, the abatement must be designed by a currently certified Lead Professional Project Designer. At the completion of abatement, the abated area shall meet clearance requirements with clearance testing to be performed by a Clearance Technicians currently certified by the State of Michigan Department of Community Health.
For additional information about certifications, guidance and regulations for lead hazard control activities, visit www.michigan.gov/leadsafe.
Bidding and Contract Document (R 6/16) Project Name: MCF-Replacement of Sliding Security Doors File No. 472/16376.MNB
APPENDIX IV
PREVAILING WAGE RATES
STATE OF MICHIGAN Wage and Hour Division P.O. Box 30476 Lansing, Michigan 48909-7976 Toll Free: 1-855-4MI-WAGE (1-855-464-9243) www.michigan.gov/wagehour
Informational Sheet: Prevailing Wages on State Projects
REQUIREMENTS OF THE PREVAILING WAGES ON STATE PROJECTS ACT, PUBLIC ACT 166 OF 1965 The State of Michigan determines prevailing rates pursuant to the Prevailing Wages on State Projects Act, Public Act 166 of 1965, as amended. The purpose of establishing prevailing rates is to provide minimum rates of pay that must be paid to workers on construction projects for which the state or a school district is the contracting agent and which is financed or financially supported by the state. By law, prevailing rates are compiled from the rates contained in collectively bargained agreements which cover the locations of the state projects. The official prevailing rate schedule provides an hourly rate which includes wage and fringe benefit totals for designated construction mechanic classifications. The overtime rates also include wage and fringe benefit totals. Please pay special attention to the overtime and premium pay requirements. Prevailing wage is satisfied when wages plus fringe benefits paid to a worker are equal to or greater than the required rate. State of Michigan responsibilities under the law: • The department establishes the prevailing rate for each classification of construction mechanic requested by a contracting agent prior to contracts being let out for bid on a state project. Contracting agent responsibilities under the law: • If a contract is not awarded or construction does not start within 90 days of the date of the issuance of rates, a re- determination of rates must be requested by the contracting agent. • Rates for classifications needed but not provided on the Prevailing Rate Schedule, must be obtained prior to contracts being let out for bid on a state project. • The contracting agent, by written notice to the contractor and the sureties of the contractor known to the contracting agent, may terminate the contractor's right to proceed with that part of the contract, for which less than the prevailing rates have been or will be paid, and may proceed to complete the contract by separate agreement with another contractor or otherwise, and the original contractor and his sureties shall be liable to the contracting agent for any excess costs occasioned thereby. Contractor responsibilities under the law: • Every contractor and subcontractor shall keep posted on the construction site, in a conspicuous place, a copy of all prevailing rates prescribed in a contract. • Every contractor and subcontractor shall keep an accurate record showing the name and occupation of and the actual wages and benefits paid to each construction mechanic. This record shall be available for reasonable inspection by the contracting agent or the department. • Each contractor or subcontractor is separately liable for the payment of the prevailing rate to its employees. • The prime contractor is responsible for advising all subcontractors of the requirement to pay the prevailing rate prior to commencement of work. • A construction mechanic shall only be paid the apprentice rate if registered with the United States Department of Labor, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training and the rate is included in the contract. Enforcement: A person who has information of an alleged prevailing wage violation on a state project may file a complaint with the State of Michigan. The department will investigate and attempt to resolve the complaint informally. During the course of an investigation, if the requested records and posting certification are not made available in compliance with Section 5 of Act 166, the investigation will be concluded and a referral may be made to the local prosecuting attorney.
Page | 1 of 10
STATE OF MICHIGAN Wage and Hour Division P.O. Box 30476 Lansing, Michigan 48909-7976 Toll Free: 1-855-4MI-WAGE (1-855-464-9243) www.michigan.gov/wagehour
Informational Sheet: Prevailing Wages on State Projects
General Information Regarding Fringe Benefits Certain fringe benefits may be credited toward the payment of the Prevailing Wage Rate: o If a fringe benefit is paid directly to a construction mechanic o If a fringe benefit contribution or payment is made on behalf of a construction mechanic o If a fringe benefit, which may be provided to a construction mechanic, is pursuant to a written contract or policy o If a fringe benefit is paid into a fund, for a construction mechanic When a fringe benefit is not paid by an hourly rate, the hourly credit will be calculated based on the annual value of the fringe benefit divided by 2080 hours per year (52 weeks @ 40 hours per week). The following is an example of the types of fringe benefits allowed and how an hourly credit is calculated: Vacation 40 hours X $14.00 per hour = $560/2080 = $.27 Dental insurance $31.07 monthly premium X 12 mos. = $372.84 /2080 = $.18 Vision insurance $5.38 monthly premium X 12 mos. = $64.56/2080 = $.03 Health insurance $230.00 monthly premium X 12 mos. = $2,760.00/2080 = $1.33 Life insurance $27.04 monthly premium X 12 mos. = $324.48/2080 = $.16 Tuition $500.00 annual cost/2080 = $.24 Bonus 4 quarterly bonus/year x $250 = $1000.00/2080 = $.48 401k Employer Contribution $2000.00 total annual contribution/2080 = $.96 Total Hourly Credit $3.65 Other examples of the types of fringe benefits allowed: Sick pay Holiday pay Accidental Death & Dismemberment insurance premiums The following are examples of items that will not be credited toward the payment of the Prevailing Wage Rate o Legally required payments, such as: Unemployment Insurance payments Workers’ Compensation Insurance payments FICA (Social Security contributions, Medicare contributions) o Reimbursable expenses, such as: Clothing allowance or reimbursement Uniform allowance or reimbursement Gas allowance or reimbursement Travel time or payment Meals or lodging allowance or reimbursement Per diem allowance or payment o Other payments to or on behalf of a construction mechanic that are not wages or fringe benefits, such as: Industry advancement funds Financial or material loans
Page | 2 of 10
STATE OF MICHIGAN Wage and Hour Division P.O. Box 30476 Lansing, Michigan 48909-7976 Toll Free: 1-855-4MI-WAGE (1-855-464-9243) www.michigan.gov/wagehour
Informational Sheet: Prevailing Wages on State Projects
OVERTIME PROVISIONS for MICHIGAN PREVAILING WAGE RATE COMMERCIAL SCHEDULE 1. Overtime is represented as a nine character code. Each character represents a certain period of time after the first 8 hours Monday thru Friday.
Monday thru Friday Saturday Sunday & Holidays Four 10s First 8 Hours 4 9th Hour 1 5 8 9 10th Hour 2 6 Over 10 hours 3 7
Overtime for Monday thru Friday after 8 hours: the 1st character is for time worked in the 9th hour (8.1 - 9 hours) the 2nd character is for time worked in the 10th hour (9.1 - 10 hours) the 3rd character is for time worked beyond the 10th hour (10.1 and beyond)
Overtime on Saturday: the 4th character is for time worked in the first 8 hours on Saturday (0 - 8 hours) the 5th character is for time worked in the 9th hour on Saturday (8.1 - 9 hours) the 6th character is for time worked in the 10th hour (9.1 - 10 hours) the 7th character is for time worked beyond the 10th hour (10.01 and beyond)
Overtime on Sundays & Holidays The 8th character is for time worked on Sunday or on a holiday
Four Ten Hour Days The 9th character indicates if an optional 4-day 10-hour per day workweek can be worked between Monday and Friday without paying overtime after 8 hours worked, unless otherwise noted in the rate schedule. To utilize a 4 ten workweek, notice is required from the employer to employee prior to the start of work on the project.
2. Overtime Indicators Used in the Overtime Provision: H - means TIME AND ONE-HALF due X - means TIME AND ONE-HALF due after 40 HOURS worked D - means DOUBLE PAY due Y - means YES an optional 4-day 10-hour per day workweek can be worked without paying overtime after 8 hours worked N - means NO an optional 4-day 10-hour per day workweek cannot be worked without paying overtime after 8 hours worked
3. EXAMPLES: HHHHHHHDN - This example shows that the 1½ rate must be used for time worked after 8 hours Monday thru Friday (characters 1 - 3); for all hours worked on Saturday, 1½ rate is due (characters 4 - 7). Work done on Sundays or holidays must be paid double time (character 8). The N (character 9) indicates that 4 ten-hour days is not an acceptable workweek at regular pay.
XXXHHHHDY - This example shows that the 1½ rate must be used for time worked after 40 hours are worked Monday thru Friday (characters 1-3); for hours worked on Saturday, 1½ rate is due (characters 4 – 7). Work done on Sundays or holidays must be paid double time (character 8). The Y (character 9) indicates that 4 ten-hour days is an acceptable alternative workweek. Page | 3 of 10
STATE OF MICHIGAN Wage and Hour Division P.O. Box 30476 Lansing, Michigan 48909-7976 Toll Free: 1-855-4MI-WAGE (1-855-464-9243) www.michigan.gov/wagehour
Informational Sheet: Prevailing Wages on State Projects
ENGINEERS - CLASSES OF EQUIPMENT LIST UNDERGROUND ENGINEERS CLASS I Backfiller Tamper, Backhoe, Batch Plant Operator, Clam-Shell, Concrete Paver (2 drums or larger), Conveyor Loader (Euclid type), Crane (crawler, truck type or pile driving), Dozer, Dragline, Elevating Grader, End Loader, Gradall (and similar type machine), Grader, Power Shovel, Roller (asphalt), Scraper (self propelled or tractor drawn), Side Broom Tractor (type D-4 or larger), Slope Paver, Trencher (over 8’ digging capacity), Well Drilling Rig, Mechanic, Slip Form Paver, Hydro Excavator. CLASS II Boom Truck (power swing type boom), Crusher, Hoist, Pump (1 or more 6" discharge or larger gas or diesel powered by generator of 300 amps or more, inclusive of generator), Side Boom Tractor (smaller than type D-4 or equivalent), Tractor (pneu-tired, other than backhoe or front end loader), Trencher (8’ digging capacity and smaller), Vac Truck. CLASS III Air Compressors (600 cfm or larger), Air Compressors (2 or more less than 600 cfm), Boom Truck (non- swinging, non-powered type boom), Concrete Breaker (self-propelled or truck mounted, includes compressor), Concrete Paver (1 drum, ½ yard or larger), Elevator (other than passenger), Maintenance Man, Mechanic Helper, Pump (2 or more 4" up to 6" discharge, gas or diesel powered, excluding submersible pump), Pumpcrete Machine (and similar equipment), Wagon Drill Machine, Welding Machine or Generator (2 or more 300 amp or larger, gas or diesel powered). CLASS IV Boiler, Concrete Saw (40HP or over), Curing Machine (self-propelled), Farm Tractor (w/attachment), Finishing Machine (concrete), Firemen, Hydraulic Pipe Pushing Machine, Mulching Equipment, Oiler (2 or more up to 4", exclude submersible), Pumps (2 or more up to 4" discharge if used 3 hrs or more a day-gas or diesel powered, excluding submersible pumps), Roller (other than asphalt), Stump Remover, Vibrating Compaction Equipment (6’ wide or over), Trencher (service) Sweeper (Wayne type and similar equipment), Water Wagon, Extend-a-Boom Forklift.
HAZARDOUS WASTE ABATEMENT ENGINEERS CLASS I Backhoe, Batch Plant Operator, Clamshell, Concrete Breaker when attached to hoe, Concrete Cleaning Decontamination Machine Operator, Concrete Pump, Concrete Paver, Crusher, Dozer, Elevating Grader, Endloader, Farm Tractor (90 h.p. and higher), Gradall, Grader, Heavy Equipment Robotics Operator, Hydro Excavator, Loader, Pug Mill, Pumpcrete Machines, Pump Trucks, Roller, Scraper (self-propelled or tractor drawn), Side Boom Tractor, Slip Form Paver, Slope Paver, Trencher, Ultra High Pressure Waterjet Cutting Tool System Operator, Vactors, Vacuum Blasting Machine Operator, Vertical Lifting Hoist, Vibrating Compaction Equipment (self-propelled), and Well Drilling Rig. CLASS II Air Compressor, Concrete Breaker when not attached to hoe, Elevator, End Dumps, Equipment Decontamination Operator, Farm Tractor (less than 90 h.p.), Forklift, Generator, Heater, Mulcher, Pigs (Portable Reagent Storage Tanks), Power Screens, Pumps (water), Stationary Compressed Air Plant, Sweeper, Water Wagon and Welding Machine.
Page | 4 of 10
STATE OF MICHIGAN Wage and Hour Division P.O. Box 30476 Lansing, Michigan 48909-7976 Toll Free: 1-855-4MI-WAGE (1-855-464-9243) www.michigan.gov/wagehour
Informational Sheet: Prevailing Wages on State Projects
CARPENTER CRAFT JURISDICTION
Michigan recognizes the Carpenters for any and all work related to weatherization that has historically been the work of the Carpenter. This work shall include, but not be limited to: all work defined under the Federal Weatherization Assistance Program.
The jurisdiction of Carpenters, as to all work that has historically and traditionally been performed consisting of the milling, fashioning, joining, assembling, erecting, fastening or dismantling of all materials of wood, plastic, metal, fiber, cork, or composition and all other substitute materials, as well as the handling, cleaning, erecting, installing and dismantling of all machinery, equipment and all materials used by Carpenters.
The jurisdiction, therefore, extends over the following divisions and subdivisions of the trade: Carpenters and Joiners, Millwrights, Pile Drivers, Bridge, Dock and Wharf Carpenters, Underpinners, Timbermen, and Core- drillers, Shipwrights, Boat Builders, Ship- hand, Stair-Builders, Millmen, Wood and Resilient Floor Decorators, Floor Finishers, Carpet-layers, Shinglers, Siders, Insulators, Acoustic and Drywall Applicators, Sharers and House Movers, Loggers, Lumber and Sawmill Workers, Reed and Rattan Workers, Shingle Weavers, Casket and Coffin Makers, Railroad Carpenters and Car Builders, regardless of material used and all those engaged in the operation of woodworking or other machinery required in fashioning, milling or manufacturing of products used in the trade, and the handling, erecting and installing materials on any of the above divisions or sub-divisions, burning, welding and rigging incidental to the trade. When the term "Carpenter and Joiner" is used, it shall mean all the subdivisions of the trade. The trade autonomy of Carpenters therefore extends over the divisions and subdivisions of the trade, which are set forth as follows:
(a) The framing, erecting and prefabrication of roofs, partitions, floors and other parts of buildings of wood, metal, plastic or other substitutes; application of all metal flashing used for hips, valleys and chimneys; the erection of Stran Steel section or its equal. The building and setting of all forms and centers for brick and masonry. The fabrication and erection of all forms for concrete and decking, the dismantling of same (as per International Agreement) when they are to be re-used on the job or stored for re-use. The cutting and handling of all falsework for fireproofing and slabs. Where power is used in the setting or dismantling of forms, all signaling and handling shall be done by carpenters. The setting of templates for anchor bolts for structural members and for machinery, and the placing, leveling and bracing of these bolts. All framing in connection with the setting or metal columns. The setting of all bulkheads, footing forms and the setting of and fabrication of, screeds and stakes for concrete and mastic floors where the screed is notched or fitted, or made up of more than one member. The making of forms for concrete block, bulkheads, figures, posts, rails, balusters and ornaments, etc.
(b) The handling and erecting of rough material and drywall, the handling, assembly, setting and leveling of all fixtures, display cases, all furniture such as tables, chairs, desks, coat racks, etc., all de-mountable or moveable partitions such as Von wall, E Wall, Steel Case, Herman Miller, Haworth, American Seating, Westinghouse, Lazy Boy, rosewood, etc. All rebuilding, remodeling and setting up of all kinds of partitions, finished lumber, metal and plastic trim to be erected by Carpenters shall be handled from the truck or vehicle delivering same to the job by Carpenters.
Page | 5 of 10
STATE OF MICHIGAN Wage and Hour Division P.O. Box 30476 Lansing, Michigan 48909-7976 Toll Free: 1-855-4MI-WAGE (1-855-464-9243) www.michigan.gov/wagehour
Informational Sheet: Prevailing Wages on State Projects
CARPENTER CRAFT JURISDICTION
(c) The building and moving of all scaffolding runways and staging where carpenters' tools are used, the building from the ground up of all scaffolds over fourteen (14) feet in height including metal and specially designed scaffolding. The building and construction of all hoists and derricks made of wood; the making of mortar boards, boxes, trestles, all shoring, razing and moving of buildings. Lift type trucks are to be considered a tool of the trade. Metal siding and metal roofing fall within the scope of jurisdiction for the carpenters.
(d) The cutting or framing and fireproofing of the openings for pipes, conduits, ducts, etc., where they pass through floors, partitions, walls, roofs or fixtures composed in whole or in part of wood. The laying out of making and installation of all inserts and sleeves for pipes, ducts, etc., where carpenters' tools and knowledge are required. The making and installing of all wooden meter boards, crippling and backing for fixtures. The welding of studs and other fastenings to receive material being applied by carpenters.
(e) The installation of all grounds, furring or stripping, ceilings and sidewalks, application of all types of shingling and siding, etc.
(f) The installation of all interior and exterior trim or finish of wood, aluminum, kalamein, hollow or extruded metal, plastic, doors, transoms, thresholds, mullions and windows. The setting of jambs, bucks, window frames of wood or metal where braces or wedges are used. The installation of all wood, metal or other substitutes of casing, molding, chair rail, wainscoting, china closets, base of mop boards, wardrobes, metal partitions as per National Decisions or specific agreements, etc. The complete laying out, fabrication and erection of stairs. The making and erecting of all fixtures, cabinets, shelving, racks, louvers, etc. The mortising and application of all hardware in connection with our work. The sanding and refinishing of all wood, cork or composition floors to be sanded or scraped, filled, sized and buffed, either by hand or power machines. The assembling and setting of all seats in theaters, halls, churches, schools, auditorium, grandstands and other buildings. All bowling alley work.
(g) The manufacture, fabrication and installation of all screens, storm sash, storm doors and garage doors; the installation of wood, canvas, plastic or metal awnings or eye shades, door shelters, jalousies, etc. The laying of wood, wood block and wood composition in floors.
(h) The installation of all materials used in drywall construction, such as plasterboard, all types of asbestos boards, transite and other composition board. The application of all material which serves as base for acoustic tile, except plaster. All acoustical applications as per National Agreement or specific agreement.
(i) The building and dismantling of all barricades, hand rails, guard rails, partitions and temporary partitions. The erection and dismantling of all temporary housing on construction projects.
(j) The installation of rock wool, cork and other insulation material used for sound or weatherproofing. The removal of caulking and placing of staff bead and brick mold and all Oakum caulking, substitutes, etc., and all caulking in connection with carpentry work.
(k) The installation of all chalk boards/marker boards.
Page | 6 of 10
STATE OF MICHIGAN Wage and Hour Division P.O. Box 30476 Lansing, Michigan 48909-7976 Toll Free: 1-855-4MI-WAGE (1-855-464-9243) www.michigan.gov/wagehour
Informational Sheet: Prevailing Wages on State Projects
CARPENTER CRAFT JURISDICTION
(l) The operation of all hand operated winches used to raise wooden structures.
(m) The erection of porcelain enameled panels and siding.
(n) The unloading and distribution of all furnished, prefabricated and built-up sections such as door bucks, window frames, cupboards, cabinets, store fixtures, counters and show cases or comparably finished or prefabricated materials, to the job sites or points of installation as used in the construction, alteration and remodeling industry.
(o) The handling of doors, metal, wood or composite, partitions and other finished bulk materials used for trim from the point of delivery.
(p) All processing of these materials and handling after processing.
(q) The making up of panels and fitting them into walls, all bracing and securing, all removal of panels from the casting including all braces, whalers, hairpins, etc.
(r) The handling and setting of all metal pans and sections from the stock piles of reasonable distance as required by job needs shall be performed by carpenters. The stripping of such metal pans, panels or sections is to be performed by carpenters.
(s) The sharpening of all carpenter hand or power tools, or those used by carpenters.
(t). The layout, fabrication, assembling of and erection and dismantling of all displays made of wood, metal, plastic, composition board or any substitute material; the covering of same with any type of material, the crating and un-crating, the handling from the point of unloading and back to the point of loading of all displays and other materials or components.
(u) The same shall apply to all other necessary component parts used for display purposes such as turntables, platforms, identification towers and fixtures, regardless of how constructed, assembled or erected or dismantled.
(v) The make-up, handling, cutting and sewing of all materials used in buntings, flags, banners, decorative paper, fabrics and similar materials used in the display decorative industry for draperies and back drops. The decorative framing of trucks, trailers and autos used as floats or moving displays. The slatting of walls to hand fabrics and other decorative materials, drilling of all holes to accommodate such installations. Setting up and removal of booths constructed of steel or aluminum tubing as stanchions, railings, etc., handling and placing of furniture, appliances, etc., which are being used to complete the booth at the request of the exhibitor. Fabricating and application of leather, plastic and other like materials used for covering of booths. The handling of all materials, fabricating of same. The loading and unloading, erecting and assembling at the exhibit of show area, also in or out of storage when used in booth decorations.
Page | 7 of 10
STATE OF MICHIGAN Wage and Hour Division P.O. Box 30476 Lansing, Michigan 48909-7976 Toll Free: 1-855-4MI-WAGE (1-855-464-9243) www.michigan.gov/wagehour
Informational Sheet: Prevailing Wages on State Projects
CARPENTER CRAFT JURISDICTION
(w) A display shall be construed as any exhibit or medium of advertising, open to private or public showing, which is constructed of wood, metal, plastic or any other substitute to accomplish the objectives of advertising or displaying.
(x) Handling, fitting, draping, measuring and installation of fixtures and other hardwares for draperies, all manner of making, measuring, repairing, sizing, hanging and installation of necessary fixtures and hardware for shades and Venetian blinds.
(y) Work consisting of cutting and/or forming of all materials in preparation for installing of floors, walls and ceilings; the installation of all resilient floor and base; wall and ceiling materials to include cork, linoleum, prefabricated, laminated, rubber, asphalt, vinyl, metal, plastic, seamless floors and all other similar materials in sheet, interlocking liquid or tile form; the installation of all artificial turf, the installation, cutting and/or fitting of carpets; installation of padding, matting, linen crash and all preformed resilient floor coverings; the fitting of all devices for the attachment of carpet and other floor, wall and ceiling coverings; track sewing of carpets, drilling of holes for sockets and pins, putting in dowels and slats; and all metal trimmings used; the installation of all underlayments, sealants in preparation of floors, walls and ceilings, the unloading and handling of all materials to be installed and the removal of all materials in preparing floors when contracted for by the employer, shall be done only by employees covered under this Agreement.
(z) The installation of all sink-tops and cabinets, to include all metal trim and covering for same. All cork, linoleum, congo-wall, linewall, veos tile, plexiglass, vinawall tile, composition tile, plastic tile, aluminum tile and rubber in sheets or tile form and the application thereof. All bolta-wall and bolta-wall tile and similar products.
(aa) The handling and placing of all pictures and frames and the assembly of bed frames and accessories. The hanging and placing of all signage.
(bb) The installation of all framework partitions and trim materials for toilets and bathrooms made of wood, metal, plastics or composition materials; fastening of all wooden, plastic or composition cleats to iron or any other material for accessories.
(cc) The erection of cooling towers and tanks.
(dd) The setting, lining, leveling and bracing of all embedded plates, rails and angles. The setting of all stay in place forms.
(ee) Environmental: Clean room, any type of environmental chamber, walk in refrigerated coolers and all refrigerated rooms or buildings.
Page | 8 of 10
STATE OF MICHIGAN Wage and Hour Division P.O. Box 30476 Lansing, Michigan 48909-7976 Toll Free: 1-855-4MI-WAGE (1-855-464-9243) www.michigan.gov/wagehour
Informational Sheet: Prevailing Wages on State Projects
CARPENTER CRAFT JURISDICTION
PILE DRIVING AND CAISSON DRILLING
(ff) All unloading, handling, signaling and driving of piles, whether wood, steel, pipe, beam pile, composite, concrete or molded in place, wood and steel sheeting, cofferdam work, trestle work, dock work, floating derricks, caisson work, foundation work, bridge work, whether old or new, crib work, pipe line work and submarine work. Cutting of all wood, steel or concrete pile, whether by machine or hand; welding and cutting, peeling, and heading of all wood pile, steel sheeting and wood sheeting. The erecting and dismantling of all pile driving rigs, also derricks whether on land or water; also the moving, shoring and underpinning of all buildings. The loading and unloading of all derricks, cranes and pile driving materials. The tending, maintenance and operation of all valves pertaining to the operation of driving of pile. All diving and tending essential to the completion of jurisdictional claims.
All work done in the established yards of the Company and all work not enumerated above, shall be handled and manned as the Employer decides.
The pile driver will unload all material shipped in by rail from the point that the rail car is spotted.
All cleaning and preparation of all piling prior to driving.
The welding and attachment of all boot plates, pile points, splice plates, connectors, rock crosses, driving crosses, driving rigs, point reinforcements and overboots.
The construction, reconstruction, repair, alteration, demolition and partial or complete removal of all marine work including, but not limited to, docks, piers, wharves, quays, jetties, cribs, causeways, breakwaters, lighthouses and permanent buoys, etc. (mixing and placing of concrete excepted).
The driving and pulling of all wood, steel and concrete foundation piles and sheet piling.
The heading, pointing, splicing, cutting and welding of all piles.
The placing of all wales, bolts, studs, lagging, rods and washers including the cutting, drilling, boring or breaking of all holes or openings thereof.
The removal of all materials and/or obstructions of any nature (rip-rap included) that retard or interfere with the driving of piles or with the placing of wales, bolts and rods.
Page | 9 of 10
STATE OF MICHIGAN Wage and Hour Division P.O. Box 30476 Lansing, Michigan 48909-7976 Toll Free: 1-855-4MI-WAGE (1-855-464-9243) www.michigan.gov/wagehour
Informational Sheet: Prevailing Wages on State Projects
CARPENTER CRAFT JURISDICTION
This is to be subject to the discretion of the contractor who may choose to use blasting specialists or other demolition specialists.
The handling on the job of all materials used in the work.
The manning of all floating equipment (towing equipment excepted) engaged in the work enumerated, including deck engines, except machinery manned by Operating Engineers.
The placing of all rip-rap, fill stone, bedding stone, cover stone and concrete blocks in connection with marine construction. Work normally performed by Employers, such as soil tests, shoring, underpinning of buildings, cribbing, driving of sheet piling, marine divers, tenders, underwater construction workers and similar operations shall continue to be included in the jurisdiction of this Agreement.
All burning, cutting, welding and fabrication of pipe, H-beams, sheet pile (metal or wood), done on the job site or in the yard of the Employer shall be done by pile drivers. The driving of bearing piles, sheet piling with heavy equipment, caissons, pile caps, auger drilling and boring, the setting up for load testing for any type of piling, all layout and spotting for piling, caisson and boring work, all earth retention, ditch boarding, installing tiebacks.
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT CARPENTERS
(gg) All erection and maintenance of barriers and partitions used in the removing of asbestos or any abatement work. The abatement of any materials previously installed by the carpenter such as transite, ceiling and floor tiles. All operating and maintaining of current equipment used in any abatement work.
Page | 10 of 10 State of Michigan [email protected] Official Request #: 81 Requestor: DTMB/DOC Project Description: Macomb Correctional Facility Sliding Security Door Replacement Project Number: File No. 472/16376.MNB – Index No. 30670 Macomb County Official 2018 Commercial Prevailing Wage Rates for State Funded Projects Issue Date: 1/18/2018 Contract must be awarded by: 4/18/2018 Page 1 of 30 Classification Last Straight Time and a Double Overtime Name Description Updated Hourly Half Time Provision ======~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Asbestos & Lead Abatement Laborer ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ MLDC 9/7/2017 Asbestos & Lead Abatement Laborer $41.30 $55.23 $69.16 H H H X X X X D Y Apprentice Rates: Trainee 600 hours + 1 calendar year $30.22 $33.28 $41.73 comment 4 ten hour days @ straight time allowed Monday-Saturday, must be consecutive calendar days ...... ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Asbestos, Lead and Mold Abatement, Hazardous Material Handler ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ AS207 3/27/2017 Asbestos, Lead and Mold Abatement, Hazardous Material Handler $40.75 $54.25 $67.75 H H H X X X X D Y comment Four ten hour days @ straight time allowed Monday-Saturday, must be consecutive calendar days ...... ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Boilermaker ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ BO169 2/17/2015 Boilermaker $54.70 $81.08 $107.45 H H H H H H H D Y Apprentice Rates: 1st 6 months $40.31 $59.49 $78.67 2nd 6 months $41.45 $61.21 $80.95 3rd 6 months $42.57 $62.88 $83.19 4th 6 months $43.69 $64.57 $85.43 5th 6 months $44.81 $66.24 $87.67 6th 6 months $48.63 $72.50 $96.36 7th 6 months $49.32 $73.01 $96.69 8th 6 months $51.58 $76.40 $101.21
......
======Official Request #: 81 Official Rate Schedule Requestor: DTMB/DOC Every contractor and subcontractor shall keep posted Project Description: Macomb Correctional Facility Sliding Security Door on the construction site, in a conspicuous place, a copy of all prevailing wage and fringe benefit rates Project Number: File No. 472/16376.MNB – Index No. 30670 prescribed in a contract. County: Macomb Page 1 of 30 Official 2018 Commercial Prevailing Wage Rates for State Funded Projects Issue Date: 1/18/2018 Contract must be awarded by: 4/18/2018 Page 2 of 30 Classification Last Straight Time and a Double Overtime Name Description Updated Hourly Half Time Provision ======~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Bricklayer ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ BR1 10/15/2014 Bricklayer, stone mason, pointer, cleaner, caulker $52.43 $78.65 $104.86 H H D H D D D D Y Apprentice Rates: First 6 months $31.87 $47.81 $63.74 2nd 6 months $33.72 $50.60 $67.44 3rd 6 months $35.57 $53.37 $71.14 4th 6 months $37.42 $56.14 $74.84 5th 6 months $39.27 $58.92 $78.54 6th 6 months $41.12 $61.70 $82.24 7th 6 months $42.97 $64.46 $85.94 8th 6 months $44.82 $67.24 $89.64 comment make up day allowed Saturday for 5 day 8 hour week Friday for 4 day 10 hour week Four 10 hour days allowed M-TH ...... ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Carpenter ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ CA 687 D 7/5/2017 Diver $67.26 $87.51 $107.76 X X H X X H H D Y comment make up day allowed Saturday, Four 10s allowed M-Sat; double time due when over 12 hours worked per day
...... CA 687 DT 7/5/2017 Diver Tender $57.74 $73.67 $89.60 X X H X X H H D Y comment make up day allowed Saturday ......
======Official Request #: 81 Official Rate Schedule Requestor: DTMB/DOC Every contractor and subcontractor shall keep posted Project Description: Macomb Correctional Facility Sliding Security Door on the construction site, in a conspicuous place, a copy of all prevailing wage and fringe benefit rates Project Number: File No. 472/16376.MNB – Index No. 30670 prescribed in a contract. County: Macomb Page 2 of 30 Official 2018 Commercial Prevailing Wage Rates for State Funded Projects Issue Date: 1/18/2018 Contract must be awarded by: 4/18/2018 Page 3 of 30 Classification Last Straight Time and a Double Overtime Name Description Updated Hourly Half Time Provision ======CA1045 7/5/2017 Carpet and Resilient Floor Layer, (does not include installation of $51.94 $73.28 $94.62 X X H X X X X D Y prefabricated formica & parquet flooring which is to be paid carpenter rate) Apprentice Rates: 1st 6 months $25.87 $34.92 $43.98 2nd 6 months $29.86 $40.92 $51.96 3rd 6 months $32.07 $44.23 $56.38 4th 6 months $34.27 $47.52 $60.78 5th 6 months $36.47 $50.83 $65.18 6th 6 months $38.69 $54.16 $69.62 7th 6 months $40.90 $57.48 $74.04 8th 6 months $43.10 $60.77 $78.44
...... CA687Z1 7/5/2017 Carpenter $58.62 $74.55 $90.48 X X H X X H H D Y Apprentice Rates: 1st year $35.89 $44.65 $53.41 3rd 6 months $38.43 $47.99 $57.55 4th 6 months $40.94 $51.29 $61.65 5th 6 months $43.47 $54.62 $65.77 6th 6 months $46.01 $57.96 $69.91 7th 6 months $48.52 $61.27 $74.01 8th 6 months $51.04 $64.58 $78.12 comment make up day allowed Saturdays, four 10s allowed Mon-Sat; double time due when over 12 hours worked per day ...... CA687Z1P 7/5/2017 Piledriver $58.62 $74.55 $90.48 X X H X X H H D Y comment make up day allowed Saturday, Four 10s allowed Monday-Saturday; double time due when over 12 hours worked per day ......
======Official Request #: 81 Official Rate Schedule Requestor: DTMB/DOC Every contractor and subcontractor shall keep posted Project Description: Macomb Correctional Facility Sliding Security Door on the construction site, in a conspicuous place, a copy of all prevailing wage and fringe benefit rates Project Number: File No. 472/16376.MNB – Index No. 30670 prescribed in a contract. County: Macomb Page 3 of 30 Official 2018 Commercial Prevailing Wage Rates for State Funded Projects Issue Date: 1/18/2018 Contract must be awarded by: 4/18/2018 Page 4 of 30 Classification Last Straight Time and a Double Overtime Name Description Updated Hourly Half Time Provision ======~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Cement Mason ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ BR1CM 11/3/2017 Cement Mason $50.05 $71.17 $92.28 X X H H H H H D N Apprentice Rates: 1st 6 months $29.13 $39.45 $49.77 2nd 6 months $31.20 $42.54 $53.87 3rd 6 months $35.31 $48.67 $62.01 4th 6 months $39.46 $54.85 $70.23 5th 6 months $41.52 $57.91 $74.30 6th 6 months $45.67 $64.10 $82.52
...... CE514 8/17/2016 Cement Mason $48.55 $68.40 $88.24 H H D H H H H D N Apprentice Rates: 1st 6 months $28.17 $38.03 $47.88 2nd 6 months $30.14 $40.98 $51.82 3rd 6 months $34.09 $46.91 $59.72 4th 6 months $38.03 $52.82 $67.60 5th 6 months $39.99 $55.75 $71.52 6th 6 months $43.94 $61.68 $79.42
...... ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Drywall ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ PT-22-D 8/25/2016 Drywall Taper $45.91 $59.74 $73.56 H H D H D D D D Y Apprentice Rates: 1st 3 months $32.08 $38.99 $45.90 2nd 3 months $34.85 $43.14 $51.44 2nd 6 months $37.62 $47.30 $56.98 3rd 6 months $40.38 $51.44 $62.50 4th 6 months $41.76 $53.51 $65.26 comment make up day allowed Four 10s allowed Monday-Thursday, Friday make-up day for bad weather or holidays
......
======Official Request #: 81 Official Rate Schedule Requestor: DTMB/DOC Every contractor and subcontractor shall keep posted Project Description: Macomb Correctional Facility Sliding Security Door on the construction site, in a conspicuous place, a copy of all prevailing wage and fringe benefit rates Project Number: File No. 472/16376.MNB – Index No. 30670 prescribed in a contract. County: Macomb Page 4 of 30 Official 2018 Commercial Prevailing Wage Rates for State Funded Projects Issue Date: 1/18/2018 Contract must be awarded by: 4/18/2018 Page 5 of 30 Classification Last Straight Time and a Double Overtime Name Description Updated Hourly Half Time Provision ======~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Electrician ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ EC-58-IW 7/5/2017 Journeyman Electrician - Inside Wireman $64.02 $84.47 $104.91 H H H H H H H D N Apprentice Rates: 0-1000 hours $42.08 $51.55 $61.03 1000-2000 hours $44.07 $54.54 $65.01 2000-3500 hours $46.07 $57.54 $69.01 3500-5000 hours $48.07 $60.54 $73.00 5000-6500 hours $50.06 $63.52 $76.98 6500-8000 hours $54.05 $69.52 $84.97
...... EC-58-SC 7/5/2017 Sound and Communication Installer $40.35 $54.45 $68.55 H H H H H H H D N Apprentice Rates: Period 1 $26.75 $34.05 $41.35 Period 2 $28.11 $36.09 $44.07 Period 3 $29.47 $38.13 $46.79 Period 4 $30.83 $40.17 $49.51 Period 5 $32.19 $42.21 $52.23 Period 6 $33.55 $44.25 $54.95
...... ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Elevator Constructor ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ EL 36 8/7/2007 Elevator Constructor Mechanic $56.46 $94.99 D D D D D D D D Y Apprentice Rates: 1st Year Apprentice $37.74 $58.93 2nd Year Apprentice $41.90 $66.94 3rd Year Apprentice $43.98 $70.95 4th Year Apprentice $48.14 $78.96 make up day allowed ......
======Official Request #: 81 Official Rate Schedule Requestor: DTMB/DOC Every contractor and subcontractor shall keep posted Project Description: Macomb Correctional Facility Sliding Security Door on the construction site, in a conspicuous place, a copy of all prevailing wage and fringe benefit rates Project Number: File No. 472/16376.MNB – Index No. 30670 prescribed in a contract. County: Macomb Page 5 of 30 Official 2018 Commercial Prevailing Wage Rates for State Funded Projects Issue Date: 1/18/2018 Contract must be awarded by: 4/18/2018 Page 6 of 30 Classification Last Straight Time and a Double Overtime Name Description Updated Hourly Half Time Provision ======~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Glazier ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ GL-357 8/24/2016 Glazier $49.50 $65.23 $80.95 H H H H H H H D Y Apprentice Rates: 1st 6 months $33.77 $41.63 $49.49 2nd 6 months $35.35 $44.00 $52.65 3rd 6 months $38.49 $48.71 $58.93 4th 6 months $40.06 $51.07 $62.07 5th 6 months $41.64 $53.43 $65.23 6th 6 months $43.21 $55.79 $68.37 7th 6 months $44.78 $58.15 $71.51 8th 6 months $47.93 $62.87 $77.81 comment If a four 10 hour day workweek is scheduled, four 10s must be consecutive, M-F...... ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Heat and Frost Insulator ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ AS25S 3/31/2017 Spray Insulation - Qualified Senior Sprayer, application of all products $29.04 $42.35 X X X H H H H H N
...... ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Heat and Frost Insulator and Asbestos Worker ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ AS25 6/3/2016 Heat and Frost Insulators and Asbestos Workers $62.65 $78.41 $94.16 H H H H H H H D Y Apprentice Rates: 1st Year $46.90 $54.78 $62.66 2nd Year $50.05 $59.50 $68.96 3rd Year $53.20 $64.23 $75.26 4th Year $56.35 $68.96 $81.56 comment Four 10s must be worked for a minimum of 2 consecutive weeks. OVERTIME is different on a four 10 week. OT is 2x for hours beyond 10. All hours on fifth day, M-F require time and one half. Sat first 8 hours, 1.5, all hours after 8 require double time.
......
======Official Request #: 81 Official Rate Schedule Requestor: DTMB/DOC Every contractor and subcontractor shall keep posted Project Description: Macomb Correctional Facility Sliding Security Door on the construction site, in a conspicuous place, a copy of all prevailing wage and fringe benefit rates Project Number: File No. 472/16376.MNB – Index No. 30670 prescribed in a contract. County: Macomb Page 6 of 30 Official 2018 Commercial Prevailing Wage Rates for State Funded Projects Issue Date: 1/18/2018 Contract must be awarded by: 4/18/2018 Page 7 of 30 Classification Last Straight Time and a Double Overtime Name Description Updated Hourly Half Time Provision ======~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Ironworker ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ IR-25-F1 2/1/2017 Fence, Sound Barrier & Guardrail erection/installation and Exterior $35.95 $48.05 $60.15 X X H X X X H D Y Signage work Apprentice Rates: 60% Level $25.39 $32.65 $39.91 65% Level $26.71 $34.58 $42.44 70% Level $28.03 $36.51 $44.98 75% Level $29.35 $38.42 $47.50 80% Level $30.67 $40.35 $50.03 85% Level $31.99 $42.28 $52.56 comment Four ten hour work days may be worked during Monday-Saturday...... IR-25-GZ2 7/5/2017 Siding, Glazing, Curtain Wall $48.13 $59.92 $71.70 X X H H H H D D Y Apprentice Rates: Level 1 $31.20 $37.93 $44.65 Level 2 $33.31 $40.67 $48.02 Level 3 $35.42 $43.41 $51.39 Level 4 $37.54 $46.16 $54.77 Level 5 $39.66 $48.92 $58.17 Level 6 $41.78 $51.67 $61.55 comment make up day allowed Friday, 4 tens may be worked Monday thru Thursday @ straight time...... IR-25-PE-Z1 3/31/2017 Pre-engineered Metal Work $48.09 $58.86 $69.63 X X H X X X X D Y Apprentice Rates: Probation 1st Year $26.83 $32.03 $37.23 1st Level $28.96 $34.92 $40.88 2nd Level $28.96 $34.92 $40.88 3rd Level $31.08 $37.79 $44.50 4th Level $33.21 $40.68 $48.15 5th Level $35.33 $43.55 $51.77 6th Level $37.46 $46.43 $55.41 comment make up day allowed 4 tens allowed M-Th with Saturday make up day ......
======Official Request #: 81 Official Rate Schedule Requestor: DTMB/DOC Every contractor and subcontractor shall keep posted Project Description: Macomb Correctional Facility Sliding Security Door on the construction site, in a conspicuous place, a copy of all prevailing wage and fringe benefit rates Project Number: File No. 472/16376.MNB – Index No. 30670 prescribed in a contract. County: Macomb Page 7 of 30 Official 2018 Commercial Prevailing Wage Rates for State Funded Projects Issue Date: 1/18/2018 Contract must be awarded by: 4/18/2018 Page 8 of 30 Classification Last Straight Time and a Double Overtime Name Description Updated Hourly Half Time Provision ======IR-25-RF 7/5/2017 Reinforced Iron Work $57.30 $85.66 $114.02 H H D H D D D D N Apprentice Rates: Level 1 $40.32 $59.89 $79.46 Level 2 $42.68 $63.43 $84.18 Level 3 $45.22 $67.24 $89.26 Level 4 $47.75 $71.04 $94.32 Level 5 $50.29 $74.84 $99.40 Level 6 $50.29 $74.84 $99.40 make up day allowed ...... IR-25-RIG 7/5/2017 Rigging Work $63.51 $95.00 $126.49 H H H H H H H D N Apprentice Rates: Level 1& 2 $38.22 $56.16 $74.85 Level 3 $41.05 $61.54 $82.01 Level 4 $43.87 $65.76 $87.65 Level 5 $46.70 $70.01 $93.31 Level 6 $49.53 $74.25 $98.97
...... IR-25-SD 7/5/2017 Decking $55.47 $82.87 $110.26 X X H H H H D D Y comment make up day allowed 4 tens may be worked Monday thru Thursday @ straight time. If bad weather, Friday may be a make up day. If holiday celebrated on a Monday, 4 10s may be worked Tuesday thru Friday. Work in excess of 12 hours per day must be paid @ double time.
...... IR-25-STR 7/5/2017 Structural, ornamental, welder and pre-cast $63.64 $95.12 $126.60 H H H H H H D D Y Apprentice Rates: Levels 1 & 2 $38.22 $56.99 $75.75 Level 3 $41.05 $61.24 $81.41 Level 4 $43.87 $65.46 $87.05 Level 5 $46.70 $69.71 $92.71 Level 6 $49.53 $73.95 $98.37 Level 7 $52.35 $78.18 $104.01 Level 8 $55.18 $82.43 $109.67
======Official Request #: 81 Official Rate Schedule Requestor: DTMB/DOC Every contractor and subcontractor shall keep posted Project Description: Macomb Correctional Facility Sliding Security Door on the construction site, in a conspicuous place, a copy of all prevailing wage and fringe benefit rates Project Number: File No. 472/16376.MNB – Index No. 30670 prescribed in a contract. County: Macomb Page 8 of 30 Official 2018 Commercial Prevailing Wage Rates for State Funded Projects Issue Date: 1/18/2018 Contract must be awarded by: 4/18/2018 Page 9 of 30 Classification Last Straight Time and a Double Overtime Name Description Updated Hourly Half Time Provision ======comment make up day allowed 4 tens may be worked Monday thru Thursday @ straight time. If bad weather, Friday may be a make up day. If holiday celebrated on a Monday, 4 10s may be worked Tuesday thru Friday. Work in excess of 12 hours per day must be paid @ double time.
...... IR-25-STR-D 7/5/2017 Industrial Door erection & construction $43.74 $65.27 $86.80 H H H H H H D D Y comment make up day allowed Friday for bad weather when 4 tens scheduled for M-Th. If holiday celebrated on M, 4 tens may be worked T-F. Work in excess of 12 hours per day must be paid @ double time...... ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Laborer ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ L33401-A-CC 5/31/2017 Construction laborer, demolition laborer, mason tender, carpenter $44.76 $63.69 $82.61 H H H H H H H D Y tender, drywall handler, concrete laborer, cement finisher tender, concrete chute, and concrete bucket handler, wall and ceiling material handler, plasterer tender, mortar mixer and plastering machine operator Apprentice Rates: 0-1,000 work hours $38.67 $54.55 $70.43 1,001 - 2,000 work hours $39.89 $56.38 $72.87 2,001 - 3,000 work hours $41.11 $58.21 $75.31 3,001 - 4,000 work hours $43.54 $61.86 $80.17 comment make up day allowed If conditions beyond the employer/employee's control prevent one or more hours of working during Mon-Fri, the employer may choose to work up to 10 hour straight time weekdays. Work may be scheduled up to 10 hours per Mon-Fri for the purpose of reaching 40 hours @ straight time. Make up days may also include 8 hours of work on Saturdays @ straight time...... L33401-B-SB 5/31/2017 Signal Man (on sewer & caisson work), Air, Electric or Gasoline Tool $45.04 $64.11 $83.17 H H H H H H H D Y Operator, Concrete Vibrator Operator, Acetylene Torch & Air Hammer Operator; Scaffold Builder, Caisson Worker comment make up day allowed If conditions beyond the employer/employee's control prevent one or more hours of working during Mon-Fri, the employer may choose to work up to 10 hour straight time weekdays. Work may be scheduled up to 10 hours per Mon-Fri for the purpose of reaching 40 hours @ straight time. Make up days may also include 8 hours of work on Saturdays @ straight time...... L33401-D-HH 5/31/2017 Furnace Battery Heater Tender, Burning Bar & Oxy-Acetylene Gun $45.28 $64.47 $83.65 H H H H H H H D Y
======Official Request #: 81 Official Rate Schedule Requestor: DTMB/DOC Every contractor and subcontractor shall keep posted Project Description: Macomb Correctional Facility Sliding Security Door on the construction site, in a conspicuous place, a copy of all prevailing wage and fringe benefit rates Project Number: File No. 472/16376.MNB – Index No. 30670 prescribed in a contract. County: Macomb Page 9 of 30 Official 2018 Commercial Prevailing Wage Rates for State Funded Projects Issue Date: 1/18/2018 Contract must be awarded by: 4/18/2018 Page 10 of 30 Classification Last Straight Time and a Double Overtime Name Description Updated Hourly Half Time Provision ======comment make up day allowed If conditions beyond the employer/employee's control prevent one or more hours of working during Mon-Fri, the employer may choose to work up to 10 hour straight time weekdays. Work may be scheduled up to 10 hours per Mon-Fri for the purpose of reaching 40 hours @ straight time. Make up days may also include 8 hours of work on Saturdays @ straight time...... L33401-E-EX 5/31/2017 Expediter Man, Top Man and/or Bottom Man (Blast Furnace Work or $46.07 $65.65 $85.23 H H H H H H H D Y Battery Work) comment make up day allowed If conditions beyond the employer/employee's control prevent one or more hours of working during Mon-Fri, the employer may choose to work up to 10 hour straight time weekdays. Work may be scheduled up to 10 hours per Mon-Fri for the purpose of reaching 40 hours @ straight time. Make up days may also include 8 hours of work on Saturdays @ straight time...... L33401-F-CL 5/31/2017 Cleaner/sweeper laborer, furniture laborer - unloading of furniture to the $39.31 $55.51 $71.71 H H H H H H H D Y point of installation, the setting in place or relocation of furniture. comment make up day allowed If conditions beyond the employer/employee's control prevent one or more hours of working during Mon-Fri, the employer may choose to work up to 10 hour straight time weekdays. Work may be scheduled up to 10 hours per Mon-Fri for the purpose of reaching 40 hours @ straight time. Make up days may also include 8 hours of work on Saturdays @ straight time...... L334C 5/31/2017 Lansing Burner, Blaster & Powder Man; Air, Electric or Gasoline Tool $45.55 $64.87 $84.19 X X H X H H H D Y Operator (Blast Furance Work or Battery Work) comment make up day allowed Saturday ...... LPT-1 6/17/2016 Plasterer Tender, Plastering Machine Operator $44.35 $63.10 $81.85 H H H H H H H D Y Apprentice Rates: 1,001 - 2,000 hours $39.53 $55.87 $72.21 2,001 - 3,000 hours $40.73 $57.67 $74.61 3,001 - 4,000 hours $43.15 $61.30 $79.45 comment make up day allowed f conditions beyond the employer/employee's control prevent one or more hours of working during Mon-Fri, the employer may choose to work up to 10 hour straight time weekdays. Work may be scheduled up to 10 hours per Mon-Fri for the purpose of reaching 40 hours @ straight time. Make up days may also include 8 hours of work on Saturdays @ straight time......
======Official Request #: 81 Official Rate Schedule Requestor: DTMB/DOC Every contractor and subcontractor shall keep posted Project Description: Macomb Correctional Facility Sliding Security Door on the construction site, in a conspicuous place, a copy of all prevailing wage and fringe benefit rates Project Number: File No. 472/16376.MNB – Index No. 30670 prescribed in a contract. County: Macomb Page 10 of 30 Official 2018 Commercial Prevailing Wage Rates for State Funded Projects Issue Date: 1/18/2018 Contract must be awarded by: 4/18/2018 Page 11 of 30 Classification Last Straight Time and a Double Overtime Name Description Updated Hourly Half Time Provision ======~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Laborer - Hazardous ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ LHAZ-Z1-A 11/13/2017 Class A performing work in conjunction with site preparation and other $44.76 $63.69 $82.61 H H H H H H H D Y preliminary work prior to actual removal, handling, or containment of hazardous waste substances not requiring use of personal protective equipment required by state or federal regulations; or a laborer performing work in conjunction with the removal, handling, or containment of hazardous waste substances when use of personal protective equipment level "D" is required. Apprentice Rates: 0-1,000 work hours $38.67 $54.55 $70.43 1,001-2,000 work hours $39.89 $56.38 $72.87 2,001-3,000 work hours $41.11 $58.21 $75.31 3,001-4,000 work hours $43.54 $61.86 $80.17 comment make up day allowed 4 10s allowed M-Th or T-F; inclement weather makeup day Friday ...... LHAZ-Z1-B 11/13/2017 Class B performing work in conjunction with the removal, handling, or $45.76 $65.19 $84.61 H H H H H H H D Y containment of hazardous waste substances when the use of personal protective equipment levels "A", "B" or "C" is required. Apprentice Rates: 0-1,000 work hours $39.42 $55.68 $71.93 1,001-2,000 work hours $40.69 $57.58 $74.47 2,001-3,000 work hours $41.96 $59.48 $77.01 3,001-4,000 work hours $44.49 $63.28 $82.07 comment make up day allowed 4 10s allowed M-Th or T-F; inclement weather makeup day Friday ...... ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Laborer Underground - Open Cut, Class I ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ LAUC-Z1-1 9/7/2017 Construction Laborer $38.92 $49.96 $60.99 X X X X X X X D Y Apprentice Rates: 0-1,000 work hours $34.04 $42.64 $51.23 1,001-2,000 work hours $35.02 $44.11 $53.19 2,001-3,000 work hours $35.99 $45.56 $55.13 3,001-4,000 work hours $37.94 $48.49 $59.03
......
======Official Request #: 81 Official Rate Schedule Requestor: DTMB/DOC Every contractor and subcontractor shall keep posted Project Description: Macomb Correctional Facility Sliding Security Door on the construction site, in a conspicuous place, a copy of all prevailing wage and fringe benefit rates Project Number: File No. 472/16376.MNB – Index No. 30670 prescribed in a contract. County: Macomb Page 11 of 30 Official 2018 Commercial Prevailing Wage Rates for State Funded Projects Issue Date: 1/18/2018 Contract must be awarded by: 4/18/2018 Page 12 of 30 Classification Last Straight Time and a Double Overtime Name Description Updated Hourly Half Time Provision ======~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Laborer Underground - Open Cut, Class II ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ LAUC-Z1-2 9/7/2017 Mortar and material mixer, concrete form man, signal man, well point $39.03 $50.12 $61.21 X X X X X X X D Y man, manhole, headwall and catch basin builder, guard rail builders, headwall, seawall, breakwall, dock builder and fence erector. Apprentice Rates: 0-1,000 work hours $34.12 $42.76 $51.39 1,001-2,000 work hours $35.10 $44.23 $53.35 2,001-3,000 work hours $36.09 $45.72 $55.33 3,001-4,000 work hours $38.05 $48.66 $59.25
...... ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Laborer Underground - Open Cut, Class III ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ LAUC-Z1-3 9/7/2017 Air, gasoline and electric tool operator, vibrator operator, drillers, pump $39.08 $50.20 $61.31 X X X X X X X D Y man, tar kettle operator, bracers, rodder, reinforced steel or mesh man (e.g. wire mesh, steel mats, dowel bars, etc.), cement finisher, welder, pipe jacking and boring man, wagon drill and air track operator and concrete saw operator (under 40 h.p.), windlass and tugger man, and directional boring man. Apprentice Rates: 0-1,000 work hours $34.16 $42.82 $51.47 1,001-2,000 work hours $35.14 $44.29 $53.43 2,001-3,000 work hours $36.13 $45.78 $55.41 3,001-4,000 work hours $38.10 $48.73 $59.35
...... ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Laborer Underground - Open Cut, Class IV ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ LAUC-Z1-4 9/7/2017 Trench or excavating grade man. $39.16 $50.32 $61.47 X X X X X X X D Y Apprentice Rates: 0-1,000 work hours $34.22 $42.91 $51.59 1,001-2,000 work hours $35.21 $44.40 $53.57 2,001-3,000 work hours $36.20 $45.88 $55.55 3,001-4,000 work hours $38.17 $48.84 $59.49
......
======Official Request #: 81 Official Rate Schedule Requestor: DTMB/DOC Every contractor and subcontractor shall keep posted Project Description: Macomb Correctional Facility Sliding Security Door on the construction site, in a conspicuous place, a copy of all prevailing wage and fringe benefit rates Project Number: File No. 472/16376.MNB – Index No. 30670 prescribed in a contract. County: Macomb Page 12 of 30 Official 2018 Commercial Prevailing Wage Rates for State Funded Projects Issue Date: 1/18/2018 Contract must be awarded by: 4/18/2018 Page 13 of 30 Classification Last Straight Time and a Double Overtime Name Description Updated Hourly Half Time Provision ======~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Laborer Underground - Open Cut, Class V ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ LAUC-Z1-5 9/7/2017 Pipe Layer $39.22 $50.41 $61.59 X X X X X X X D Y Apprentice Rates: 0-1,000 work hours $34.26 $42.97 $51.67 1,001-2,000 work hours $35.26 $44.47 $53.67 2,001-3,000 work hours $36.25 $45.96 $55.65 3,001-4,000 work hours $38.23 $48.92 $59.61
...... ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Laborer Underground - Open Cut, Class VI ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ LAUC-Z1-6 9/7/2017 Grouting man, top man assistant, audio visual television operations and $36.67 $46.59 $56.49 X X X X X X X D Y all other operations in connection with closed circuit television inspection, pipe cleaning and pipe relining work and the installation and repair of water service pipe and appurtenances. Apprentice Rates: 0-1,000 work hours $32.35 $40.10 $47.85 1,001-2,000 work hours $33.22 $41.41 $49.59 2,001-3,000 work hours $34.08 $42.70 $51.31 3,001-4,000 work hours $35.81 $45.30 $54.77
...... ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Laborer Underground - Open Cut, Class VII ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ LAUC-Z1-7 9/7/2017 Restoration laborer, seeding, sodding, planting, cutting, mulching and $33.29 $41.52 $49.73 X X X X X X X D Y topsoil grading and the restoration of property such as replacing mail boxes, wood chips, planter boxes, flagstones etc. Apprentice Rates: 0-1,000 work hours $29.82 $36.31 $42.79 1,001-2,000 work hours $30.51 $37.34 $44.17 2,001-3,000 work hours $31.21 $38.40 $45.57 3,001-4,000 work hours $32.60 $40.48 $48.35
......
======Official Request #: 81 Official Rate Schedule Requestor: DTMB/DOC Every contractor and subcontractor shall keep posted Project Description: Macomb Correctional Facility Sliding Security Door on the construction site, in a conspicuous place, a copy of all prevailing wage and fringe benefit rates Project Number: File No. 472/16376.MNB – Index No. 30670 prescribed in a contract. County: Macomb Page 13 of 30 Official 2018 Commercial Prevailing Wage Rates for State Funded Projects Issue Date: 1/18/2018 Contract must be awarded by: 4/18/2018 Page 14 of 30 Classification Last Straight Time and a Double Overtime Name Description Updated Hourly Half Time Provision ======~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Laborer Underground - Tunnel, Shaft & Caisson ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ LAUCT-Z1-1 9/7/2017 Class I - Tunnel, shaft and caisson laborer, dump man, shanty man, $39.07 $50.19 $61.29 X X X X X X X D Y hog house tender, testing man (on gas), and watchman. Apprentice Rates: 0-1,000 work hours $34.15 $42.80 $51.45 1,001-2,000 work hours $35.14 $44.29 $53.43 2,001-3,000 work hours $36.12 $45.76 $55.39 3,001-4,000 work hours $38.09 $48.72 $59.33
...... LAUCT-Z1-2 9/7/2017 Class II - Manhole, headwall, catch basin builder, bricklayer tender, $39.18 $50.35 $61.51 X X X X X X X D Y mortar man, material mixer, fence erector, and guard rail builder. Apprentice Rates: 0-1,000 work hours $34.24 $42.94 $51.63 1,001-2,000 work hours $35.22 $44.41 $53.59 2,001-3,000 work hours $36.21 $45.90 $55.57 3,001-4,000 work hours $38.19 $48.86 $59.53
...... LAUCT-Z1-3 9/7/2017 Class III - Air tool operator (jack hammer man, bush hammer man and $39.24 $50.44 $61.63 X X X X X X X D Y grinding man), first bottom man, second bottom man, cage tender, car pusher, carrier man, concrete man, concrete form man, concrete repair man, cement invert laborer, cement finisher, concrete shoveler, conveyor man, floor man, gasoline and electric tool operator, gunnite man, grout operator, welder, heading dinky man, inside lock tender, pea gravel operator, pump man, outside lock tender, scaffold man, top signal man, switch man, track man, tugger man, utility man, vibrator man, winch operator, pipe jacking man, wagon drill and air track operator and concrete saw operator (under 40 h.p.). Apprentice Rates: 0-1,000 work hours $34.28 $43.00 $51.71 1,001-2,000 work hours $35.27 $44.48 $53.69 2,001-3,000 work hours $36.26 $45.97 $55.67 3,001-4,000 work hours $38.25 $48.96 $59.65
......
======Official Request #: 81 Official Rate Schedule Requestor: DTMB/DOC Every contractor and subcontractor shall keep posted Project Description: Macomb Correctional Facility Sliding Security Door on the construction site, in a conspicuous place, a copy of all prevailing wage and fringe benefit rates Project Number: File No. 472/16376.MNB – Index No. 30670 prescribed in a contract. County: Macomb Page 14 of 30 Official 2018 Commercial Prevailing Wage Rates for State Funded Projects Issue Date: 1/18/2018 Contract must be awarded by: 4/18/2018 Page 15 of 30 Classification Last Straight Time and a Double Overtime Name Description Updated Hourly Half Time Provision ======LAUCT-Z1-4 9/7/2017 Class IV - Tunnel, shaft and caisson mucker, bracer man, liner plate $39.42 $50.71 $61.99 X X X X X X X D Y man, long haul dinky driver and well point man. Apprentice Rates: 0-1,000 work hours $34.42 $43.21 $51.99 1,001-2,000 work hours $35.42 $44.71 $53.99 2,001-3,000 work hours $36.42 $46.21 $55.99 3,001-4,000 work hours $38.42 $49.21 $59.99
...... LAUCT-Z1-5 9/7/2017 Class V - Tunnel, shaft and caisson miner, drill runner, keyboard $39.67 $51.08 $62.49 X X X X X X X D Y operator, power knife operator, reinforced steel or mesh man (e.g. wire mesh, steel mats, dowel bars) Apprentice Rates: 0-1,000 work hours $34.60 $43.48 $52.35 1,001-2,000 work hours $35.62 $45.01 $54.39 2,001-3,000 work hours $36.63 $46.52 $56.41 3,001-4,000 work hours $38.66 $49.57 $60.47
...... LAUCT-Z1-6 9/7/2017 Class VI - Dynamite man and powder man. $40.00 $51.58 $63.15 X X X X X X X D Y Apprentice Rates: 0-1,000 work hours $34.85 $43.86 $52.85 1,001-2,000 work hours $35.88 $45.40 $54.91 2,001-3,000 work hours $36.91 $46.94 $56.97 3,001-4,000 work hours $38.97 $50.04 $61.09
...... LAUCT-Z1-7 9/7/2017 Class VII - Restoration laborer, seeding, sodding, planting, cutting, $33.28 $41.50 $49.71 X X X X X X X D Y mulching and topsoil grading and the restoration of property such as replacing mail boxes, wood chips, planter boxes and flagstones. Apprentice Rates: 0-1,000 work hours $29.81 $36.30 $42.77 1,001-2,000 work hours $30.50 $37.33 $44.15 2,001-3,000 work hours $31.20 $38.38 $45.55 3,001-4,000 work hours $32.59 $40.46 $48.33
...... ======Official Request #: 81 Official Rate Schedule Requestor: DTMB/DOC Every contractor and subcontractor shall keep posted Project Description: Macomb Correctional Facility Sliding Security Door on the construction site, in a conspicuous place, a copy of all prevailing wage and fringe benefit rates Project Number: File No. 472/16376.MNB – Index No. 30670 prescribed in a contract. County: Macomb Page 15 of 30 Official 2018 Commercial Prevailing Wage Rates for State Funded Projects Issue Date: 1/18/2018 Contract must be awarded by: 4/18/2018 Page 16 of 30 Classification Last Straight Time and a Double Overtime Name Description Updated Hourly Half Time Provision ======~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Landscape Laborer ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ LLAN-Z1-A 10/13/2015 Landscape Specialist: includes air, gas, and diesel equipment operator, $28.98 $40.04 $51.09 X X H X X X H D Y skidsteer (or equivalent), lawn sprinkler installer on landscaping work where seeding, sodding, planting, cutting, trimming, backfilling, rough grading or maintenance of landscape projects occurs. comment Sundays paid at time & one half. Holidays paid at double time...... LLAN-Z1-B 10/13/2015 Skilled Landscape Laborer: small power tool operator, lawn sprinkler $24.76 $33.71 $42.65 X X H X X X H D Y installers' tender, material mover, truck driver when seeding, sodding, planting, cutting, trimming, backfilling, rough grading or maintaining of landscape projects occurs comment Sundays paid at time & one half. Holidays paid at double time...... ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Marble Finisher ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ BR1-MF 10/20/2014 Marble Finisher $43.48 $54.29 $65.10 H H D H D D D D Y Apprentice Rates: Level 1 $19.04 $25.12 $31.20 Level 2 $20.24 $26.92 $33.60 Level 3 $27.01 $33.96 $40.90 Level 4 $28.47 $36.14 $43.82 Level 5 $29.99 $37.84 $45.70 Level 6 $31.61 $39.86 $48.10 Level 7 $33.30 $41.59 $49.87 Level 8 $34.79 $43.48 $52.17 comment A four ten workweek may be worked Monday thru Thursday or Tuesday thru Friday.
......
======Official Request #: 81 Official Rate Schedule Requestor: DTMB/DOC Every contractor and subcontractor shall keep posted Project Description: Macomb Correctional Facility Sliding Security Door on the construction site, in a conspicuous place, a copy of all prevailing wage and fringe benefit rates Project Number: File No. 472/16376.MNB – Index No. 30670 prescribed in a contract. County: Macomb Page 16 of 30 Official 2018 Commercial Prevailing Wage Rates for State Funded Projects Issue Date: 1/18/2018 Contract must be awarded by: 4/18/2018 Page 17 of 30 Classification Last Straight Time and a Double Overtime Name Description Updated Hourly Half Time Provision ======~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Marble Mason ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ BR1-MM 10/17/2014 Marble Mason $50.29 $64.51 $78.72 H H D H D D D D Y Apprentice Rates: Level 1 $25.14 $32.65 $40.15 Level 2 $28.20 $36.49 $44.78 Level 3 $33.41 $41.97 $50.53 Level 4 $36.15 $45.66 $55.17 Level 5 $38.42 $48.17 $57.92 Level 6 $42.07 $53.56 $65.05 Level 7 $42.74 $54.38 $66.02 Level 8 $43.67 $55.78 $67.88 comment A four ten workweek may be worked Monday thru Thursday or Tuesday thru Friday.
...... ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Operating Engineer ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ EN-324-A120 6/7/2017 Crane with boom & jib or leads 120' or longer $59.36 $77.25 $95.13 X X H H D D D D Y comment Double time after 12 hours M-F ...... EN-324-A140 6/7/2017 Crane with boom & jib or leads 140' or longer $60.18 $78.48 $96.77 X X H H D D D D Y comment Work in excess of 12 hours per day M-F shall be paid at double time...... EN-324-A220 6/7/2017 Crane with boom & jib or leads 220' or longer $60.48 $78.93 $97.37 X X H H D D D D Y comment Work in excess of 12 hours per day M-F shall be paid at double time...... EN-324-A300 6/7/2017 Crane with boom & jib or leads 300' or longer $61.98 $81.18 $100.37 X X H H D D D D Y comment Work in excess of 12 hours per day M-F shall be paid at double time...... EN-324-A400 6/7/2017 Crane with boom & jib or leads 400' or longer $63.48 $83.43 $103.37 X X H H D D D D Y
======Official Request #: 81 Official Rate Schedule Requestor: DTMB/DOC Every contractor and subcontractor shall keep posted Project Description: Macomb Correctional Facility Sliding Security Door on the construction site, in a conspicuous place, a copy of all prevailing wage and fringe benefit rates Project Number: File No. 472/16376.MNB – Index No. 30670 prescribed in a contract. County: Macomb Page 17 of 30 Official 2018 Commercial Prevailing Wage Rates for State Funded Projects Issue Date: 1/18/2018 Contract must be awarded by: 4/18/2018 Page 18 of 30 Classification Last Straight Time and a Double Overtime Name Description Updated Hourly Half Time Provision ======comment Work in excess of 12 hours per day M-F shall be paid at double time...... EN-324-CW 6/7/2017 Compressor or welding machine $48.51 $60.97 $73.43 X X H H D D D D Y comment Work in excess of 12 hours per day M-F shall be paid at double time...... EN-324-FL 6/7/2017 Forklift, lull, extend-a-boom forklift $55.82 $71.94 $88.05 X X H H D D D D Y comment Work in excess of 12 hours per day M-F shall be paid at double time...... EN-324-FO 6/7/2017 Fireman or oiler $47.48 $59.43 $71.37 X X H H D D D D Y comment Work in excess of 12 hours per day M-F shall be paid at double time...... EN-324-RC 6/7/2017 Regular crane, job mechanic, concrete pump with boom $58.50 $75.96 $93.41 X X H H D D D D Y comment Work in excess of 12 hours per day M-F shall be paid at double time...... EN-324-RE 6/7/2017 Regular engineer, hydro-excavator, remote controlled concrete breaker $57.53 $74.50 $91.47 X X H H D D D D Y Apprentice Rates: 0-999 hours $46.53 $58.76 $70.97 1,000-1,999 hours $48.28 $61.38 $74.47 2,000-2,999 hours $50.02 $63.99 $77.95 3,000-3,999 hours $51.77 $66.62 $81.45 4,000-4,999 hours $53.51 $69.22 $84.93 5,000-5,999 hours $55.26 $71.85 $88.43 comment Work in excess of 12 hours per day M-F shall be paid at double time...... ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Operating Engineer - Marine Construction ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ GLF D 4/2/2014 Diver/Wet Tender/Tender/Rov Pilot/Rov Tender $52.80 $79.20 $105.60 H H H H H H H D N
......
======Official Request #: 81 Official Rate Schedule Requestor: DTMB/DOC Every contractor and subcontractor shall keep posted Project Description: Macomb Correctional Facility Sliding Security Door on the construction site, in a conspicuous place, a copy of all prevailing wage and fringe benefit rates Project Number: File No. 472/16376.MNB – Index No. 30670 prescribed in a contract. County: Statewide Page 18 of 30 Official 2018 Commercial Prevailing Wage Rates for State Funded Projects Issue Date: 1/18/2018 Contract must be awarded by: 4/18/2018 Page 19 of 30 Classification Last Straight Time and a Double Overtime Name Description Updated Hourly Half Time Provision ======GLF-1 1/23/2017 Diver/Wet Tender, Engineer (hydraulic dredge) $72.32 $93.82 $115.32 X X H H H H H D Y comment make up day allowed Holiday pay = 2.5 times the straight hourly rate Subdivision of county all Great Lakes, islands therein, & connecting & tributary waters ...... GLF-2 1/23/2017 Crane/Backhoe Operator, 70 ton or over Tug Operator, $70.82 $91.57 $112.32 X X H H H H H D Y Mechanic/Welder, Assistant Engineer (hydraulic dredge), Leverman (hydraulic dredge), Diver Tender comment make up day allowed Holiday pay = 2.5 times the straight hourly rate Subdivision of county All Great Lakes, islands therein, & connecting & tributary waters ...... GLF-2B 1/23/2017 Friction, Lattice Boom or Crane License Certification $72.32 $93.82 $115.32 X X H H H H H D Y comment make up day allowed Holiday pay = 2.5 times the straight hourly rate Subdivision of county All Great Lakes, islands, therein, & connecting & tributary waters ...... GLF-3 1/23/2017 Deck Equipment Operator, Machineryman, Maintenance of Crane (over $66.27 $84.75 $103.22 X X H H H H H D Y 50 ton capacity) or Backhoe (115,000 lbs or more), Tug/Launch Operator, Loader, Dozer on Barge, Deck Machinery comment make up day allowed Holiday pay = 2.5 times the straight hourly rate Subdivision of county All Great Lakes, islands therein, & connecting & tributary waters ...... GLF-4 1/23/2017 Deck Equipment Operator, (Machineryman/Fireman), (4 equipment $60.07 $75.45 $90.82 X X H H H H H D Y units or more), Off Road Trucks, Deck Hand, Tug Engineer, & Crane Maintenance 50 ton capacity and under or Backhoe 115,000 lbs or less, Assistant Tug Operator comment make up day allowed Holiday pay = 2.5 times the straight hourly rate Subdivision of county All Great Lakes, islands therein, & connecting & tributary waters ...... ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Operating Engineer Steel Work ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ EN-324-EF 6/8/2017 Forklift, 1 Drum Hoist $60.41 $79.00 $97.58 H H D H H H D D Y comment make up day allowed 4 10s allowed M-Th with Friday makeup day because of bad weather ...... EN-324-SW120 6/7/2017 Crane w/ 120' boom or longer $63.11 $83.05 $102.98 H H D H H H D D Y
======Official Request #: 81 Official Rate Schedule Requestor: DTMB/DOC Every contractor and subcontractor shall keep posted Project Description: Macomb Correctional Facility Sliding Security Door on the construction site, in a conspicuous place, a copy of all prevailing wage and fringe benefit rates Project Number: File No. 472/16376.MNB – Index No. 30670 prescribed in a contract. County: Macomb Page 19 of 30 Official 2018 Commercial Prevailing Wage Rates for State Funded Projects Issue Date: 1/18/2018 Contract must be awarded by: 4/18/2018 Page 20 of 30 Classification Last Straight Time and a Double Overtime Name Description Updated Hourly Half Time Provision ======comment make up day allowed 4 10s allowed M-Th with Friday makeup day because of bad weather ...... EN-324-SW120-O 6/7/2017 Crane w/ 120' boom or longer w/ Oiler $64.11 $84.55 $104.98 H H D H H H D D Y comment make up day allowed 4 10s allowed M-Th with Friday makeup day because of bad weather ...... EN-324-SW140 6/7/2017 Crane w/ 140' boom or longer $64.29 $84.82 $105.34 H H D H H H D D Y comment make up day allowed 4 10s allowed M-Th with Friday makeup day because of bad weather ...... EN-324-SW140-O 6/7/2017 Crane w/ 140' boom or longer W/ Oiler $65.29 $86.32 $107.34 H H D H H H D D Y comment make up day allowed 4 10s allowed M-Th with Friday makeup day because of bad weather ...... EN-324-SW220 6/7/2017 Boom & Jib 220' or longer $64.56 $85.22 $105.88 H H D H H H D D Y comment make up day allowed 4 10s allowed M-Th with Friday makeup day because of bad weather ...... EN-324-SW220-O 6/7/2017 Crane w/ 220' boom or longer w/ Oiler $65.56 $86.72 $107.88 H H D H H H D D Y comment make up day allowed 4 10s allowed M-Th with Friday makeup day because of bad weather ...... EN-324-SW300 6/7/2017 Boom & Jib 300' or longer $66.06 $87.47 $108.88 H H D H H H D D Y comment make up day allowed 4 10s allowed M-Th with Friday makeup day because of bad weather ...... EN-324-SW300-O 6/7/2017 Crane w/ 300' boom or longer w/ Oiler $67.06 $88.97 $110.88 H H D H H H D D Y comment make up day allowed 4 10s allowed M-Th with Friday makeup day because of bad weather ...... EN-324-SW400 6/7/2017 Boom & Jib 400' or longer $67.56 $89.72 $111.88 H H D H H H D D Y comment make up day allowed 4 10s allowed M-Th with Friday makeup day because of bad weather ......
======Official Request #: 81 Official Rate Schedule Requestor: DTMB/DOC Every contractor and subcontractor shall keep posted Project Description: Macomb Correctional Facility Sliding Security Door on the construction site, in a conspicuous place, a copy of all prevailing wage and fringe benefit rates Project Number: File No. 472/16376.MNB – Index No. 30670 prescribed in a contract. County: Macomb Page 20 of 30 Official 2018 Commercial Prevailing Wage Rates for State Funded Projects Issue Date: 1/18/2018 Contract must be awarded by: 4/18/2018 Page 21 of 30 Classification Last Straight Time and a Double Overtime Name Description Updated Hourly Half Time Provision ======EN-324-SW400-O 6/7/2017 Crane w/ 400' boom or longer w/ Oiler $68.56 $91.22 $113.88 H H D H H H D D Y comment make up day allowed 4 10s allowed M-Th with Friday makeup day because of bad weather ...... EN-324-SWCO 6/7/2017 Crane Operator, Job Mechanic, 3 Drum Hoist & Excavator $62.75 $82.51 $102.26 H H D H H H D D Y Apprentice Rates: 0-999 hours $49.40 $63.26 $77.11 1,000-1,999 hours $51.38 $66.23 $81.07 2,000-2,999 hours $53.35 $69.19 $85.01 3,000-3,999 hours $55.33 $72.16 $88.97 4,000-4,999 hours $57.30 $75.11 $92.91 5,000 hours $59.28 $78.08 $96.87 comment make up day allowed 4 10s allowed M-Th with Friday makeup day because of bad weather ...... EN-324-SWCO-O 6/7/2017 Crane Operator w/ Oiler $63.75 $84.01 $104.26 H H D H H H D D Y comment make up day allowed 4 10s allowed M-Th with Friday makeup day because of bad weather ...... EN-324-SWCW 6/7/2017 Compressor or Welder Operator $55.30 $71.33 $87.36 H H D H H H D D Y comment make up day allowed 4 10s allowed M-Th with Friday makeup day because of bad weather ...... EN-324-SWHO 6/7/2017 Hoisting Operator, 2 Drum Hoist, & Rubber Tire Backhoe $62.11 $81.55 $100.98 H H D H H H D D Y comment make up day allowed 4 10s allowed M-Th with Friday makeup day because of bad weather ...... EN-324-SWO 6/7/2017 Oiler $53.89 $69.22 $84.54 H H D H H H D D Y comment make up day allowed 4 10s allowed M-Th with Friday makeup day because of bad weather ...... EN-324-SWTD50 6/7/2017 Tower Crane & Derrick where work is 50' or more $63.84 $84.14 $104.44 H H D H H H D D Y comment make up day allowed 4 10s allowed M-Th with Friday makeup day because of bad weather ......
======Official Request #: 81 Official Rate Schedule Requestor: DTMB/DOC Every contractor and subcontractor shall keep posted Project Description: Macomb Correctional Facility Sliding Security Door on the construction site, in a conspicuous place, a copy of all prevailing wage and fringe benefit rates Project Number: File No. 472/16376.MNB – Index No. 30670 prescribed in a contract. County: Macomb Page 21 of 30 Official 2018 Commercial Prevailing Wage Rates for State Funded Projects Issue Date: 1/18/2018 Contract must be awarded by: 4/18/2018 Page 22 of 30 Classification Last Straight Time and a Double Overtime Name Description Updated Hourly Half Time Provision ======EN-324-SWTD50-O 6/7/2017 Tower Crane & Derrick 50' or more w/ Oiler $64.84 $85.64 $106.44 H H D H H H D D Y comment make up day allowed 4 10s allowed M-Th with Friday makeup day because of bad weather ...... ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Operating Engineer Underground ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ EN-324A1-UC1 9/7/2017 Class I Equipment $55.54 $71.56 $87.57 H H H H H H H D Y Apprentice Rates: 0-999 hours $44.09 $55.30 $66.52 1,000-1,999 hours $45.68 $57.70 $69.70 2,000-2,999 hours $47.28 $60.09 $72.90 3,000-3,999 hours $48.88 $62.49 $76.10 4,000-4,999 hours $50.49 $64.91 $79.32 5,000-5,999 hours $52.09 $67.30 $82.52
...... EN-324A1-UC2 9/7/2017 Class II Equipment $50.81 $64.46 $78.11 H H H H H H H D Y
...... EN-324A1-UC3 9/7/2017 Class III Equipment $50.08 $63.37 $76.65 H H H H H H H D Y
...... EN-324A1-UC4 9/7/2017 Class IV Equipment $49.51 $62.52 $75.51 H H H H H H H D Y
...... EN-324A1-UMM 9/7/2017 Master Mechanic $55.79 $71.93 $88.07 H H H H H H H D Y
......
======Official Request #: 81 Official Rate Schedule Requestor: DTMB/DOC Every contractor and subcontractor shall keep posted Project Description: Macomb Correctional Facility Sliding Security Door on the construction site, in a conspicuous place, a copy of all prevailing wage and fringe benefit rates Project Number: File No. 472/16376.MNB – Index No. 30670 prescribed in a contract. County: Macomb Page 22 of 30 Official 2018 Commercial Prevailing Wage Rates for State Funded Projects Issue Date: 1/18/2018 Contract must be awarded by: 4/18/2018 Page 23 of 30 Classification Last Straight Time and a Double Overtime Name Description Updated Hourly Half Time Provision ======~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Painter ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ PT-22-P 10/3/2017 Painter $44.32 $57.60 $70.88 H H D H D D D D Y Apprentice Rates: Year 1 $31.04 $37.68 $44.32 Year 2 $33.70 $41.67 $49.64 Year 3 $36.35 $45.64 $54.94 Year 4 $40.34 $51.63 $62.92 comment make up day allowed Four 10s allowed Monday-Thursday with Friday makeup day if job down due to weather, holiday or other conditions beyond the control of the employer, 8 hours of repaint work performed on Sunday shall be paid time & one half rate ...... ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Painter - Sign Display ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ PT-591 12/12/2017 The trade jurisdiction consists of painting and other related surface $19.94 $29.93 $39.88 X X X X X X X D N finishing operations; lettering, and all operations so related; pictorial and graphic art work; screen process procedures; application of photographs, translates, refinished surface-type materials used in lieu of painted methods, display graphics; adhesive backed lettering and art work; sign hanging, sign installation, erection and construction; bulletin board construction; plastic sign fabrication; advertising displays and exhibits; and the preparing of surfaces for finishing of the same to include but not limited to application of filler of seams, grooves, nail and/or screw holes; and such area practices pertaining to the sign and display industry.
...... ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Pipe and Manhole Rehab ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ TM247 4/17/2015 General Laborer for rehab work or normal cleaning and cctv work-top $28.20 $38.20 H H H H H H H H N man, scaffold man, CCTV assistant, jetter-vac assistant
...... TM247-2 4/17/2015 Tap cutter/CCTV Tech/Grout Equipment Operator: unit driver and $32.70 $44.95 H H H H H H H H N operator of CCTV; grouting equipment and tap cutting equipment
......
======Official Request #: 81 Official Rate Schedule Requestor: DTMB/DOC Every contractor and subcontractor shall keep posted Project Description: Macomb Correctional Facility Sliding Security Door on the construction site, in a conspicuous place, a copy of all prevailing wage and fringe benefit rates Project Number: File No. 472/16376.MNB – Index No. 30670 prescribed in a contract. County: Statewide Page 23 of 30 Official 2018 Commercial Prevailing Wage Rates for State Funded Projects Issue Date: 1/18/2018 Contract must be awarded by: 4/18/2018 Page 24 of 30 Classification Last Straight Time and a Double Overtime Name Description Updated Hourly Half Time Provision ======TM247-3 4/17/2015 CCTV Technician/Combo Unit Operator: unit driver and operator of $31.45 $43.07 H H H H H H H H N cctv unit or combo unit in connection with normal cleaning and
...... TM247-4 4/17/2015 Boiler Operator: unit driver and operator of steam/water heater units $33.20 $45.70 H H H H H H H H N and all ancillary equipment associated
...... TM247-5 4/17/2015 Combo Unit driver & Jetter-Vac Operator $33.20 $45.70 H H H H H H H H N
...... TM247-6 4/17/2015 Pipe Bursting & Slip-lining Equipment Operator $34.20 $47.20 H H H H H H H H N
...... ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Pipefitter ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ PF-636 7/12/2016 Pipefitter, Steamfitter, Refrigeration & Air Conditioning Service $69.83 $91.03 $108.23 H H D H D D D D Y Apprentice Rates: 1st & 2nd periods $29.93 $38.28 $45.28 3rd period $31.93 $41.28 $49.28 4th period $33.18 $43.16 $51.78 5th period $34.43 $45.03 $54.28 6th period $35.68 $46.90 $56.78 7th period $36.93 $48.78 $59.28 8th period $37.93 $50.28 $61.28 9th period $38.93 $51.78 $63.28 10th period $40.36 $53.92 $66.14 comment Four 10s allowed during the week preceding, following and/or the week of a holiday.
......
======Official Request #: 81 Official Rate Schedule Requestor: DTMB/DOC Every contractor and subcontractor shall keep posted Project Description: Macomb Correctional Facility Sliding Security Door on the construction site, in a conspicuous place, a copy of all prevailing wage and fringe benefit rates Project Number: File No. 472/16376.MNB – Index No. 30670 prescribed in a contract. County: Macomb Page 24 of 30 Official 2018 Commercial Prevailing Wage Rates for State Funded Projects Issue Date: 1/18/2018 Contract must be awarded by: 4/18/2018 Page 25 of 30 Classification Last Straight Time and a Double Overtime Name Description Updated Hourly Half Time Provision ======~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Plasterer ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ BR1P 11/1/2012 Plasterer $45.04 $67.56 $90.08 H H H H H H H D N Apprentice Rates: 1st 6 months $32.11 $48.17 $64.22 2nd 6 months $33.40 $50.10 $66.80 3rd 6 months $34.69 $52.04 $69.38 4th 6 months $37.28 $55.92 $74.56 5th 6 months $39.87 $59.81 $79.74 6th 6 months $42.45 $63.68 $84.90 comment make up day allowed Saturday ...... PL67 9/8/2010 Plasterer $44.72 $60.11 $75.50 H H H X D D D D N Apprentice Rates: 1st 6 months $29.33 $37.02 $44.72 2nd 6 months $30.87 $39.34 $47.80 3rd 6 months $32.41 $41.64 $50.88 4th 6 months $35.49 $46.26 $57.04 5th 6 months $38.56 $51.16 $63.76 6th 6 months $41.64 $55.49 $69.34
......
======Official Request #: 81 Official Rate Schedule Requestor: DTMB/DOC Every contractor and subcontractor shall keep posted Project Description: Macomb Correctional Facility Sliding Security Door on the construction site, in a conspicuous place, a copy of all prevailing wage and fringe benefit rates Project Number: File No. 472/16376.MNB – Index No. 30670 prescribed in a contract. County: Macomb Page 25 of 30 Official 2018 Commercial Prevailing Wage Rates for State Funded Projects Issue Date: 1/18/2018 Contract must be awarded by: 4/18/2018 Page 26 of 30 Classification Last Straight Time and a Double Overtime Name Description Updated Hourly Half Time Provision ======~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Plumber ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ PL-98 7/18/2013 Plumber $64.45 $84.87 $101.29 H H D H D D D D Y Apprentice Rates: Period 1 $19.93 $26.43 $32.93 Period 2 $23.90 $31.40 $38.90 Period 3 $30.60 $39.19 $47.77 Period 4 $31.23 $40.13 $49.03 Period 5 $32.39 $41.87 $51.35 Period 6 $33.54 $43.59 $53.65 Period 7 $34.69 $45.32 $55.95 Period 8 $35.86 $47.07 $58.29 Period 9 $37.01 $48.80 $60.59 Period 10 $38.16 $50.53 $62.89 comment 4 tens allowed M-Th or T-F; OT of time and one half required on 11th & 12th hour of any ten hour days ...... ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Roofer ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ RO-149-WOM 9/27/2016 Commercial Roofer $55.93 $70.93 $85.93 X X H X X H H D N Apprentice Rates: new apprentice $37.34 $45.07 $52.80 Apprentice 1 $41.85 $49.81 $57.77 Apprentice 2 $42.36 $50.57 $58.79 Apprentice 3 $43.87 $52.84 $61.81 Apprentice 4 $45.37 $55.09 $64.81 Apprentice 5 $46.88 $57.35 $67.83 Apprentice 6 $48.29 $59.47 $70.65 Apprentice 7 $49.90 $61.89 $73.87 Apprentice 8 $51.41 $64.15 $76.89
...... ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Sewer Relining ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ SR-I 11/24/2015 Class I-Operator of audio visual CCTV system including remote in- $43.66 $59.01 $74.36 H H H H H H H D N ground cutter and other equipment used in conjunction with CCTV
======Official Request #: 81 Official Rate Schedule Requestor: DTMB/DOC Every contractor and subcontractor shall keep posted Project Description: Macomb Correctional Facility Sliding Security Door on the construction site, in a conspicuous place, a copy of all prevailing wage and fringe benefit rates Project Number: File No. 472/16376.MNB – Index No. 30670 prescribed in a contract. County: Statewide Page 26 of 30 Official 2018 Commercial Prevailing Wage Rates for State Funded Projects Issue Date: 1/18/2018 Contract must be awarded by: 4/18/2018 Page 27 of 30 Classification Last Straight Time and a Double Overtime Name Description Updated Hourly Half Time Provision ======
...... SR-II 11/24/2015 Class II-Operator of hot water heaters and circulation system; water $42.13 $56.72 $71.30 H H H H H H H D N jetters; and vacuum and mechanical debris removal systems and those assisting.
...... ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Sheet Metal Worker ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ SHM-80 7/27/2017 Sheet Metal Worker $65.75 $84.06 $102.36 H H D X D D D D Y Apprentice Rates: 1st & 2nd Periods $41.56 $49.80 $58.03 3rd & 4th Periods $43.39 $52.55 $61.69 5th & 6th Periods $45.21 $55.28 $65.33 7th & 8th Periods $47.06 $58.04 $69.03 comment A 4 10 schedule may be worked, 4 consecutive days Monday thru Friday...... SHM-80-A 10/4/2017 Architectural Sheet Metal Worker after 1,000 hours $44.98 $57.56 $70.13 H H D H D D D D Y Apprentice Rates: 1st 30 Working Days $26.67 $38.88 $51.08 >30 working days < 1000 hours $43.32 $55.53 $67.73
......
======Official Request #: 81 Official Rate Schedule Requestor: DTMB/DOC Every contractor and subcontractor shall keep posted Project Description: Macomb Correctional Facility Sliding Security Door on the construction site, in a conspicuous place, a copy of all prevailing wage and fringe benefit rates Project Number: File No. 472/16376.MNB – Index No. 30670 prescribed in a contract. County: Macomb Page 27 of 30 Official 2018 Commercial Prevailing Wage Rates for State Funded Projects Issue Date: 1/18/2018 Contract must be awarded by: 4/18/2018 Page 28 of 30 Classification Last Straight Time and a Double Overtime Name Description Updated Hourly Half Time Provision ======~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Sprinkler Fitter ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ SP 704 1/16/2018 Sprinkler Fitter $68.92 $87.93 $106.94 H H D H D D D D Y Apprentice Rates: 1st Period $29.55 $38.52 $47.27 2nd Period $45.16 $55.26 $65.10 3rd Period $47.32 $58.54 $69.48 4th Period $49.48 $61.82 $73.86 5th Period $51.64 $65.10 $78.22 6th Period $53.80 $68.38 $82.60 7th Period $55.96 $71.66 $86.98 8th Period $58.12 $74.95 $91.36 9th Period $60.28 $72.01 $87.44 10th Period $62.44 $81.50 $100.10 comment 4 ten hour days allowed Monday-Friday Double time pay due after 12 hours worked M-F ...... ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Terrazzo ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ BR1-TRF 10/17/2014 Terrazzo Finisher $43.97 $55.03 $66.08 H H D H D D D D Y Apprentice Rates: Level 1 $19.04 $25.12 $31.20 Level 2 $20.24 $26.92 $33.60 Level 3 $27.01 $33.96 $40.90 Level 4 $28.47 $36.14 $43.82 Level 5 $29.99 $37.84 $45.70 Level 6 $31.61 $39.86 $48.10 Level 7 $33.30 $41.59 $49.87 Level 8 $34.79 $43.48 $52.17 comment A four ten workweek may be worked Monday thru Thursday or Tuesday thru Friday.
......
======Official Request #: 81 Official Rate Schedule Requestor: DTMB/DOC Every contractor and subcontractor shall keep posted Project Description: Macomb Correctional Facility Sliding Security Door on the construction site, in a conspicuous place, a copy of all prevailing wage and fringe benefit rates Project Number: File No. 472/16376.MNB – Index No. 30670 prescribed in a contract. County: Macomb Page 28 of 30 Official 2018 Commercial Prevailing Wage Rates for State Funded Projects Issue Date: 1/18/2018 Contract must be awarded by: 4/18/2018 Page 29 of 30 Classification Last Straight Time and a Double Overtime Name Description Updated Hourly Half Time Provision ======BR1-TRW 10/17/2014 Terrazzo Worker $49.73 $63.67 $77.60 H H D H D D D D Y Apprentice Rates: Level 1 $25.14 $32.65 $40.15 Level 2 $28.20 $36.49 $44.78 Level 3 $33.41 $41.97 $50.53 Level 4 $36.15 $45.66 $55.17 Level 5 $38.42 $48.17 $57.92 Level 6 $42.07 $53.56 $65.05 Level 7 $42.74 $54.38 $66.02 Level 8 $43.67 $55.78 $67.88 comment A 4 ten workweek may be worked Monday thru Thursday or Tuesday thru Friday...... ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Tile ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ BR1-TF 10/17/2014 Tile Finisher $43.50 $54.32 $65.14 H H D H D D D D Y Apprentice Rates: Level 1 $19.04 $25.12 $31.20 Level 2 $20.24 $26.92 $33.60 Level 3 $27.01 $33.96 $40.90 Level 4 $28.47 $36.14 $43.82 Level 5 $29.99 $37.84 $45.70 Level 6 $31.61 $39.86 $48.10 Level 7 $33.30 $41.59 $49.87 Level 8 $34.79 $43.48 $52.17 comment A four ten workweek may be worked Monday thru Thursday or Tuesday thru Friday.
......
======Official Request #: 81 Official Rate Schedule Requestor: DTMB/DOC Every contractor and subcontractor shall keep posted Project Description: Macomb Correctional Facility Sliding Security Door on the construction site, in a conspicuous place, a copy of all prevailing wage and fringe benefit rates Project Number: File No. 472/16376.MNB – Index No. 30670 prescribed in a contract. County: Macomb Page 29 of 30 Official 2018 Commercial Prevailing Wage Rates for State Funded Projects Issue Date: 1/18/2018 Contract must be awarded by: 4/18/2018 Page 30 of 30 Classification Last Straight Time and a Double Overtime Name Description Updated Hourly Half Time Provision ======BR1-TL 10/17/2014 Tile Layer $49.68 $63.59 $77.50 H H D H D D D D Y Apprentice Rates: Level 1 $25.14 $32.65 $40.15 Level 2 $28.20 $36.49 $44.78 Level 3 $33.41 $41.97 $50.53 Level 4 $36.15 $45.66 $55.17 Level 5 $38.42 $48.17 $57.92 Level 6 $42.07 $53.56 $65.05 Level 7 $42.74 $54.38 $66.02 Level 8 $43.67 $55.78 $67.88 comment A four ten workweek may be worked Monday thru Thursday or Tuesday thru Friday.
...... ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Truck Driver ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ TM-RB1 6/7/2016 on all trucks of 8 cubic yard capacity or less (except dump trucks of 8 $44.10 $48.81 H H H H H H H H Y cubic yard capacity or over, tandem axle trucks, transit mix and semis, euclid type equipment, double bottoms and low boys)
...... TM-RB1A 6/7/2016 of all trucks of 8 cubic yard capacity or over $44.20 $48.96 H H H H H H H H Y
...... TM-RB1B 6/7/2016 on euclid type equipment $44.35 $49.19 H H H H H H H H Y make up day allowed ......
======Official Request #: 81 Official Rate Schedule Requestor: DTMB/DOC Every contractor and subcontractor shall keep posted Project Description: Macomb Correctional Facility Sliding Security Door on the construction site, in a conspicuous place, a copy of all prevailing wage and fringe benefit rates Project Number: File No. 472/16376.MNB – Index No. 30670 prescribed in a contract. County: Macomb Page 30 of 30 PARTNERS 17-136 EXISTING CONDITION INFORMATION 003119 - 1
DOCUMENT 003119 - EXISTING CONDITION INFORMATION
1.1 EXISTING CONDITION INFORMATION
A. This Document with its referenced attachments is part of the Procurement and Contracting Requirements for Project. They provide Owner's information for Bidders' convenience and are intended to supplement rather than serve in lieu of the Bidders' own investigations. They are made available for Bidders' convenience and information, but are not a warranty of existing conditions. This Document and its attachments are not part of the Contract Documents.
B. Existing drawings that include information on existing conditions including previous construction at Project site are available for viewing by digital download from the Architect.
C. Related Requirements:
1. Construction Manager’s Bidding Instructions which outline the Bidder's responsibilities for examination of Project site and existing conditions.
END OF DOCUMENT 003119
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING
PARTNERS 17-136 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 012500 - 1
SECTION 012500 - SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for substitutions.
B. Related Requirements:
1. Section 016000 "Product Requirements" for requirements for submitting comparable product submittals for products by listed manufacturers.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those required by the Contract Documents and proposed by Contractor.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Substitution Requests: Submit three copies of each request for consideration. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles.
1. Substitution Request Form: Use CSI Form 13.1A. 2. Documentation: Show compliance with requirements for substitutions and the following, as applicable:
a. Statement indicating why specified product or fabrication or installation cannot be provided, if applicable. b. Coordination information, including a list of changes or revisions needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separate contractors that will be necessary to accommodate proposed substitution. c. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed substitution with those of the Work specified. Include annotated copy of applicable Specification Section. Significant qualities may include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, sustainable design characteristics, warranties, and specific features and requirements indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the Work specified. d. Product Data, including drawings and descriptions of products and fabrication and installation procedures. e. Samples, where applicable or requested. f. Certificates and qualification data, where applicable or requested. g. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 012500 - 2
h. Material test reports from a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated. i. Research reports evidencing compliance with building code in effect for Project. j. Detailed comparison of Contractor's construction schedule using proposed substitution with products specified for the Work, including effect on the overall Contract Time. If specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the Contract Time, include letter from manufacturer, on manufacturer's letterhead, stating date of receipt of purchase order, lack of availability, or delays in delivery. k. Cost information, including a proposal of change, if any, in the Contract Sum. l. Contractor's certification that proposed substitution complies with requirements in the Contract Documents except as indicated in substitution request, is compatible with related materials, and is appropriate for applications indicated. m. Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently become necessary because of failure of proposed substitution to produce indicated results.
3. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within seven days of receipt of a request for substitution. Architect will notify Contractor of acceptance or rejection of proposed substitution within 15 days of receipt of request, or seven days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later.
a. Forms of Acceptance: Change Order, Construction Change Directive, or Architect's Supplemental Instructions for minor changes in the Work. b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a proposed substitution within time allocated.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed substitution with related products and materials. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Substitutions for Cause: Submit requests for substitution immediately on discovery of need for change, but not later than 15 days prior to time required for preparation and review of related submittals.
1. Conditions: Architect will consider Contractor's request for substitution when the following conditions are satisfied:
a. Requested substitution is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce indicated results. b. Requested substitution will not adversely affect Contractor's construction schedule. c. Requested substitution has received necessary approvals of authorities having jurisdiction. d. Requested substitution is compatible with other portions of the Work. e. Requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 012500 - 3
f. Requested substitution provides specified warranty. g. If requested substitution involves more than one contractor, requested substitution has been coordinated with other portions of the Work, is uniform and consistent, is compatible with other products, and is acceptable to all contractors involved.
B. Substitutions for Convenience: Not allowed.
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 012500
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING
PARTNERS 17-136 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 1
SECTION 013100 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Requests for Information (RFIs). 2. Project meetings.
B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 017300 "Execution" for procedures for coordinating general installation and field-engineering services, including establishment of benchmarks and control points.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. RFI: Request from Contractor seeking information required by or clarifications of the Contract Documents.
1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a special design. Include the following information in tabular form:
1. Name, address, and telephone number of entity performing subcontract or supplying products. 2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract. 3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract.
1.4 GENERAL COORDINATION PROCEDURES
A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations, included in different Sections that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation.
1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation. 2. Coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair. 3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.
B. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees at meetings.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 2
1. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their Work is required.
C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities and activities of other contractors to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Preparation of Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Preparation of the schedule of values. 3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls. 4. Delivery and processing of submittals. 5. Progress meetings. 6. Preinstallation conferences. 7. Project closeout activities. 8. Startup and adjustment of systems.
1.5 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFIs)
A. General: Immediately on discovery of the need for additional information or interpretation of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified.
1. Architect will return RFIs submitted to Architect by other entities controlled by Contractor with no response. 2. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor's work or work of subcontractors.
B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed, legible description of item needing information or interpretation and the following:
1. Project name. 2. Project number. 3. Date. 4. Name of Contractor. 5. Name of Architect. 6. RFI number, numbered sequentially. 7. RFI subject. 8. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs, as appropriate. 9. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 10. Field dimensions and conditions, as appropriate. 11. Contractor's suggested resolution. If Contractor's solution(s) impacts the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, Contractor shall state impact in the RFI. 12. Contractor's signature. 13. Attachments: Include sketches, descriptions, measurements, photos, Product Data, Shop Drawings, coordination drawings, and other information necessary to fully describe items needing interpretation.
C. RFI Forms: Software-generated form with substantially the same content as indicated above, acceptable to Architect.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 3
D. Architect's Action: Architect will review each RFI, determine action required, and respond. Allow seven working days for Architect's response for each RFI. RFIs received by Architect after 1:00 p.m. will be considered as received the following working day.
1. The following RFIs will be returned without action:
a. Requests for approval of submittals. b. Requests for approval of substitutions. c. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract Documents. d. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. e. Requests for interpretation of Architect's actions on submittals. f. Incomplete RFIs or inaccurately prepared RFIs.
2. Architect's action may include a request for additional information, in which case Architect's time for response will date from time of receipt of additional information. 3. Architect's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal according to Section 012600 "Contract Modification Procedures."
a. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum, notify Architect in writing within 10 days of receipt of the RFI response.
E. RFI Log: Prepare, maintain, and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number. Submit log weekly. Software log with not less than the following:
1. Project name. 2. Name and address of Contractor. 3. Name and address of Architect. 4. RFI number including RFIs that were dropped and not submitted. 5. RFI description. 6. Date the RFI was submitted. 7. Date Architect's response was received.
F. On receipt of Architect's action, update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response to affected parties. Review response and notify Architect within seven days if Contractor disagrees with response.
1. Identification of related Minor Change in the Work, Construction Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate. 2. Identification of related Field Order, Work Change Directive, and Proposal Request, as appropriate.
1.6 PROJECT MEETINGS
A. General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site unless otherwise indicated.
1. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and Architect of scheduled meeting dates and times. 2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 4
3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the meeting minutes to everyone concerned, including Owner and Architect, within three days of the meeting.
B. Preconstruction Conference: Architect will schedule and conduct a preconstruction conference before starting construction, at a time convenient to Owner and Architect, but no later than 15 days after execution of the Agreement.
1. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. Participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 2. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the following:
a. Tentative construction schedule. b. Phasing. c. Critical work sequencing and long-lead items. d. Designation of key personnel and their duties. e. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. f. Procedures for RFIs. g. Procedures for testing and inspecting. h. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment. i. Distribution of the Contract Documents. j. Submittal procedures. k. Preparation of record documents. l. Use of the premises and existing building. m. Work restrictions. n. Working hours. o. Owner's occupancy requirements. p. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls. q. Procedures for moisture and mold control. r. Procedures for disruptions and shutdowns. s. Construction waste management and recycling. t. Parking availability. u. Office, work, and storage areas. v. Equipment deliveries and priorities. w. First aid. x. Security. y. Progress cleaning.
3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record and distribute meeting minutes.
C. Preinstallation Conferences: Conduct a preinstallation conference at Project site before each construction activity that requires coordination with other construction.
1. Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or affected by the installation and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise Architect of scheduled meeting dates. 2. Agenda: Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular activity under consideration, including requirements for the following:
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 5
a. Contract Documents. b. Options. c. Related RFIs. d. Related Change Orders. e. Purchases. f. Deliveries. g. Submittals. h. Review of mockups. i. Possible conflicts. j. Compatibility problems. k. Time schedules. l. Weather limitations. m. Manufacturer's written instructions. n. Warranty requirements. o. Compatibility of materials. p. Acceptability of substrates. q. Temporary facilities and controls. r. Space and access limitations. s. Regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. t. Testing and inspecting requirements. u. Installation procedures. v. Coordination with other work. w. Required performance results. x. Protection of adjacent work. y. Protection of construction and personnel.
3. Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and disagreements, including required corrective measures and actions. 4. Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to other parties requiring information. 5. Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the Work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date.
D. Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at weekly intervals.
1. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner and Architect, each contractor, subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 2. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project.
a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to Contractor's construction schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 013100 - 6
1) Review schedule for next period.
b. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following:
1) Interface requirements. 2) Sequence of operations. 3) Status of submittals. 4) Deliveries. 5) Off-site fabrication. 6) Access. 7) Site utilization. 8) Temporary facilities and controls. 9) Progress cleaning. 10) Quality and work standards. 11) Status of correction of deficient items. 12) Field observations. 13) Status of RFIs. 14) Status of proposal requests. 15) Pending changes. 16) Status of Change Orders. 17) Pending claims and disputes. 18) Documentation of information for payment requests.
3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting the meeting will record and distribute the meeting minutes to each party present and to parties requiring information.
a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's construction schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 013100
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 1
SECTION 013300 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes requirements for the submittal schedule and administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other submittals.
B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for submitting operation and maintenance manuals. 2. Section 017839 "Project Record Documents" for submitting record Drawings, record Specifications, and record Product Data. 3. Section 017900 "Demonstration and Training" for submitting video recordings of demonstration of equipment and training of Owner's personnel.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that require Architect's responsive action.
B. Informational Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that do not require Architect's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Submittal Schedule: Submit a schedule of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates required by construction schedule. Include time required for review, ordering, manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates. Include additional time required for making corrections or revisions to submittals noted by Architect and additional time for handling and reviewing submittals required by those corrections.
1.4 SUBMITTAL ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
A. General: At Contractor's written request, copies of Architect's CAD files will be provided to Contractor for Contractor's use in connection with Project, subject to the following conditions:
1. Signing of a CAD Documents Transfer Agreement.
B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities.
1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 2
2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination.
a. Architect reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received.
C. Processing Time: Allow time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals, as follows. Time for review shall commence on Architect's receipt of submittal. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing, including resubmittals.
1. Initial Review: Allow 15 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow additional time if coordination with subsequent submittals is required. Architect will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. 2. Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary, process it in same manner as initial submittal. 3. Resubmittal Review: Allow 15 days for review of each resubmittal.
D. Paper Submittals: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal item for identification. 1. The Architect may accept electronic PDF submittals and the discretion of the Architect for specific specification sections. It will be a requirement of the Contract to provide (4) four hardcopy color prints (sizes per the original PDF), of which 3 copies are to be delivered to the Owner and 1 copy is to be delivered to the Architect.
2. Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block. 3. Provide a space approximately 6 by 8 inches on label or beside title block to record Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Architect. 4. Include the following information for processing and recording action taken:
a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name of Architect. d. Name of Contractor. e. Name of subcontractor. f. Name of supplier. g. Name of manufacturer. h. Submittal number or other unique identifier, including revision identifier.
1) Submittal number shall use Specification Section number followed by a decimal point and then a sequential number (e.g., 061000.01). Resubmittals shall include an alphabetic suffix after another decimal point (e.g., 061000.01.A).
i. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. j. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. k. Location(s) where product is to be installed, as appropriate. l. Other necessary identification.
5. Additional Paper Copies: Unless additional copies are required for final submittal, and unless Architect observes noncompliance with provisions in the Contract Documents, initial submittal may serve as final submittal.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 3
a. Submit one copy of submittal to concurrent reviewer in addition to specified number of copies to Architect.
6. Transmittal for Paper Submittals: Assemble each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form. Architect will return without review submittals received from sources other than Contractor.
a. Transmittal Form for Paper Submittals: Use facsimile of sample form included in Project Manual. b. Transmittal Form for Paper Submittals: Provide locations on form for the following information:
1) Project name. 2) Date. 3) Destination (To:). 4) Source (From:). 5) Name and address of Architect. 6) Name of Contractor. 7) Name of firm or entity that prepared submittal. 8) Names of subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier. 9) Category and type of submittal. 10) Submittal purpose and description. 11) Specification Section number and title. 12) Specification paragraph number or drawing designation and generic name for each of multiple items. 13) Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. 14) Indication of full or partial submittal. 15) Transmittal number, numbered consecutively. 16) Submittal and transmittal distribution record. 17) Remarks. 18) Signature of transmitter.
E. Options: Identify options requiring selection by Architect.
F. Deviations: Identify deviations from the Contract Documents on submittals.
G. Resubmittals: Make resubmittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal.
1. Note date and content of previous submittal. 2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent of revision. 3. Resubmit submittals until they are marked with approval notation from Architect's action stamp.
H. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms.
I. Use for Construction: Retain complete copies of submittals on Project site. Use only final action submittals that are marked with approval notation from Architect's action stamp.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 4
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES
A. General Submittal Procedure Requirements:
1. Action Submittals: Submit five paper copies of each submittal unless otherwise indicated. Architect will return two copies. 2. Informational Submittals: Submit two paper copies of each submittal unless otherwise indicated. Architect will not return copies. 3. Certificates and Certifications Submittals: Provide a statement that includes signature of entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that entity. a. Provide a notarized statement on original paper copy certificates and certifications where indicated.
B. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment.
1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard published data are not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data. 2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable. 3. Include the following information, as applicable:
a. Manufacturer's catalog cuts. b. Manufacturer's product specifications. c. Standard color charts. d. Statement of compliance with specified referenced standards. e. Testing by recognized testing agency. f. Application of testing agency labels and seals. g. Notation of coordination requirements. h. Availability and delivery time information. i. Operations and Manuals.
4. For equipment, include the following in addition to the above, as applicable:
a. Wiring diagrams showing factory-installed wiring. b. Printed performance curves. c. Operational range diagrams. d. Clearances required to other construction, if not indicated on accompanying Shop Drawings.
5. Submit Product Data before or concurrent with Samples. 6. Submit Product Data in the following format: a. Eight paper copies of Product Data unless otherwise indicated. Architect will return two copies.
C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 5
1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the following information, as applicable:
a. Identification of products. b. Schedules. c. Compliance with specified standards. d. Notation of coordination requirements. e. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. f. Relationship and attachment to adjoining construction clearly indicated. g. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified.
2. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches, but no larger than 24 by 36 inches. 3. Submit Shop Drawings in the following format: a. Seven opaque (bond) copies or one electronic copy of each submittal. Architect will return one hard copy or the electrical copy.
D. Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a check of these characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between submittal and actual component as delivered and installed.
1. Transmit Samples that contain multiple, related components such as accessories together in one submittal package. 2. Identification: Attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the following:
a. Generic description of Sample. b. Product name and name of manufacturer. c. Sample source. d. Number and title of applicable Specification Section. 3. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality-control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set.
a. Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individual Specification Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition at time of use. b. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as Owner's property, are the property of Contractor.
4. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available.
a. Number of Samples: Submit one full set(s) of available choices where color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from manufacturer's product line. Architect will return submittal with options selected.
5. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared from same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified, and physically identical with material or product proposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, the following: partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 6
materials; swatches showing color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection.
a. Number of Samples: Submit three sets of Samples. Architect will retain two Sample sets; remainder will be returned.
1) If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in material or product represented by a Sample, submit at least three sets of paired units that show approximate limits of variations.
E. Product Schedule: As required in individual Specification Sections, prepare a written summary indicating types of products required for the Work and their intended location. Include the following information in tabular form:
1. Submit product schedule in the following format: a. Three paper copies of product schedule or list unless otherwise indicated. Architect will return one copy.
F. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Comply with requirements specified in Section 013200 "Construction Progress Documentation."
G. Test and Inspection Reports and Schedule of Tests and Inspections Submittals: Comply with requirements specified in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements."
H. Closeout Submittals and Maintenance Material Submittals: Comply with requirements specified in Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures."
I. Maintenance Data: Comply with requirements specified in Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data."
J. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, contact information of architects and owners, and other information specified.
K. Installer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that Installer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and, where required, is authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project.
L. Manufacturer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required.
M. Product Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.
N. Material Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 7
O. Material Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents.
P. Product Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating that current product produced by manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency.
Q. Research Reports: Submit written evidence, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building code in effect for Project.
R. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Comply with requirements specified in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements."
S. Preconstruction Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of tests performed before installation of product, for compliance with performance requirements in the Contract Documents.
T. Compatibility Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed before installation of product. Include written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion.
U. Field Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either during installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents.
V. Design Data: Prepare and submit written and graphic information, including, but not limited to, performance and design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and calculations. Include list of assumptions and other performance and design criteria and a summary of loads. Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for calculations. Include page numbers.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW
A. Action and Informational Submittals: Review each submittal and check for coordination with other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect.
B. Project Closeout and Maintenance Material Submittals: See requirements in Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures."
C. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 013300 - 8
3.2 ARCHITECT'S ACTION
A. General: Architect will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval stamp and will return them without action.
B. Action Submittals: Architect will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or modifications required, and return it. Architect will stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action taken, as follows: 1. No comments noted 2. Comments Noted 3. Revise and send record copies 4. Resubmit information 5. Rejected
C. Informational Submittals: Architect will review each submittal and will not return it, or will return it if it does not comply with requirements. Architect will forward each submittal to appropriate party.
D. Incomplete submittals are unacceptable, will be considered nonresponsive, and will be returned for resubmittal without review.
E. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may not be reviewed and may be discarded.
END OF SECTION 013300
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES 013516 - 1
SECTION 013516 - ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes special procedures for alteration work.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Alteration Work: This term includes remodeling, renovation, repair, and maintenance work performed within existing spaces or on existing surfaces as part of the Project.
B. Consolidate: To strengthen loose or deteriorated materials in place.
C. Design Reference Sample: A sample that represents the Architect's prebid selection of work to be matched; it may be existing work or work specially produced for the Project.
D. Dismantle: To remove by disassembling or detaching an item from a surface, using gentle methods and equipment to prevent damage to the item and surfaces; disposing of items unless indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled.
E. Match: To blend with adjacent construction and manifest no apparent difference in material type, species, cut, form, detail, color, grain, texture, or finish; as approved by Architect.
F. Refinish: To remove existing finishes to base material and apply new finish to match original, or as otherwise indicated.
G. Repair: To correct damage and defects, retaining existing materials, features, and finishes. This includes patching, piecing-in, splicing, consolidating, or otherwise reinforcing or upgrading materials.
H. Replace: To remove, duplicate, and reinstall entire item with new material. The original item is the pattern for creating duplicates unless otherwise indicated.
I. Replicate: To reproduce in exact detail, materials, and finish unless otherwise indicated.
J. Reproduce: To fabricate a new item, accurate in detail to the original, and from either the same or a similar material as the original, unless otherwise indicated.
K. Retain: To keep existing items that are not to be removed or dismantled.
L. Strip: To remove existing finish down to base material unless otherwise indicated.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES 013516 - 2
1.3 PROJECT MEETINGS FOR ALTERATION WORK
A. Preliminary Conference for Alteration Work: Before starting alteration work, Architect and Construction Manager will conduct conference at each Project site.
1. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner, Construction Manager, Architect, and Contractor and Environmental Engineer shall be represented at the meeting. 2. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress of alteration work, including review of the following:
a. Fire-prevention plan. b. Governing regulations. c. Areas where existing construction is to remain and the required protection. d. Sequence of alteration work operations. e. Storage, protection, and accounting for salvaged and specially fabricated items. f. Existing conditions, staging, and structural loading limitations of areas where materials are stored.
3. Reporting: General Contractor will record conference results and distribute copies to everyone in attendance and to others affected by decisions or actions resulting from conference.
B. Coordination Meetings: Conduct coordination meetings specifically for alteration work at intervals determined by General Contractor, but not greater than twice a month. Coordination meetings are in addition to specific meetings held for other purposes, such as progress meetings and preinstallation conferences.
1. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous coordination meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress of alteration work. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project. 2. Reporting: Record meeting results and distribute copies to everyone in attendance and to others affected by decisions or actions resulting from each meeting.
1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP
A. Historic items, relics, and similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones and their contents, commemorative plaques and tablets, antiques, and other items of interest or value to Owner that may be encountered or uncovered during the Work, regardless of whether they were previously documented, remain Owner's property.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Alteration Work Program: Prepare a written plan for alteration work for whole Project, including each phase or process and protection of surrounding materials during operations. Show compliance with indicated methods and procedures specified in this and other Sections. Coordinate this whole-Project alteration work program with specific requirements of programs required in other alteration work Sections.
1. Dust and Noise Control: Include locations of proposed temporary dust- and noise-control partitions and means of egress from occupied areas coordinated with continuing on-site operations and other known work in progress.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES 013516 - 3
2. Debris Hauling: Include plans clearly marked to show debris hauling routes, turning radii, and locations and details of temporary protective barriers.
B. Fire-Prevention Plan: Prepare a written plan for preventing fires during the Work, including placement of fire extinguishers, fire blankets, rag buckets, and other fire-control devices during each phase or process. Coordinate plan with Owner's fire-protection equipment and requirements. Include fire-watch personnel's training, duties, and authority to enforce fire safety.
C. Safety and Health Standard: Comply with ANSI/ASSE A10.6.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS - (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PROTECTION
A. Protect persons, motor vehicles, surrounding surfaces of building, building site, plants, and surrounding buildings from harm resulting from alteration work.
1. Use only proven protection methods, appropriate to each area and surface being protected. 2. Provide temporary barricades, barriers, and directional signage to exclude the public from areas where alteration work is being performed. 3. Erect temporary barriers to form and maintain fire-egress routes. 4. Erect temporary protective covers over walkways and at points of pedestrian and vehicular entrance and exit that must remain in service during alteration work. 5. Contain dust and debris generated by alteration work, and prevent it from reaching the public or adjacent surfaces. 6. Provide shoring, bracing, and supports as necessary. Do not overload structural elements. 7. Protect floors and other surfaces along hauling routes from damage, wear, and staining. 8. Provide supplemental sound-control treatment to isolate demolition work from other areas of the building.
B. Temporary Protection of Materials to Remain:
1. Protect existing materials with temporary protections and construction. Do not remove existing materials unless otherwise indicated. 2. Do not attach temporary protection to existing surfaces except as indicated as part of the alteration work program.
C. Comply with each product manufacturer's written instructions for protections and precautions. Protect against adverse effects of products and procedures on people and adjacent materials, components, and vegetation.
D. Utility and Communications Services:
1. Notify Owner, Architect, authorities having jurisdiction, and entities owning or controlling wires, conduits, pipes, and other services affected by alteration work before commencing operations.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES 013516 - 4
2. Disconnect and cap pipes and services as required by authorities having jurisdiction, as required for alteration work. 3. Maintain existing services unless otherwise indicated; keep in service, and protect against damage during operations. Provide temporary services during interruptions to existing utilities.
E. Existing Drains: Prior to the start of work in an area, test drainage system to ensure that it is functioning properly. Notify Architect immediately of inadequate drainage or blockage. Do not begin work in an area until the drainage system is functioning properly.
1. Prevent solids such as adhesive or mortar residue or other debris from entering the drainage system. Clean out drains and drain lines that become sluggish or blocked by sand or other materials resulting from alteration work. 2. Protect drains from pollutants. Block drains or filter out sediments, allowing only clean water to pass.
F. Existing Roofing: Prior to the start of work in an area, install roofing protection where any work is to occur.
3.2 PROTECTION FROM FIRE
A. General: Follow fire-prevention plan and the following:
1. Comply with NFPA 241 requirements unless otherwise indicated. 2. Remove and keep area free of combustibles, including rubbish, paper, waste, and chemicals, unless necessary for the immediate work.
a. If combustible material cannot be removed, provide fire blankets to cover such materials.
B. Heat-Generating Equipment and Combustible Materials: Comply with the following procedures while performing work with heat-generating equipment or combustible materials, including welding, torch-cutting, soldering, brazing, removing paint with heat, or other operations where open flames or implements using high heat or combustible solvents and chemicals are anticipated:
1. Obtain Owner's approval for operations involving use of welding or other high-heat equipment. Use of open-flame equipment is not permitted. Notify Owner at least 72 hours before each occurrence, indicating location of such work. 2. As far as practicable, restrict heat-generating equipment to shop areas or outside the building. 3. Do not perform work with heat-generating equipment in or near rooms or in areas where flammable liquids or explosive vapors are present or thought to be present. Use a combustible gas indicator test to ensure that the area is safe. 4. Use fireproof baffles to prevent flames, sparks, hot gases, or other high-temperature material from reaching surrounding combustible material. 5. Prevent the spread of sparks and particles of hot metal through open windows, doors, holes, and cracks in floors, walls, ceilings, roofs, and other openings. 6. Fire Watch: Before working with heat-generating equipment or combustible materials, station personnel to serve as a fire watch at each location where such work is performed. Fire-watch personnel shall have the authority to enforce fire safety. Station fire watch according to NFPA 51B, NFPA 241, and as follows:
a. Train each fire watch in the proper operation of fire-control equipment and alarms.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES 013516 - 5
b. Prohibit fire-watch personnel from other work that would be a distraction from fire-watch duties. c. Cease work with heat-generating equipment whenever fire-watch personnel are not present. d. Maintain fire-watch personnel at each area of Project site until 60 minutes after conclusion of daily work.
C. Fire-Control Devices: Provide and maintain fire extinguishers, fire blankets, and rag buckets for disposal of rags with combustible liquids. Maintain each as suitable for the type of fire risk in each work area. Ensure that nearby personnel and the fire-watch personnel are trained in fire-extinguisher and blanket use.
D. Sprinklers: Where sprinkler protection exists and is functional, maintain it without interruption while operations are being performed. If operations are performed close to sprinklers, shield them temporarily with guards.
1. Remove temporary guards at the end of work shifts, whenever operations are paused, and when nearby work is complete.
3.3 PROTECTION DURING APPLICATION OF CHEMICALS
A. Protect motor vehicles, surrounding surfaces of building, building site, plants, and surrounding buildings from harm or spillage resulting from applications of chemicals and adhesives.
B. Cover adjacent surfaces with protective materials that are proven to resist chemicals selected for Project unless chemicals being used will not damage adjacent surfaces as indicated in alteration work program. Use covering materials and masking agents that are waterproof and UV resistant and that will not stain or leave residue on surfaces to which they are applied. Apply protective materials according to manufacturer's written instructions. Do not apply liquid masking agents or adhesives to painted or porous surfaces. When no longer needed, promptly remove protective materials.
C. Do not apply chemicals during winds of sufficient force to spread them to unprotected surfaces.
D. Neutralize alkaline and acid wastes and legally dispose of off Owner's property.
E. Collect and dispose of runoff from chemical operations by legal means and in a manner that prevents soil contamination, soil erosion, undermining of paving and foundations, damage to landscaping, or water penetration into building interior.
3.4 GENERAL ALTERATION WORK
A. Record existing work before each procedure (preconstruction), and record progress during the work.
B. Perform surveys of Project site as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from alterations.
C. Notify Architect of visible changes in the integrity of material or components whether from environmental causes including biological attack, UV degradation, freezing, or thawing or from structural defects including cracks, movement, or distortion.
1. Do not proceed with the work in question until directed by Architect.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 ALTERATION PROJECT PROCEDURES 013516 - 6
END OF SECTION 013516
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 1
SECTION 014000 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control.
B. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements.
1. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's other quality-assurance and -control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 2. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-assurance and -control services required by Architect, Owner, Construction Manager, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section.
C. Related Sections:
1. Divisions 02 through 49 Sections for specific test and inspection requirements.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed construction will comply with requirements.
B. Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and completed construction comply with requirements. Services do not include contract enforcement activities performed by Architect or Construction Manager.
C. Preconstruction Testing: Tests and inspections performed specifically for the Project before products and materials are incorporated into the Work to verify performance or compliance with specified criteria.
D. Product Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed by an NRTL, an NVLAP, or a testing agency qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, to establish product performance and compliance with specified requirements.
E. Source Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed at the source, i.e., plant, mill, factory, or shop.
F. Field Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed on-site for installation of the Work and for completed Work.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 2
G. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency.
H. Installer/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations.
1. Use of trade-specific terminology in referring to a trade or entity does not require that certain construction activities be performed by accredited or unionized individuals, or that requirements specified apply exclusively to specific trade or trades.
I. Experienced: When used with an entity or individual, "experienced" means having successfully completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in nature, size, and extent to this Project; being familiar with special requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
1.3 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS
A. Referenced Standards: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer conflicting requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Architect for a decision before proceeding.
B. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Architect for a decision before proceeding.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Testing Agency Qualifications: For testing agencies specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include proof of qualifications in the form of a recent report on the inspection of the testing agency by a recognized authority.
1.5 REPORTS AND DOCUMENTS
A. Test and Inspection Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports specified in other Sections. Include the following:
1. Date of issue. 2. Project title and number. 3. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency. 4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. 5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections. 6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method. 7. Identification of product and Specification Section. 8. Complete test or inspection data.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 3
9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results. 10. Record of temperature and weather conditions at time of sample taking and testing and inspecting. 11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with the Contract Document requirements. 12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. 13. Recommendations on retesting and reinspecting.
B. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following:
1. Name, address, and telephone number of representative making report. 2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product. 3. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken. 4. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 5. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections.
C. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents, established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. General: Qualifications paragraphs in this article establish the minimum qualification levels required; individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements.
B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units.
C. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units.
D. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance.
E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the system, assembly, or product that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent.
F. Specialists: Certain Specification Sections require that specific construction activities shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 4
1. Requirements of authorities having jurisdiction shall supersede requirements for specialists.
G. Testing Agency Qualifications: An NRTL, an NVLAP, or an independent agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 329; and with additional qualifications specified in individual Sections; and where required by authorities having jurisdiction, that is acceptable to authorities.
1. NRTL: A nationally recognized testing laboratory according to 29 CFR 1910.7. 2. NVLAP: A testing agency accredited according to NIST's National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program.
H. Manufacturer's Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to observe and inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.
I. Preconstruction Testing: Where testing agency is indicated to perform preconstruction testing for compliance with specified requirements for performance and test methods, comply with the following:
1. Contractor responsibilities include the following:
a. Provide test specimens representative of proposed products and construction. b. Submit specimens in a timely manner with sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work. c. Build laboratory mockups at testing facility using personnel, products, and methods of construction indicated for the completed Work. d. When testing is complete, remove test specimens, assemblies, mockups, and laboratory mockups; do not reuse products on Project.
2. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Submit a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-assurance service to Architect, through Construction Manager, with copy to Contractor. Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents.
1.7 QUALITY CONTROL
A. Owner Responsibilities: Where quality-control services are indicated on the on the drawings and/or the specifications as Owner's responsibility, Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services.
1. Owner will furnish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of testing agencies engaged and a description of types of testing and inspecting they are engaged to perform. 2. Costs for retesting and reinspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor, and the Contract Sum will be adjusted by Change Order.
B. Contractor Responsibilities: Tests and inspections as indicated on the drawings and specifications and not explicitly assigned to Owner are Contractor's responsibility. Perform additional quality-control activities required to verify that the Work complies with requirements, whether specified or not.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 5
1. Where services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, engage a qualified testing agency to perform these quality-control services.
a. Contractor shall not employ same entity engaged by Owner, unless agreed to in writing by Owner.
2. Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or inspecting will be performed. 3. Where quality-control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality-control service. 4. Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents are Contractor's responsibility. 5. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction, when they so direct.
C. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a manufacturer's representative to observe and inspect the Work. Manufacturer's representative's services include examination of substrates and conditions, verification of materials, inspection of completed portions of the Work, and submittal of written reports.
D. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents.
E. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Contractor in performance of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections.
1. Notify Architect, Construction Manager, and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 2. Determine the location from which test samples will be taken and in which in-situ tests are conducted. 3. Conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements. 4. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar quality-control service through Contractor. 5. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase the Contract Document requirements or approve or accept any portion of the Work. 6. Do not perform any duties of Contractor.
F. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality- control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following:
1. Access to the Work. 2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections. 3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and inspecting. Assist agency in obtaining samples. 4. Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples. 5. Delivery of samples to testing agencies. 6. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing agency. 7. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at Project site.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 014000 - 6
G. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-assurance and -control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting.
1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities.
1.8 SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
A. Special Tests and Inspections: Conducted by a qualified testing agency as required by authorities having jurisdiction, as indicated in individual Specification Sections and as follows:
1. Verifying that manufacturer maintains detailed fabrication and quality-control procedures and reviewing the completeness and adequacy of those procedures to perform the Work. 2. Notifying Architect, Construction Manager, and Contractor promptly of irregularities and deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 3. Submitting a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-control service to Architect, through Construction Manager, with copy to Contractor and to authorities having jurisdiction. 4. Submitting a final report of special tests and inspections at Substantial Completion, which includes a list of unresolved deficiencies. 5. Interpreting tests and inspections and stating in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents. 6. Retesting and reinspecting corrected work.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 REPAIR AND PROTECTION
A. General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes.
1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Specification Sections or matching existing substrates and finishes. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for cutting and patching in Division 01 Section "Execution."
B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities.
C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality-control services.
END OF SECTION 014000
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 REFERENCES 014200 - 1
SECTION 014200 - REFERENCES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 DEFINITIONS
A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract.
B. "Approved": When used to convey Architect's action on Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, "approved" is limited to Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract.
C. "Directed": A command or instruction by Architect. Other terms including "requested," "authorized," "selected," "required," and "permitted" have the same meaning as "directed."
D. "Indicated": Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings, in Specifications, and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" have the same meaning as "indicated."
E. "Regulations": Laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, and rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work.
F. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations.
G. "Install": Operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations.
H. "Provide": Furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use.
I. "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built.
1.2 INDUSTRY STANDARDS
A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference.
B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents unless otherwise indicated.
C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 REFERENCES 014200 - 2
1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain copies directly from publication source.
1.3 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS
A. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities indicated in Thomson Gale's "Encyclopedia of Associations" or in Columbia Books' "National Trade & Professional Associations of the U.S."
B. Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list.
AA Aluminum Association, Inc. (The)
AAADM American Association of Automatic Door Manufacturers
AABC Associated Air Balance Council
AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association
AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
AATCC American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists
ABAA Air Barrier Association of America
ABMA American Bearing Manufacturers Association
ACI American Concrete Institute
ACPA American Concrete Pipe Association
AEIC Association of Edison Illuminating Companies, Inc. (The)
AF&PA American Forest & Paper Association
AGA American Gas Association
AGC Associated General Contractors of America (The)
AI Asphalt Institute
AIA American Institute of Architects (The)
AISC American Institute of Steel Construction
AISI American Iron and Steel Institute
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 REFERENCES 014200 - 3
AITC American Institute of Timber Construction
ALCA Associated Landscape Contractors of America (Now PLANET - Professional Landcare Network)
ALSC American Lumber Standard Committee, Incorporated
AMCA Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc.
ANSI American National Standards Institute
AOSA Association of Official Seed Analysts, Inc.
APA Architectural Precast Association
APA APA - The Engineered Wood Association
APA EWS APA - The Engineered Wood Association; Engineered Wood Systems (See APA - The Engineered Wood Association)
API American Petroleum Institute
ARI Air-Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute
ARMA Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association
ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers
ASCE/SEI American Society of Civil Engineers/Structural Engineering Institute (See ASCE)
ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers
ASME ASME International (American Society of Mechanical Engineers International)
ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering
ASTM ASTM International (American Society for Testing and Materials International)
AWCI Association of the Wall and Ceiling Industry
AWCMA American Window Covering Manufacturers Association (Now WCMA)
AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute
AWPA American Wood Protection Association (Formerly: American Wood Preservers' Association)
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 REFERENCES 014200 - 4
AWS American Welding Society
AWWA American Water Works Association
BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association
BIA Brick Industry Association (The)
BICSI BICSI, Inc.
BIFMA BIFMA International (Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturer's Association International)
BISSC Baking Industry Sanitation Standards Committee
BWF Badminton World Federation (Formerly: IBF - International Badminton Federation)
CCC Carpet Cushion Council
CDA Copper Development Association
CEA Canadian Electricity Association
CEA Consumer Electronics Association
CFFA Chemical Fabrics & Film Association, Inc.
CGA Compressed Gas Association
CIMA Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association
CISCA Ceilings & Interior Systems Construction Association
CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute
CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute
CRRC Cool Roof Rating Council
CPA Composite Panel Association
CPPA Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe Association
CRI Carpet and Rug Institute (The)
CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute
CSA Canadian Standards Association
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 REFERENCES 014200 - 5
CSA CSA International (Formerly: IAS - International Approval Services)
CSI Cast Stone Institute
CSI Construction Specifications Institute (The)
CSSB Cedar Shake & Shingle Bureau
CTI Cooling Technology Institute (Formerly: Cooling Tower Institute)
DHI Door and Hardware Institute
EIA Electronic Industries Alliance
EIMA EIFS Industry Members Association
EJCDC Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee
EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc.
ESD ESD Association (Electrostatic Discharge Association)
ETL SEMCO Intertek ETL SEMCO (Formerly: ITS - Intertek Testing Service NA)
FIBA Federation Internationale de Basketball (The International Basketball Federation)
FIVB Federation Internationale de Volleyball (The International Volleyball Federation)
FM Approvals FM Approvals LLC
FM Global FM Global (Formerly: FMG - FM Global)
FMRC Factory Mutual Research (Now FM Global)
FRSA Florida Roofing, Sheet Metal & Air Conditioning Contractors Association, Inc.
FSA Fluid Sealing Association
FSC Forest Stewardship Council
GA Gypsum Association
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 REFERENCES 014200 - 6
GANA Glass Association of North America
GRI (Part of GSI)
GS Green Seal
GSI Geosynthetic Institute
HI Hydraulic Institute
HI Hydronics Institute
HMMA Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association (Part of NAAMM)
HPVA Hardwood Plywood & Veneer Association
HPW H. P. White Laboratory, Inc.
IAS International Approval Services (Now CSA International)
IBF International Badminton Federation (Now BWF)
ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association, Inc.
ICRI International Concrete Repair Institute, Inc.
IEC International Electrotechnical Commission
IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (The)
IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of North America
IEST Institute of Environmental Sciences and Technology
IGCC Insulating Glass Certification Council
IGMA Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance
ILI Indiana Limestone Institute of America, Inc.
ISO International Organization for Standardization Available from ANSI
ISSFA International Solid Surface Fabricators Association
ITS Intertek Testing Service NA
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 REFERENCES 014200 - 7
(Now ETL SEMCO)
ITU International Telecommunication Union
KCMA Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association
LMA Laminating Materials Association (Now part of CPA)
LPI Lightning Protection Institute
MBMA Metal Building Manufacturers Association
MFMA Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association, Inc.
MFMA Metal Framing Manufacturers Association, Inc.
MH Material Handling (Now MHIA)
MHIA Material Handling Industry of America
MIA Marble Institute of America
MPI Master Painters Institute
MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and Fittings Industry Inc.
NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers
NACE NACE International (National Association of Corrosion Engineers International)
NADCA National Air Duct Cleaners Association
NAGWS National Association for Girls and Women in Sport
NAIMA North American Insulation Manufacturers Association
NBGQA National Building Granite Quarries Association, Inc.
NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association
NCPI National Clay Pipe Institute
NCTA National Cable & Telecommunications Association
NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau
NECA National Electrical Contractors Association
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 REFERENCES 014200 - 8
NeLMA Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers' Association
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association
NETA InterNational Electrical Testing Association
NFHS National Federation of State High School Associations
NFPA NFPA (National Fire Protection Association)
NFRC National Fenestration Rating Council
NGA National Glass Association
NHLA National Hardwood Lumber Association
NLGA National Lumber Grades Authority
NOFMA NOFMA: The Wood Flooring Manufacturers Association (Formerly: National Oak Flooring Manufacturers Association)
NOMMA National Ornamental & Miscellaneous Metals Association
NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association
NRMCA National Ready Mixed Concrete Association
NSF NSF International (National Sanitation Foundation International)
NSSGA National Stone, Sand & Gravel Association
NTMA National Terrazzo & Mosaic Association, Inc. (The)
NTRMA National Tile Roofing Manufacturers Association (Now TRI)
NWWDA National Wood Window and Door Association (Now WDMA)
OPL Omega Point Laboratories, Inc. (Now ITS)
PCI Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute
PDCA Painting & Decorating Contractors of America
PDI Plumbing & Drainage Institute
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 REFERENCES 014200 - 9
PGI PVC Geomembrane Institute
PLANET Professional Landcare Network (Formerly: ACLA - Associated Landscape Contractors of America)
PTI Post-Tensioning Institute
RCSC Research Council on Structural Connections
RFCI Resilient Floor Covering Institute
RIS Redwood Inspection Service
SAE SAE International
SDI Steel Deck Institute
SDI Steel Door Institute
SEFA Scientific Equipment and Furniture Association
SEI/ASCE Structural Engineering Institute/American Society of Civil Engineers (See ASCE)
SGCC Safety Glazing Certification Council
SWRI Sealant, Waterproofing, & Restoration Institute
UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc.
C. Code Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list.
IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials
ICC International Code Council
ICC-ES ICC Evaluation Service, Inc.
D. State Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.
MBC Michigan Building Code 2015
MDOT Michigan Department of Transportation
DLEG Michigan Department of Labor and Economic Growth
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 REFERENCES 014200 - 10
BCC Michigan Bureau of Construction Codes
BFS Michigan Bureau of Fire Safety
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 014200
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 1
SECTION 016000 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selection of products for use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties on products; special warranties; and comparable products.
1.2 DEFINITIONS
A. Products: Items obtained for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent.
1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature, that is current as of date of the Contract Documents. 2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new products. 3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal process to have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product.
B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: A specification in which a specific manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words "basis-of-design product," including make or model number or other designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical properties, appearance, and other characteristics for purposes of evaluating comparable products of additional manufacturers named in the specification.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Comparable Product Requests: Submit request for consideration of each comparable product. Identify product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. Include Specification Section number and title and Drawing numbers and titles.
1. Architect's Action: If necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for evaluation within one week of receipt of a comparable product request. Architect will notify Contractor of approval or rejection of proposed comparable product request within 15 days of receipt of request, or seven days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever is later.
a. Form of Approval: As specified in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures." b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a comparable product request within time allocated.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 2
B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification Submittal: Comply with requirements in Section 013300 "Submittal Procedures." Show compliance with requirements.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project, select product compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected products were also options.
1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft and vandalism. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Delivery and Handling:
1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. 2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses. 3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing. 4. Inspect products on delivery to determine compliance with the Contract Documents and to determine that products are undamaged and properly protected.
C. Storage:
1. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. 2. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure. 3. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weathertight enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. 4. Protect foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment. 5. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage. 6. Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing.
1.6 PRODUCT WARRANTIES
A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents.
1. Manufacturer's Warranty: Written warranty furnished by individual manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 3
2. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by the Contract Documents to provide specific rights for Owner.
B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution.
1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific information and properly executed. 2. Specified Form: When specified forms are included with the Specifications, prepare a written document using indicated form properly executed. 3. Refer to other Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements for submitting special warranties.
C. Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures."
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES
A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, are new at time of installation.
1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect. 2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects. 3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents. 4. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Architect will make selection. 5. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish salient characteristics of products.
B. Product Selection Procedures:
1. Product: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer and product, provide the named product that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. 2. Manufacturer/Source: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer or source, provide a product by the named manufacturer or source that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. 3. Products:
a. Restricted List: Where Specifications include a list of names of both manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered.
4. Manufacturers:
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 016000 - 4
a. Restricted List: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered.
5. Basis-of-Design Product: Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a product indicated on Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an unnamed product by one of the other named manufacturers.
C. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require "match Architect's sample", provide a product that complies with requirements and matches Architect's sample. Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches.
1. If no product available within specified category matches and complies with other specified requirements, comply with requirements in Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" for proposal of product.
D. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range" or similar phrase, select a product that complies with requirements. Architect will select color, gloss, pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's product line that includes both standard and premium items.
2.2 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS
A. Conditions for Consideration: Architect will consider Contractor's request for comparable product when the following conditions are satisfied. If the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect may return requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements:
1. Evidence that the proposed product does not require revisions to the Contract Documents, that it is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the indicated results, and that it is compatible with other portions of the Work. 2. Detailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, and specific features and requirements indicated. 3. Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty. 4. List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names and addresses of architects and owners, if requested. 5. Samples, if requested.
PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION 016000
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 EXECUTION 017300 - 1
SECTION 017300 - EXECUTION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes general administrative and procedural requirements governing execution of the Work including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Construction layout. 2. Field surveying. 3. Installation of the Work. 4. Cutting and patching. 5. Coordination of Owner-installed products. 6. Progress cleaning. 7. Starting and adjusting. 8. Protection of installed construction. 9. Correction of the Work.
B. Related Sections:
1. Division 01 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting final property survey with Project Record Documents, recording of Owner-accepted deviations from indicated lines and levels, and final cleaning.
1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE
1. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety.
2. Other Construction Elements: Do not cut and patch other construction elements or components in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety.
3. Visual Elements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch exposed construction in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 EXECUTION 017300 - 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. In-Place Materials: Use materials for patching identical to in-place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible.
1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will provide a match acceptable to the Architect for the visual and functional performance of in-place materials.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning site work, investigate and verify the existence and location of underground utilities, mechanical and electrical systems, and other construction affecting the Work. Engage a private utility contracting service to perform investigations.
1. Before construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of connection of sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and water-service piping; underground electrical services, and other utilities. 2. Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed by public utilities serving Project site.
B. Examination and Acceptance of Conditions: Before proceeding with each component of the Work, examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations with photographic documentation within 5 days of examination.
1. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers. 2. Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation. 3. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are to be installed. 4. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 EXECUTION 017300 - 3
B. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings.
C. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents caused by differing field conditions outside the control of the Contractor, submit a request for information to Architect according to requirements in Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination."
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated.
1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level. 2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance and ease of removal for replacement. 3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated.
C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion.
D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy.
E. Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce harmful noise levels.
F. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements.
G. Attachment: Provide blocking and attachment plates and anchors and fasteners of adequate size and number to securely anchor each component in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work. Where size and type of attachments are not indicated, verify size and type required for load conditions.
1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights directed by Architect. 2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction. 3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation.
H. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 EXECUTION 017300 - 4
I. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not considered hazardous.
3.4 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Cutting and Patching, General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay.
1. Cut in-place construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition.
B. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut.
C. Protection: Protect in-place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations.
D. Adjacent Occupied Areas: Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas.
E. Cutting: Cut in-place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations.
1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots neatly to minimum size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2. Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 3. Concrete and Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond-core drill. 4. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting. 5. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete.
F. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as practicable. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections, where applicable.
1. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate physical integrity of installation. 2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will minimize evidence of patching and refinishing. 3. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished area into another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance. Remove in-place floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 EXECUTION 017300 - 5
4. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang in-place ceilings as necessary to provide an even-plane surface of uniform appearance.
G. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials from adjacent finished surfaces.
3.5 PROGRESS CLEANING
A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully.
1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris. 2. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations.
B. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work.
1. Remove liquid spills promptly. 2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the entire work area, as appropriate.
C. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces.
D. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space.
E. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
F. Waste Disposal: Do not bury or burn waste materials on-site. Do not wash waste materials down sewers or into waterways.
G. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion.
H. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects.
I. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 EXECUTION 017300 - 6
3.6 STARTING AND ADJUSTING
A. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest.
B. Adjust equipment for proper operation. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding.
C. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.
3.7 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION
A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity.
3.8 CORRECTION OF THE WORK
A. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Restore damaged substrates and finishes.
1. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment.
B. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to their specified condition.
C. Remove and replace damaged surfaces that are exposed to view if surfaces cannot be repaired without visible evidence of repair.
D. Repair components that do not operate properly. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired.
END OF SECTION 017300
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 1
SECTION 017700 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Substantial Completion procedures. 2. Final completion procedures. 3. Warranties. 4. Final cleaning.
B. Related Sections: 1. Division 01 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance manual requirements. 2. Division 01 Section "Project Record Documents" for submitting Record Drawings, Record Specifications, and Record Product Data. 3. Division 01 Section "Demonstration and Training" for requirements for instructing Owner's personnel. 4. Divisions 02 through 49 Sections for specific closeout and special cleaning requirements for the Work in those Sections.
1.2 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion, complete the following. List items below that are incomplete with request.
1. Prepare a list of items to be completed and corrected (punch list) and reasons why the Work is not complete. 2. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 3. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. 4. Obtain and submit releases permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. 5. Prepare and submit Project Record Documents, operation and maintenance manuals, all shop drawing submittals and similar final record information. 6. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items to location designated by Owner. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable. 7. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. 8. Complete startup testing of systems. 9. Submit test/adjust/balance records. 10. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 2
11. Advise Owner of changeover in heat and other utilities. 12. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and maintenance. 13. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting. 14. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects.
B. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection for Substantial Completion. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Architect, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.
1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final completion.
1.3 FINAL COMPLETION
A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for determining final completion, complete the following:
1. Submit a final Application for Payment according to Division 01 Section "Payment Procedures." 2. Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. The certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. 3. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. 4. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems. Submit demonstration and training video recordings.
B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection for acceptance. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.
1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected.
2. All costs incurred by the Architect or the Architect’s Consultants to close out the project (after 60 calendar days have passed from issuance of punch list items), will be charged to the Owner at the current hourly rates and thus deducted from the final contract amount, via Change Order.
1.4 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST)
A. Organization of List: Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction.
1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first and proceeding from lowest floor to highest floor.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 3
2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling, individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems. 3. Submit list of incomplete items in the following format: a. Three paper copies, unless otherwise indicated. Architect will return two.
1.5 WARRANTIES
A. Submittal Time: Submit written warranties on request of Architect for designated portions of the Work where commencement of warranties other than date of Substantial Completion is indicated.
B. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the Project Manual.
1. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, 3-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2-by-11-inch (215-by-280-mm) paper. 2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone number of Installer. 3. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES," Project name, and name of Contractor.
C. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 FINAL CLEANING
A. General: Perform final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations.
B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a portion of Project:
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 017700 - 4
a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign substances. b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits. c. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even-textured surface. d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site. e. Remove snow and ice to provide safe access to building. f. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. g. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces. h. Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces. i. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap; shampoo if visible soil or stains remain. j. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision-obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces. k. Remove labels that are not permanent. l. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored or that already show evidence of repair or restoration.
1) Do not paint over "UL" and other required labels and identification, including mechanical and electrical nameplates.
m. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment[, elevator equipment,] and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances. n. Replace parts subject to operating conditions during construction that may impede operation or reduce longevity. o. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains resulting from water exposure. p. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills. q. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency. Replace burned-out bulbs, and those noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply with requirements for new fixtures. r. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy.
END OF SECTION 017700
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 1
SECTION 017823 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for preparing operation and maintenance manuals, including the following:
1. Operation and maintenance documentation directory. 2. Operation manuals for systems, subsystems, and equipment. 3. Product maintenance manuals. 4. Systems and equipment maintenance manuals.
1.2 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Manual Content: Operations and maintenance manual content is specified in individual Specification Sections to be reviewed at the time of Section submittals. Submit reviewed manual content formatted and organized as required by this Section.
1. Architect will comment on whether content of operations and maintenance submittals are acceptable. 2. Where applicable, clarify and update reviewed manual content to correspond to revisions and field conditions. 3. Provide (4) four final a complete copies for Owner’s records.
B. Format: Submit operations and maintenance manuals in the following format:
1. PDF electronic file. Assemble each manual into a composite electronically indexed file. Submit on digital media acceptable to Architect.
a. Name each indexed document file in composite electronic index with applicable item name. Include a complete electronically linked operation and maintenance directory. b. Enable inserted reviewer comments on draft submittals.
2. Four paper copies. Include a complete operation and maintenance directory. Enclose title pages and directories in clear plastic sleeves.
C. Manual Submittal: Submit each manual in final form prior to requesting inspection for Substantial Completion and at least 15 days before commencing demonstration and training. Architect will return copy with comments.
1. Correct or revise each manual to comply with Architect's comments. Submit copies of each corrected manual within 15 days of receipt of Architect's comments and prior to commencing demonstration and training.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 REQUIREMENTS FOR EMERGENCY, OPERATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Directory: Prepare a single, comprehensive directory of emergency, operation, and maintenance data and materials, listing items and their location to facilitate ready access to desired information.
B. Organization: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a separate section for each system and subsystem, and a separate section for each piece of equipment not part of a system. Each manual shall contain the following materials, in the order listed:
1. Title page. 2. Table of contents. 3. Manual contents.
C. Title Page: Include the following information:
1. Subject matter included in manual. 2. Name and address of Project. 3. Name and address of Owner. 4. Date of submittal. 5. Name and contact information for Contractor. 6. Name and contact information for Architect. 7. Names and contact information for major consultants to the Architect that designed the systems contained in the manuals. 8. Cross-reference to related systems in other operation and maintenance manuals.
D. Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed to the content of the volume, and cross-referenced to Specification Section number in Project Manual.
E. Manual Contents: Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents alphabetically by system, subsystem, and equipment. If possible, assemble instructions for subsystems, equipment, and components of one system into a single binder.
F. Manuals, Electronic Files: Submit manuals in the form of a multiple file composite electronic PDF file for each manual type required.
1. Electronic Files: Use electronic files prepared by manufacturer where available. Where scanning of paper documents is required, configure scanned file for minimum readable file size. 2. File Names and Bookmarks: Enable bookmarking of individual documents based on file names. Name document files to correspond to system, subsystem, and equipment names used in manual directory and table of contents. Group documents for each system and subsystem into individual composite bookmarked files, then create composite manual, so that resulting bookmarks reflect the system, subsystem, and equipment names in a readily navigated file tree. Configure electronic manual to display bookmark panel on opening file.
G. Manuals, Paper Copy: Submit manuals in the form of hard copy, bound and labeled volumes.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 3
1. Binders: Heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, in thickness necessary to accommodate contents, sized to hold 8-1/2-by-11-inch (215-by-280-mm) paper; with clear plastic sleeve on spine to hold label describing contents and with pockets inside covers to hold folded oversize sheets.
a. Identify each binder on front and spine, with printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL," Project title or name, and subject matter of contents. Indicate volume number for multiple-volume sets.
2. Dividers: Heavy-paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each section of the manual. Mark each tab to indicate contents. Include typed list of products and major components of equipment included in the section on each divider, cross-referenced to Specification Section number and title of Project Manual. 3. Protective Plastic Sleeves: Transparent plastic sleeves designed to enclose diagnostic software storage media for computerized electronic equipment. 4. Drawings: Attach reinforced, punched binder tabs on drawings and bind with text.
a. If oversize drawings are necessary, fold drawings to same size as text pages and use as foldouts. b. If drawings are too large to be used as foldouts, fold and place drawings in labeled envelopes and bind envelopes in rear of manual. At appropriate locations in manual, insert typewritten pages indicating drawing titles, descriptions of contents, and drawing locations.
2.2 EMERGENCY MANUALS
A. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each of the following:
1. Type of emergency. 2. Emergency instructions. 3. Emergency procedures.
B. Type of Emergency: Where applicable for each type of emergency indicated below, include instructions and procedures for each system, subsystem, piece of equipment, and component: 1. Power failure. 2. Water outage. 3. System, subsystem, or equipment failure.
C. Emergency Instructions: Describe and explain warnings, trouble indications, error messages, and similar codes and signals. Include responsibilities of Owner's operating personnel for notification of Installer, supplier, and manufacturer to maintain warranties.
D. Emergency Procedures: Include the following, as applicable:
1. Instructions on stopping. 2. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency. 3. Operating instructions for conditions outside normal operating limits. 4. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. 5. Special operating instructions and procedures.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 4
2.3 OPERATION MANUALS
A. Content: In addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data required in individual Specification Sections and the following information:
1. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. Use designations for systems and equipment indicated on Contract Documents. 2. Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design responsibility. 3. Operating standards. 4. Operating procedures. 5. Operating logs. 6. Wiring diagrams. 7. Control diagrams. 8. Precautions against improper use. 9. License requirements including inspection and renewal dates.
B. Descriptions: Include the following:
1. Product name and model number. Use designations for products indicated on Contract Documents. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Equipment identification with serial number of each component. 4. Equipment function. 5. Operating characteristics. 6. Limiting conditions. 7. Performance curves. 8. Engineering data and tests. 9. Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts.
C. Operating Procedures: Include the following, as applicable:
1. Startup procedures. 2. Equipment or system break-in procedures. 3. Routine and normal operating instructions. 4. Regulation and control procedures. 5. Instructions on stopping. 6. Normal shutdown instructions. 7. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. 8. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. 9. Special operating instructions and procedures.
D. Systems and Equipment Controls: Describe the sequence of operation, and diagram controls as installed.
2.4 PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product, material, and finish. Include source information, product information, maintenance procedures, repair materials and sources, and warranties and bonds, as described below.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 5
B. Source Information: List each product included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual.
C. Product Information: Include the following, as applicable:
1. Product name and model number. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Color, pattern, and texture. 4. Material and chemical composition. 5. Reordering information for specially manufactured products.
D. Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations and the following:
1. Inspection procedures. 2. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. 3. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. 4. Schedule for routine cleaning and maintenance. 5. Repair instructions.
E. Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and related services.
F. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds.
2.5 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Content: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system, include source information, manufacturers' maintenance documentation, maintenance procedures, maintenance and service schedules, spare parts list and source information, maintenance service contracts, and warranty and bond information, as described below.
B. Source Information: List each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual.
C. Manufacturers' Maintenance Documentation: Manufacturers' maintenance documentation including the following information for each component part or piece of equipment:
1. Standard maintenance instructions and bulletins. 2. Drawings, diagrams, and instructions required for maintenance, including disassembly and component removal, replacement, and assembly. 3. Identification and nomenclature of parts and components. 4. List of items recommended to be stocked as spare parts.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 6
D. Maintenance Procedures: Include the following information and items that detail essential maintenance procedures:
1. Test and inspection instructions. 2. Troubleshooting guide. 3. Precautions against improper maintenance. 4. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions. 5. Aligning, adjusting, and checking instructions. 6. Demonstration and training video recording.
E. Maintenance and Service Schedules: Include service and lubrication requirements, list of required lubricants for equipment, and separate schedules for preventive and routine maintenance and service with standard time allotment.
F. Spare Parts List and Source Information: Include lists of replacement and repair parts, with parts identified and cross-referenced to manufacturers' maintenance documentation and local sources of maintenance materials and related services.
G. Maintenance Service Contracts: Include copies of maintenance agreements with name and telephone number of service agent if required per specific specification section.
H. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 MANUAL PREPARATION
A. Emergency Manual: Assemble a complete set of emergency information indicating procedures for use by emergency personnel and by Owner's operating personnel for types of emergencies indicated.
B. Product Maintenance Manual: Assemble a complete set of maintenance data indicating care and maintenance of each product, material, and finish incorporated into the Work.
C. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Assemble a complete set of operation and maintenance data indicating operation and maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system.
D. Manufacturers' Data: Where manuals contain manufacturers' standard printed data, include only sheets pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to identify each product or component incorporated into the Work. If data include more than one item in a tabular format, identify each item using appropriate references from the Contract Documents. Identify data applicable to the Work and delete references to information not applicable.
E. Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturers' printed data to illustrate the relationship of component parts of equipment and systems and to illustrate control sequence and flow diagrams. Coordinate these drawings with information contained in record Drawings to ensure correct illustration of completed installation.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 017823 - 7
1. Do not use original project record documents as part of operation and maintenance manuals.
F. Comply with Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for schedule for submitting operation and maintenance documentation.
END OF SECTION 017823
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING
PARTNERS 17-136 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839 - 1
SECTION 017839 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for Project Record Documents, including the following:
1. Record Drawings. 2. Record Specifications. 3. Record Product Data.
B. See Division 1 Section "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance manual requirements.
C. Divisions 02 through 49 Sections for specific requirements for project record documents of the Work in those Sections.
1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following:
1. Number of Copies: Submit copies of Record Drawings as follows: a. Final Submittal: Submit one set of marked-up Record Prints, and the following: 1) Record PDF Drawing Files and One Hardcopy set.
B. Record Product Data: Submit two copies of each Product Data submittal.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of blue- or black-line white prints of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings.
1. Preparation: Mark Record Prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to prepare the marked-up Record Prints.
a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later. b. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 017839 - 2
2. Mark the Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings, whichever is most capable of showing actual physical conditions, completely and accurately. If Shop Drawings are marked, show cross- reference on the Contract Drawings. 3. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, and similar identification, where applicable.
B. Record PDF Files:
1. Format: PDF 2. Files are to be named by sheet number and title (A#-##_Floor_Plan). 3. To be created directly from Record Drawings.
C. Format: Identify and date each Record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location.
1. Record Prints: Organize Record Prints and newly prepared Record Drawings into manageable sets. Bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. Include identification on cover sheets.
2.2 RECORD PRODUCT DATA
A. Preparation: Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal.
1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in manufacturer's written instructions for installation. 3. Note related Change Orders, Record Specifications, and Record Drawings where applicable.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 RECORDING AND MAINTENANCE
A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for Project Record Document purposes. Post changes and modifications to Project Record Documents as they occur; do not wait until the end of Project.
B. Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples: Store Record Documents and Samples in the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use Project Record Documents for construction purposes. Maintain Record Documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to Project Record Documents for Architect's reference during normal working hours.
END OF SECTION 017839
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 017900 - 1
SECTION 017900 - DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for instructing Owner's personnel, including the following:
1. Demonstration of operation of systems, subsystems, and equipment. 2. Training in operation and maintenance of systems, subsystems, and equipment.
1.2 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Instruction Program: Submit outline of instructional program for demonstration and training, including a list of training modules and a schedule of proposed dates, times, length of instruction time, and instructors' names for each training module. Include learning objective and outline for each training module.
1. Indicate proposed training modules using manufacturer-produced demonstration and training video recordings for systems, equipment, and products in lieu of video recording of live instructional module.
1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Demonstration and Training Video Recordings: Submit two copies within seven days of end of each training module.
1. At completion of training, submit complete training manual(s) for Owner's use prepared and bound in format matching operation and maintenance manuals and in PDF electronic file format on compact disc.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Facilitator Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in training or educating maintenance personnel in a training program similar in content and extent to that indicated for this Project, and whose work has resulted in training or education with a record of successful learning performance.
B. Instructor Qualifications: A factory-authorized service representative, complying with requirements in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," experienced in operation and maintenance procedures and training.
C. Preinstruction Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to demonstration and training.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 017900 - 2
1.5 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate instruction schedule with Owner's operations. Adjust schedule as required to minimize disrupting Owner's operations and to ensure availability of Owner's personnel.
B. Coordinate content of training modules with content of approved emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. Do not submit instruction program until operation and maintenance data has been reviewed and approved by Architect.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 INSTRUCTION PROGRAM
A. Program Structure: Develop an instruction program that includes individual training modules for each system and for equipment not part of a system, as required by individual Specification Sections.
B. Training Modules: Develop a learning objective and teaching outline for each module. Include a description of specific skills and knowledge that participant is expected to master. For each module, include instruction for the following as applicable to the system, equipment, or component:
1. Basis of System Design, Operational Requirements, and Criteria: Include the following:
a. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. b. Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design responsibility. c. Operating standards. d. Regulatory requirements. e. Equipment function. f. Operating characteristics. g. Limiting conditions. h. Performance curves.
2. Documentation: Review the following items in detail:
a. Emergency manuals. b. Operations manuals. c. Maintenance manuals. d. Project record documents. e. Identification systems. f. Warranties and bonds. g. Maintenance service agreements and similar continuing commitments.
3. Emergencies: Include the following, as applicable:
a. Instructions on meaning of warnings, trouble indications, and error messages. b. Instructions on stopping. c. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency. d. Operating instructions for conditions outside of normal operating limits. e. Sequences for electric or electronic systems.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 017900 - 3
f. Special operating instructions and procedures.
4. Operations: Include the following, as applicable:
a. Startup procedures. b. Equipment or system break-in procedures. c. Routine and normal operating instructions. d. Regulation and control procedures. e. Control sequences. f. Normal shutdown instructions. g. Operating procedures for emergencies. h. Operating procedures for system, subsystem, or equipment failure. i. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. j. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. k. Special operating instructions and procedures.
5. Adjustments: Include the following:
a. Alignments. b. Checking adjustments. c. Noise and vibration adjustments. d. Economy and efficiency adjustments.
6. Troubleshooting: Include the following:
a. Diagnostic instructions. b. Test and inspection procedures.
7. Maintenance: Include the following:
a. Inspection procedures. b. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. c. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. d. Procedures for routine cleaning e. Procedures for preventive maintenance. f. Procedures for routine maintenance. g. Instruction on use of special tools.
8. Repairs: Include the following:
a. Diagnosis instructions. b. Repair instructions. c. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions. d. Instructions for identifying parts and components. e. Review of spare parts needed for operation and maintenance.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 017900 - 4
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Assemble educational materials necessary for instruction, including documentation and training module. Assemble training modules into a training manual organized in coordination with requirements in Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data."
3.2 INSTRUCTION
A. Facilitator: Engage a qualified facilitator to prepare instruction program and training modules, to coordinate instructors, and to coordinate between Contractor and Owner for number of participants, instruction times, and location.
B. Engage qualified instructors to instruct Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain systems, subsystems, and equipment not part of a system.
C. Scheduling: Provide instruction at mutually agreed on times. For equipment that requires seasonal operation, provide similar instruction at start of each season.
1. Schedule training with Owner, through Architect, with at least seven days' advance notice.
D. Training Location and Reference Material: Conduct training on-site in the completed and fully operational facility using the actual equipment in-place. Conduct training using final operation and maintenance data submittals.
E. Evaluation: At conclusion of each training module, assess and document each participant's mastery of module by use of a demonstration performance-based test.
END OF SECTION 017900
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 024119-1
SECTION 024119 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Demolition and removal of selected portions of building. 2. Salvage of existing items to be reused or recycled.
1.2 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP
A. Unless otherwise indicated, demolition waste becomes property of Contractor.
B. Historic items, relics, antiques, and similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones and their contents, commemorative plaques and tablets, and other items of interest or value to Owner that may be uncovered during demolition remain the property of Owner.
1. Carefully salvage in a manner to prevent damage and promptly return to Owner.
1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Predemolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Proposed Protection Measures: Submit report, including Drawings, that indicates the measures proposed for protecting individuals and property for dust and noise control. Indicate proposed locations and construction of barriers.
B. Schedule of selective demolition activities with starting and ending dates for each activity.
C. Predemolition photographs or video.
D. Statement of Refrigerant Recovery: Signed by refrigerant recovery technician.
1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Inventory of items that have been removed and salvaged.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 024119-2
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Refrigerant Recovery Technician Qualifications: Certified by an EPA-approved certification program.
1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Owner will occupy portions of building immediately adjacent to selective demolition area. Conduct selective demolition so Owner's operations will not be disrupted.
B. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as practical.
C. Notify Architect of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding with selective demolition.
D. Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered in the Work.
1. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner before start of the Work. 2. If suspected hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Architect and Owner. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner under a separate contract.
E. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site is not permitted.
F. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations.
1. Maintain fire-protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations.
G. Arrange selective demolition schedule so as not to interfere with Owner's operations.
1.8 WARRANTY
A. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during selective demolition, by methods and with materials and using approved contractors so as not to void existing warranties.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Standards: Comply with ASSE A10.6 and NFPA 241.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 024119-3
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped before starting selective demolition operations.
B. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and salvaged.
3.2 UTILITY SERVICES AND MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
A. Existing Services/Systems to Remain: Maintain services/systems indicated to remain and protect them against damage.
B. Existing Services/Systems to Be Removed, Relocated, or Abandoned: Locate, identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off utility services and electrical systems serving areas to be selectively demolished.
1. Owner will arrange to shut off indicated services/systems when requested by Contractor. 2. If services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, provide temporary services/systems that bypass area of selective demolition and that maintain continuity of services/systems to other parts of building.
3.3 PROTECTION
A. Temporary Protection: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain.
3.4 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows:
1. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Temporarily cover openings to remain. 2. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces. 3. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden space before starting flame- cutting operations. Maintain portable fire-suppression devices during flame-cutting operations. 4. Maintain fire watch during and for at least 1 hour after flame-cutting operations.
B. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris-removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities.
C. Removed and Salvaged Items:
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 024119-4
1. Clean salvaged items. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers. 3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner. 4. Transport items to Owner's storage area on-site as designated by Owner.
D. Removed and Reinstalled Items:
1. Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing. Identify contents of containers. 3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 4. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make item functional for use indicated.
E. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition.
3.5 CLEANING
A. Remove demolition waste materials from Project site.
1. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. 3. Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device that will convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent.
B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials.
C. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began.
END OF SECTION 024119
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 1 SECTION 079200 - JOINT SEALANTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Urethane joint sealants.
1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide joint sealants that establish and maintain watertight and airtight continuous joint seals without staining or deteriorating joint substrates for both exterior and interior applications.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each joint-sealant product indicated.
B. Samples: For each kind and color of joint sealant required.
C. Preconstruction field test reports.
D. Compatibility and adhesion test reports.
E. Preconstruction Compatibility and Adhesion Testing: Submit samples of materials that will contact or affect joint sealants to joint-sealant manufacturers for testing according to manufacturer's standard test method to determine whether priming and other specific joint preparation techniques are required to obtain rapid, optimum adhesion of joint sealants to joint substrates.
1.4 WARRANTY
A. Special Installer's Warranty: Installer's standard form in which Installer agrees to repair or replace elastomeric joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL
A. VOC Content of Interior Sealants: Sealants and sealant primers used inside the weatherproofing system shall comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24):
1. Architectural Sealants: 250 g/L.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 JOINT SEALANTS 079200-2
2. Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: 250 g/L. 3. Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates: 775 g/L.
B. Liquid-Applied Joint Sealants: Comply with ASTM C 920 and other requirements indicated for each liquid- applied joint sealant specified, including those referencing ASTM C 920 classifications for type, grade, class, and uses related to exposure and joint substrates.
1. Suitability for Immersion in Liquids. Where sealants are indicated for Use I for joints that will be continuously immersed in liquids, provide products that have undergone testing according to ASTM C 1247. Liquid used for testing sealants is deionized water, unless otherwise indicated.
C. Stain-Test-Response Characteristics: Where sealants are specified to be nonstaining to porous substrates, provide products that have undergone testing according to ASTM C 1248 and have not stained porous joint substrates indicated for Project.
2.2 FLEXIBLE POLYURETHANE SECURITY JOINT SEALANTS
A. Urethane Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920. 1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide Pecora Corporations; DynaFlex SC or other approved manufacturer:
a. BASF Building Systems. b. Bostik, Inc. c. Sika Corporation; Construction Products Division. d. Tremco Incorporated.
2. Type: Single component. 3. Grade: nonsag (NS). 4. Priming: Provide priming for all materials to insure superior adhesion. 5. Uses Related to Exposure: Traffic (T). 6. Color Selection: a. Interior joints are to be painted to match adjacent surfaces.
2.3 JOINT-SEALANT BACKING
A. General: Provide sealant backings of material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing.
B. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330, Type C (closed-cell material with a surface skin, and of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance:
C. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint-filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint where such adhesion would result in sealant failure. Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 JOINT SEALANTS 079200 - 3 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Primer: Material recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests and field tests.
B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials.
C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete. 2. Clean nonporous joint substrate surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants.
B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer or as indicated by preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint- sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint-sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces.
C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant or primer with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated.
B. Install sealant backings of kind indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability.
1. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. 2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings. 3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application and replace them with dry materials.
C. Install bond-breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and backs of joints.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 JOINT SEALANTS 079200-4
D. Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same time backings are installed:
1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates. 2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration. 3. Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability.
E. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified in subparagraphs below to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint.
1. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints. 2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. 3. Provide concave joint profile per Figure 8A in ASTM C 1193, unless otherwise indicated.
F. Clean off excess sealant or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur.
G. The Contractor is required to move all debris, packing straps or any other material anytime the area is left unattended and a thorough cleaning of all items is to be done when the work is complete – No Exceptions.
3.3 JOINT-SEALANT SCHEDULE
A. Interior Joint-Sealant Application: Interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces.
1. Joint Locations: a. Perimeter joints between materials for frames of doors and windows. b. Other joints as indicated. 2. Joint Sealant: Flexible polyurethane security sealant. 3. Joint-Sealant Color: To match clear anodized aluminum framing.
END OF SECTION 079200
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 DETENTION DOORS AND FRAMES 083463 - 1
SECTION 083463 - DETENTION DOORS AND FRAMES
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: 1. Sliding detention doors. 2. Detention panels. 3. Detention frames.
B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 013513.16 “Special Project Procedures for Detention Facilities.” for coordination of detention work. 2. Section 087100 “Door Hardware" for door hardware for detention panels and frames. 3. Section 088000 “Glazing” for security glazing in detention panels and frames.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Minimum-Thickness Steel: Indicated as the specified minimum thicknesses for base metal without coatings, according to NAAMM-HMMA 803.
1.4 COORDINATION
A. Detention Specialist: Coordinate with Section 013513.16 "Special Project Procedures for Detention Facilities" for requirements of this Section that are to be performed by a Detention Contractor or other entity.
B. Coordinate installation of anchorages for detention frames. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors that are to be embedded in adjacent construction. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation.
1.5 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / BIDDING/CONSTRUCTION PARTNERS 17-136 DETENTION DOORS AND FRAMES 083463 - 2
1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
1. Include construction details, material descriptions, core descriptions, label compliance, and finishes for each detention door and frame type specified.
B. Shop Drawings: In addition to requirements below, provide a schedule using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on Drawings:
1. Elevations of each door type. 2. Direction of slide. 3. Inmate and non-inmate sides. 4. Details of doors, including vertical and horizontal edge details, and metal thicknesses. 5. Details of frames, including dimensioned profiles, and metal thicknesses. 6. Locations of reinforcement and preparations for hardware. 7. Details of each different wall opening condition. 8. Details of anchorages, joints, field splices, and connections. 9. Details of speaking apertures/intercoms. 10. Details of moldings, removable stops, and glazing. 11. Details of conduits, junction boxes, and preparations for electrically operated door hardware.
C. Samples for Verification:
1. For each type of exposed finish required, prepare Samples not less than 3 by 5 inches. 2. For "Detention Doors" and "Detention Frames" subparagraphs below, prepare Samples approximately 12 by 12 inches to demonstrate compliance with requirements for quality of materials and construction:
a. Detention Doors: Show vertical-edge, top, and bottom construction; insulation; face stiffeners; and hinge and other applied hardware reinforcement. Include separate section showing glazing if applicable. b. Detention Frames: Show profile, welded corner joint, welded hinge reinforcement, grout- cover boxes, floor and wall anchors, and silencers. Include separate section showing fixed steel panels and glazing if applicable.
1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For Installer.
B. Welding certificates.
C. Product Test Reports: For each type of detention hollow-metal door and frame assembly including vision and side lights, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency.
D. Examination reports, documenting inspection of substrates, areas, and conditions.
E. Anchor inspection reports, documenting inspections of built-in and cast-in anchors.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / BIDDING/CONSTRUCTION PARTNERS 17-136 DETENTION DOORS AND FRAMES 083463 - 3
F. Field quality-control reports, documenting inspections of installed products.
1. Field quality-control certification, signed by Contractor.
G. Oversize Construction Certification: For assemblies required to be fire rated and exceeding limitations of labeled assemblies.
1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1. Security Fasteners: Furnish not less than one box for every 50 boxes or fraction thereof, of each type and size of security fastener installed. 2. Tools: Provide two sets of tools for installing and removing security fasteners.
1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are trained and approved by manufacturer.
B. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: 1. AWS D1.3/D1.3M, "Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel."
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver detention hollow-metal work palletized, packaged, or crated to provide protection during transit and Project-site storage. Do not use nonvented plastic.
B. Deliver detention frames with two removable spreader bars across bottom of frames, tack welded to jambs and mullions.
C. Store detention hollow-metal work vertically under cover at Project site with head up. Place on minimum 4- inch high wood blocking. Provide minimum 1/4-inch space between each stacked door to permit air circulation.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Habersham Metal Products Co., Cornelia, GA
B. Trussbilt, Inc., St. Paul, MN
C. Willo Products Co., Dacatur, AL
JANUARY 22, 2018 / BIDDING/CONSTRUCTION PARTNERS 17-136 DETENTION DOORS AND FRAMES 083463 - 4
D. Southern Folger, San Antonio, TX
E. Source Limitations: Obtain detention doors and frames from single source from single manufacturer.
2.2 DETENTION DOOR AND FRAME ASSEMBLIES
A. Detention Door and Frame Assemblies: Provide detention door and frame assemblies that comply with the following, based on testing manufacturer's standard units in assemblies similar to those indicated for this Project:
1. Security Grade: Assemblies pass testing requirements in ASTM F 1450 for security grades specified. 2. Bullet Resistance: Level 2 rated when tested according to UL 752. 3. Tool-Attack Resistance: Small-tool-attack-resistance rated when tested according to UL 437 and UL 1034.
B. Detention Frames: Provide sidelight and borrowed-light detention frames that comply with ASTM F 1592 and removable stop test according to NAAMM-HMMA 863, based on testing manufacturer's standard units in assemblies similar to those indicated for this Project.
2.3 DETENTION DOORS
A. General: Provide flush-design detention doors of seamless hollow construction, 2 inches thick unless otherwise indicated. Construct detention doors with smooth, flush surfaces without visible joints or seams on exposed faces or stile edges. 1. For sliding detention doors, square both vertical edges.
B. Core Construction: Provide the following core construction of same material as detention door face sheets, welded to both detention door faces:
1. Steel-Stiffened Core: 0.042-inch thick, steel vertical stiffeners extending full-door height, with vertical webs spaced not more than 4 inches apart, spot welded to face sheets a maximum of 3 inches o.c. Fill spaces between stiffeners with insulation.
C. Vertical Edge Channels: 0.123-inch thick, continuous channel of same material as detention door face sheets, extending full-door height at each vertical edge; welded to top and bottom channels to create a fully welded perimeter channel. Noncontiguous channel is permitted to accommodate lock-edge hardware only if lock reinforcement is welded to and made integral with channel.
D. Top and Bottom Channels: 0.123-inch thick metal channel of same material as detention door face sheets, spot welded, not more than 4 inches o.c., to face sheets.
1. Reinforce top edge of detention door with 0.053-inch thick closing channel, welded so channel web is flush with top door edges.
E. Hardware Reinforcement: Fabricate reinforcing plates from same material as detention door face sheets to comply with the following minimum thicknesses:
JANUARY 22, 2018 / BIDDING/CONSTRUCTION PARTNERS 17-136 DETENTION DOORS AND FRAMES 083463 - 5
1. Full-Mortise Hinges and Pivots: 0.187 inch thick. 2. Maximum-Security Surface Hinges: 0.250 inch thick. 3. Strike Reinforcements: 0.187 inch thick. 4. Slide-Device Hanger Attachments: As recommended by device manufacturer. 5. Lock Fronts, Concealed Holders, and Surface-Mounted Closers: 0.093 inch thick. 6. All Other Surface-Mounted Hardware: 0.093 inch thick. 7. Lock Pockets: 0.123 inch thick at non-inmate side, welded to face sheet.
F. Hardware Enclosures: Provide enclosures and junction boxes for electrically operated detention door hardware of same material as detention door face sheets, interconnected with UL-approved, 1/2-inch diameter conduit and connectors.
1. Access Plates: Where indicated for wiring installation, provide access plates to junction boxes, fabricated from same material and thickness as face sheet and fastened with at least four security fasteners spaced not more than 6 inches o.c.
G. Interior Detention Doors: Construct interior doors to comply with materials, fabrication, hardware locations, hardware reinforcement, tolerances, and clearances indicated in NAAMM-HMMA 863 and as specified.
1. Security Grade 2: Provide doors with face sheets of 0.083-inch minimum-thickness, cold-rolled steel
2.4 DETENTION FRAMES
A. General: Provide fully welded detention frames with integral stops, of seamless construction without visible joints or seams. Fabricate detention frames with contact edges closed tight and corners mitered, reinforced, and continuously welded full depth and width of detention frame.
B. Stop Height: Provide minimum stop height of 0.625 inch for detention door openings and minimum stop height of 1-1/4 inches in security glazing or detention panel openings unless otherwise indicated.
C. Interior Detention Frames: Construct interior frames to comply with materials, fabrication, hardware locations, hardware reinforcement, tolerances, and clearances indicated in NAAMM-HMMA 863 and as specified.
1. Security Grade 2: Provide frames fabricated from 0.083-inch minimum-thickness, cold-rolled steel
D. Hardware Reinforcement: Fabricate reinforcing plates from same material as detention frame to comply with the following minimum thicknesses:
1. Hinges and Pivots: 0.187 inch thick by 1-1/2 inches wide by 10 inches long. 2. Strikes and Closers: 0.187 inch thick.
E. Hardware Enclosures: Provide enclosures and junction boxes for electrically operated detention door hardware, interconnected with UL-approved, 1/2-inch diameter conduit and connectors. 1. Frames requiring jamb mounted detention locks shall be equipped with unitized pocket preparation consisting of junction box fabricated from single piece of 10 gauge steel. Punch box for keying options, conduit. Drill and tap to receive lock. Box to receive lock to be threaded accordingly. Finished preparation shall provide a one piece lock mounting box with cover plate, which becomes
JANUARY 22, 2018 / BIDDING/CONSTRUCTION PARTNERS 17-136 DETENTION DOORS AND FRAMES 083463 - 6
integral part of frame and provides that roller latch, lock bolt, and cylinders are only exposed parts of lock. 2. Where electrically operated hardware is required and where shown on approved shop drawings, hardware enclosures and junction boxes shall be fabricated from 16 gauge minimum thickness material and welded in place and shall be interconnected using UL approved 3/4 inch E.M.T. conduit, elbows and connectors. 3. Where meeting frame section profiles permit, conduit shall be bent at 1-1/2 inch minimum inside radius at turns. 4. Where meeting frame section profiles have narrow face trims, conduit turns shall be fabricated using 90 degree bushed (sweep) elbows or bent to provide for ease of wire installation. 5. Short 90 degree elbows are permitted only at entrances to adequate hand access and not in conduit runs. 6. Where shown on shop drawings, junction boxes with access plates shall be provided to facilitate proper installation of wiring. Access plates shall be same gauge as frame and fastened with minimum of four (4) #8-32 torx drive tamper resistant machine screws, but spaced not to exceed 6 inches o.c. 7. Access Plates: Where indicated for wiring installation, provide access plates to junction boxes, fabricated from same material and thickness as face sheet and fastened with at least four security fasteners spaced not more than 6 inches o.c.
F. Mullions and Transom Bars: Provide closed or tubular mullions and transom bars where indicated. Fasten mullions and transom bars at crossings and to jambs by butt welding. Reinforce joints between detention frame members with concealed clip angles or sleeves of same metal and thickness as detention frame.
G. Jamb Anchors: Weld jamb anchors to detention frames near hinges and directly opposite on strike jamb or as required to secure detention frames to adjacent construction.
1. Number of Anchors: Provide two anchors per jamb plus the following:
a. Detention Door Frames: One additional anchor for each 18 inches, or fraction thereof, above 54 inches in height. b. Detention Frames with Security Glazing or Detention Panels: One additional anchor for each 18 inches, or fraction thereof, above 36 inches in height.
2. Masonry Anchors: Adjustable, corrugated or perforated, strap-and-stirrup anchors to suit detention frame size; formed of same material and thickness as detention frame; with strap not less than 2 inches wide by 10 inches long.
3. Postinstalled Anchors: Minimum 1/2-inch diameter, concealed bolts with expansion shields or inserts. Provide conduit spacer from detention frame to wall, welded to detention frame. Reinforce detention frames at anchor locations.
H. Floor Anchors: Provide floor anchors for each jamb and mullion that extends to floor, formed of same material and thickness as detention frame, and as follows:
1. Monolithic Concrete Slabs: Clip anchors, with two holes to receive fasteners, welded to bottom of jambs and mullions with at least four spot welds per anchor.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / BIDDING/CONSTRUCTION PARTNERS 17-136 DETENTION DOORS AND FRAMES 083463 - 7
I. Rubber Door Silencers: Except on weather-stripped detention doors, drill stops in strike jambs to receive three silencers on single-detention-door frames and drill head jamb stop to receive two silencers on double-detention-door frames. Keep holes clear during construction.
J. Grout Guards: Provide factory-installed grout guards of same material as detention frame, welded to detention frame at back of hardware cutouts, silencers, and glazing-stop screw preparations to close off interior of openings and prevent mortar or other materials from obstructing hardware operation or installation where frames are to be set in masonry openings.
2.5 DETENTION PANELS
A. Provide fixed detention panels of same materials, construction, and finish as specified for adjoining detention door.
2.6 MOLDINGS AND STOPS
A. Provide fixed moldings on inmate side of glazed openings and removable stops on non-inmate side.
1. Height: As required to provide minimum 1-inch glass engagement, but not less than 1-1/4 inches. 2. Fixed Moldings: Formed from same material as detention door and frame face sheets, but not less than 0.093 inch thick, and spot welded to face sheets a maximum of 5 inches o.c. 3. Removable Stops: Formed from 0.123-inch thick angle, of same material as detention door face sheets. Secure with button head security fasteners spaced uniformly not more than 6 inches o.c. and not more than 2 inches from each corner, and as necessary to satisfy performance requirements. Form corners with notched or mitered hairline joints.
B. Coordinate rabbet width between fixed and removable stops with glass or panel type and installation type indicated.
2.7 MATERIALS
A. Hot-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M, CS (Commercial Steel), Type B; free of scale, pitting, or surface defects; pickled and oiled.
B. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M, CS (Commercial Steel), Type B.
C. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.
D. Concealed Bolts: ASTM A 307, Grade A unless otherwise indicated.
E. Masonry Anchors: Fabricated from same steel sheet as door face.
F. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for metal alloy welded.
G. Glazing: Comply with Section 088000 "Glazing."
H. Grout: Comply with ASTM C 476, with a slump of not more than 4 inches as measured according to ASTM C 143/C 143M.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / BIDDING/CONSTRUCTION PARTNERS 17-136 DETENTION DOORS AND FRAMES 083463 - 8
I. Insulation: Slag-wool-fiber/rock-wool-fiber or glass-fiber blanket insulation. ASTM C 665, Type I (unfaced); with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 25 and 50, respectively; passing ASTM E 136 for combustion characteristics. Minimum 1.5-lb/cu. ft. density.
2.8 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate detention doors and frames rigid, neat in appearance, and free of defects, warp, or buckle. Accurately form metal to required sizes and profiles, with minimum radius for metal thickness. Weld exposed joints continuously; grind, fill, dress, and make smooth, flush, and invisible. Where practical, fit and assemble units in manufacturer's plant. To ensure proper assembly at Project site, clearly identify work that cannot be permanently factory assembled before shipment.
B. Tolerances: Fabricate detention doors and frames to comply with manufacturing tolerances indicated in NAAMM-HMMA 863.
C. Removable Jamb Faces: Provide removable jamb faces where required for access to embedded anchors. Fabricate to allow secure reattachment of removable face with security fasteners.
D. Fabricate multiple-opening detention frames with mullions that have closed tubular shapes and with no visible seams or joints.
E. Exterior Detention Doors: Provide weep-hole openings in bottoms of detention doors to permit entrapped moisture to escape. Seal joints in top edges of detention doors against water penetration.
F. Hardware Preparation: Factory prepare detention doors and frames to receive mortised hardware, including cutouts, reinforcement, mortising, drilling, and tapping, according to final Door Hardware Schedule and templates provided by detention door hardware supplier.
1. Reinforce detention doors and frames to receive surface-mounted door hardware. Drilling and tapping may be done at Project site. 2. Locate door hardware according to NAAMM-HMMA 863.
G. Factory cut openings in detention doors.
H. Weld components to comply with referenced AWS standard. Weld before finishing components to greatest extent possible. Remove weld spatter and welding oxides from exposed surfaces by descaling or grinding.
2.9 FULLY SELECTIVE ELECTRIC LOCKING, UNLOCKING AND OPERATING DEVICE FOR INDIVIDUAL SLIDING DOORS AND BUBBLE GATES
A. Where plans, details, door schedules and/or hardware schedules so indicate, sliding doors shall be equipped with fully selective electric Rack and Pinion locking, unlocking and operating devices providing quality and function herein specified. These mechanisms, complete with all required electrical and mechanical control componentry, shall be manufactured in the plant of, and with the facilities of, the detention equipment contractor, who shall be totally responsible for the quality of materials and workmanship utilized, as well as the proper installation, warranty and warranty period service of these devices.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / BIDDING/CONSTRUCTION PARTNERS 17-136 DETENTION DOORS AND FRAMES 083463 - 9
B. Approved Manufacturers: 1. Willo Products Company, Inc. 2. Habersham Metal Products Company, Cornelia, Georgia 3. Trussbuilt, Inc., St. Paul, Minnesota 4. R.R. Brink Locking Systems, Shorewood, Illinois 5. Southern Folger Detention Equipment Company, San Antonio, Texas
C. Electrical control and Operation: 1. Primary remote control and operation of doors equipped with these devices shall be accomplished by electrical means from remote control consoles as indicated by contract documents. 2. When control switches are activated, devices shall perform the following functions: a. Unlock door and propel to lock open position. b. Stop door in transit. c. Propel door to fully closed position and deadlock closed. 3. Provide necessary electrical components for interlocking door with other doors as required. 4. There shall be no group control for individual doors.
D. Manual Control and Operation 1. A paracentric key is used to unlock a release handle located in the release column adjacent to the door. The release handle can be placed in one of three positions. a. “ELECTRICAL OPERATION”: Door can only be controlled by electrical means and cannot be moved by hand. Handle remains in this position during normal electrical operation. b. “SNAPLOCK”: Electrical power to door is interrupted. If already open, door can be moved by hand and will automatically lock and deadlock when closed. c. “UNLOCK”: Electrical power to door is interrupted. Door mechanically unlocks and can be moved by hand. Door remains free-wheeling until handle is returned to either the “Electrical Operation” or “Snaplock” position.
E. Locking and Unlocking Operation: 1. Each door shall be locked in at least three (3) places, in both the fully open and fully closed positions. One (1) lock point shall be provided at the bottom of the door, one (1) lock point at the top of the door and one (1) lock point concealed within the track box. 2. All doors shall be positively locked and deadlocked with equal security in either the open or closed position. The locking mechanism shall be designed such as to mechanically force the vertical lock bar into either the locked or unlocked position and mechanically unlock without reverse movement of the locking mechanism. 3. Electric motor shall be not less than 1/10 HP, 120V AC, 60HZ, 1PH, equipped with thermal overload device, sealed bearings and other self lubricating provisions. Thermal overload device shall protect motor against burn-out by interrupting power supply when overheating occurs. Device shall reset itself automatically and restore power supply to motor when temperature returns to normal operating range.
F. Safety Design Features 1. Devices shall be designed to stall without damage to the power transmission or other assemblies when a door in transit is opposed by a force of approximately 30 to 40 pounds. Upon removal of the obstruction, stalled door shall resume its travel to either the fully open or fully closed position where it will automatically lock and deadlock. 2. Stalling of one or more doors within a group shall in no way affect continued operation of other unobstructed doors.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / BIDDING/CONSTRUCTION PARTNERS 17-136 DETENTION DOORS AND FRAMES 083463 - 10
3. In the event of electrical power loss or interruption while any door, or group of doors, are in transit, such doors will maintain their position via the interlocking of the spur gear and the rack, and cannot be moved without action being taken at the manual release column.
G. Mechanism Housing: 1. The back and bottom of the mechanism housing shall be formed from one piece of not less than No. 7 gauge mild steel sheet. The back of the housing shall be securely anchored to the cell fronts in accordance with the details shown on the contract drawings. 2. Door track shall be fabricated of cold rolled steel, not less than 3/8” wide on the bearing surface, and of sufficient depth to prevent deflection during operation of the door 3. Stiffen edges of the door hanger slot to prevent deflection and provide means to assure that slot is positively closed at all times, thereby preventing tampering with the mechanism or insertion of contraband or foreign matter which could impair proper function of the device. Open door hanger slots will not be permitted. 4. Removable front cover of mechanism housing shall be made of not less than No. 10 gauge steel sheet and easily removed for maintenance. 5. The front cover shall be secured in place using 3/8” button head socket cap screws with pin.
H. Locking Pilasters, Guides and Strikes: 1. The vertical, full height lock bar at each door shall be concealed and securely protected against tampering by a vertical locking pilaster, attached to the door frame at the rear of the door opening. 2. Provide a continuous door guide securely attached to the cell front. The guides shall be designed to prevent the accumulation of dirt and debris within the guide. Fixed guide shall be formed of not less than No. 7 gauge steel sheet and shall extend full width of the open door. A short door guide which does not capture the full width of the door in the open position will not be acceptable. 3. Provide a vertical door strike at the front of the door opening to engage the leading edge of the door upon closing. Strike shall be formed of not less than No 7 gauge steel sheet, and shall extend from the mechanism housing for the full height of the door.
2.10 GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS
A. Comply with NAAMM-NOMMA 500, "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
B. Finish detention doors and frames after assembly.
2.11 STEEL SHEET FINISHES
A. Surface Preparation: Remove mill scale and rust, if present, from uncoated steel, complying with SSPC- SP 5/NACE No. 1, "White Metal Blast Cleaning".
B. Factory Priming for Field-Painted Finish: Apply shop primer specified in "Shop Primer" Subparagraph below immediately after surface preparation and pretreatment. Apply a smooth coat of even consistency to provide a uniform dry film thickness of not less than 0.7 mil.
1. Shop Primer: Manufacturer's or fabricator's standard, fast-curing, corrosion-inhibiting, lead- and chromate-free, universal primer complying with SDI A250.10 acceptance criteria; compatible with
JANUARY 22, 2018 / BIDDING/CONSTRUCTION PARTNERS 17-136 DETENTION DOORS AND FRAMES 083463 - 11
substrate and field-applied finish paint system indicated; and providing a sound foundation for field- applied topcoats despite prolonged exposure.
2.12 SECURITY FASTENERS
A. Operable only by tools produced by fastener manufacturer or other licensed fabricator for use on specific fastener type. Provide drive-system type, head style, material, and protective coating as required for assembly, installation, and strength, and as follows: 1. Drive-System Type: Torx Plus by Stanley Engineered Fastening, tamper resistant or equivalent. 2. Fastener Strength: 120,000 psi.
3. Socket Flat Countersunk Head Fasteners:
a. Heat-treated alloy steel, ASTM F 835. b. Stainless steel, ASTM F 879, Group 1 CW.
4. Protective Coatings for Heat-Treated Alloy Steel:
a. Zinc and clear trivalent chromium where indicated. b. Zinc phosphate with oil, ASTM F 1137, Grade I, or black oxide unless otherwise indicated.
2.13 SEALANTS
A. Polyurethane Security Sealants: Manufacturer's standard, nonsag, tamper-resistant sealant for joints with low movement.
2.14 ACCESSORIES
A. Concealed Bolts: ASTM A 307, Grade A unless otherwise indicated.
B. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for metal alloy welded.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
B. Examine roughing-in for embedded and built-in anchors to verify actual locations of detention frame connections before detention frame installation.
C. Prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work.
D. Inspect embedded plate installations before installing detention frames to verify that plate installations comply with requirements. Prepare inspection reports.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / BIDDING/CONSTRUCTION PARTNERS 17-136 DETENTION DOORS AND FRAMES 083463 - 12
1. Remove and replace plates where inspections indicate that they do not comply with specified requirements. Reinspect after repairs or replacements are made. 2. Perform additional inspections to determine compliance of replaced or additional work.
E. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Remove welded-in shipping spreaders installed at factory.
B. Before installation and with shipping spreaders removed, adjust detention frames for squareness, alignment, twist, and plumbness to the following tolerances:
1. Squareness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at door rabbet on a line 90 degrees from jamb and perpendicular to frame head. 2. Alignment: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs on a horizontal line parallel to plane of face. 3. Twist: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at opposite face corners of jambs on parallel lines, and perpendicular to plane of door rabbet. 4. Plumbness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs on a perpendicular line from head to floor.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. General: Install detention doors and frames plumb, rigid, properly aligned, and securely fastened in place, complying with Drawings, schedules, and manufacturer's written instructions.
B. Anchorage: Set detention frame anchorage devices according to details on Shop Drawings and according to anchorage device manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Masonry Anchors: Coordinate frame installation to allow for solidly filling space between frames and masonry with grout. 2. Embedded Anchors: Install embedded plates in wall surrounding frame openings to match frame angle locations. 3. Postinstalled Anchors: Drill holes in existing construction at locations to match bolt locations, and install bolt expansion shields or inserts.
C. Where detention frames are fabricated in sections due to shipping limitations, assemble frames and install angle splices at each corner, of same material and thickness as detention frame, and extend at least 4 inches on both sides of joint.
1. Field splice only at approved locations. Weld, grind, and finish as required to conceal evidence of splicing on exposed faces. 2. Continuously weld and finish smooth joints between faces of abutted, multiple-opening, detention frame members. 3. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements:
a. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / BIDDING/CONSTRUCTION PARTNERS 17-136 DETENTION DOORS AND FRAMES 083463 - 13
b. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. c. Remove welding flux immediately. d. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface.
D. Apply bituminous waterborne asphaltic emulsion coating to backs of frames before filling with grout.
E. Placing Detention Frames: Install detention frames of sizes and profiles indicated. Set detention frames accurately in position; plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is complete, remove temporary braces, leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged.
1. Embedded Anchors: Remove jamb faces from detention frames and set detention frames into opening. Weld steel connector angle to frame angle and to embedded plate with 1-inch long welds at each end of connector angle to form a rigid frame assembly that is solidly anchored. Reinstall jamb faces using security fasteners. 2. Postinstalled Anchors: Install bolt. After bolt is tightened, weld bolt head to provide non-removable condition. Grind, dress, and finish smooth welded bolt head. 3. At fire-rated openings, install detention frames according to NFPA 80. 4. Install detention frames with removable stops located on non-inmate side of opening.
F. Grout: Fully grout detention frame jambs and heads where installed in masonry openings. Completely fill space between frames and adjacent substrates. Hand trowel grout and take other precautions, including bracing detention frames, to ensure that frames are not deformed or damaged by grout forces.
G. Security Sealant: Apply polyurethane security sealant at all exposed gaps between detention frames and adjacent substrates.
H. Sliding Detention Doors: Fit sliding detention doors in their frames according to manufacturer's written instructions and as required to allow doors to slide without binding.
I. Installation Tolerances: Comply with installation tolerances indicated in NAAMM-HMMA 863.
J. Glazing: Comply with installation requirements in Section 088853 "Security Glazing" unless otherwise indicated.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect installed products to verify compliance with requirements. Prepare inspection reports and indicate compliance with and deviations from the Contract Documents.
B. Detention work will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.
C. Perform additional inspections to determine compliance of replaced or additional work.
D. Prepare field quality-control certification that states installed products comply with requirements in the Contract Documents.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / BIDDING/CONSTRUCTION PARTNERS 17-136 DETENTION DOORS AND FRAMES 083463 - 14
E. For verification that construction complies with requirements, select one detention door at random from detention doors delivered to Project and have it cut in half or otherwise taken apart.
1. Test Method: Verify weld strength by prying or chiseling door apart at edge seams, end channels, or stiffeners. Not more than 5 percent of welds may fail test.
a. If tested door fails, replace or rework all detention doors to bring them into compliance at Contractor's expense. b. If tested door passes, replace tested door at Contractor's expense.
F. Prepare test and inspection reports.
3.5 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Final Adjustments: Check and readjust operating hardware items immediately before final inspection. Leave work in complete and proper operating condition. Remove and replace defective work, including detention doors and frames that are warped, bowed, or otherwise unacceptable.
B. Clean grout and other bonding material off detention doors and frames immediately after installation.
C. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas, and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780/A 780M.
D. Prime-Coat Touchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air-drying primer.
1. After finishing smooth field welds, apply air-drying primer.
E. Stainless-Steel Surfaces: Clean surfaces according to manufacturer's written instructions.
END OF SECTION 083463
JANUARY 22, 2018 / BIDDING/CONSTRUCTION PARTNERS 17-136 DOOR HARDWARE 087100-1
SECTION 087100 – DOOR HARDWARE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This section includes commercial door hardware for the following: 1. Detention Sliding Security Doors
B. Door hardware includes, but is not necessarily limited to the following: 1. Mechanical door hardware 2. Electromechanical door hardware. 3. Cylinders specified for doors in other sections.
C. Related Sections: 1. Division 8 Detention Doors and Frames.
D. Codes and References: Comply with the version year adopted by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.
1. ANSI A117.1 - Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities. 2. ICC/IBC - International Building Code. 3. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code. 4. NFPA 80 - Fire Doors and Windows. 5. NFPA 101 - Life Safety Code. 6. NFPA 105 - Installation of Smoke Door Assemblies. 7. Michigan Building Code 2015, Local Amendments. 8. Intertex Testing Services (Warnock Hersey WH-ETL) Listed
E. Standards: All hardware specified herein shall comply with the following industry standards:
1. ANSI/BHMA Certified Product Standards - A156 Series 2. UL10C – Positive Pressure Fire Tests of Door Assemblies
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Manufacturer's product data sheets including installation details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, operational descriptions and finishes.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 DOOR HARDWARE 087100-2
B. Door Hardware Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, detailing fabrication and assembly of door hardware, as well as procedures and diagrams. Coordinate the final Door Hardware Schedule with doors, frames, and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function, and finish of door hardware.
1. Format: Comply with scheduling sequence and vertical format in DHI's "Sequence and Format for the Hardware Schedule."
2. Organization: Organize the Door Hardware Schedule into door hardware sets indicating complete designations of every item required for each door or opening. Organize door hardware sets in same order as in the Door Hardware Sets at the end of Part 3. Submittals that do not follow the same format and order as the Door Hardware Sets will be rejected and subject to resubmission.
3. Content: Include the following information:
a. Type, style, function, size, label, hand, and finish of each door hardware item. b. Manufacturer of each item. c. Fastenings and other pertinent information. d. Location of door hardware set, cross-referenced to Drawings, both on floor plans and in door and frame schedule. e. Explanation of abbreviations, symbols, and codes contained in schedule. f. Mounting locations for door hardware. g. Door and frame sizes and materials. h. Warranty information for each product.
4. Submittal Sequence: Submit the final Door Hardware Schedule at earliest possible date, particularly where approval of the Door Hardware Schedule must precede fabrication of other work that is critical in the Project construction schedule. Include Product Data, Samples, Shop Drawings of other work affected by door hardware, and other information essential to the coordinated review of the Door Hardware Schedule.
C. Shop Drawings: Details of electrified access control hardware indicating the following:
1. Wiring Diagrams: Upon receipt of approved schedules, submit detailed system wiring diagrams for power, signaling, monitoring, communication, and control of the access control system electrified hardware. Differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring. Include the following:
a. Elevation diagram of each unique access controlled opening showing location and interconnection of major system components with respect to their placement in the respective door openings. b. Complete (risers, point-to-point) access control system block wiring diagrams. c. Wiring instructions for each electronic component scheduled herein.
2. Electrical Coordination: Coordinate with related sections the voltages and wiring details required at electrically controlled and operated hardware openings.
D. Keying Schedule: After a keying meeting with the owner has taken place prepare a separate keying schedule detailing final instructions. Submit the keying schedule in electronic format. Include keying system
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 DOOR HARDWARE 087100-3
explanation, door numbers, key set symbols, hardware set numbers and special instructions. Owner must approve submitted keying schedule prior to the ordering of permanent cylinders/cores.
E. Informational Submittals:
1. Product Test Reports: Indicating compliance with cycle testing requirements, based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified independent testing agency.
F. Operating and Maintenance Manuals: Provide manufacturers operating and maintenance manuals for each item comprising the complete door hardware installation in quantity as required in Division 01, Closeout Submittals.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturers Qualifications: Engage qualified manufacturers with a minimum 5 years of documented experience in producing hardware and equipment similar to that indicated for this Project and that have a proven record of successful in-service performance.
B. Installer Qualifications: A minimum 3 years documented experience installing both standard and electrified door hardware similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance.
C. Door Hardware Supplier Qualifications: Experienced commercial door hardware distributors with a minimum 5 years documented experience supplying both mechanical and electromechanical hardware installations comparable in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project. Supplier recognized as a factory direct distributor by the manufacturers of the primary materials with a warehousing facility in Project's vicinity. Supplier to have on staff a certified Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC) available during the course of the Work to consult with Contractor, Architect, and Owner concerning both standard and electromechanical door hardware and keying.
D. Source Limitations: Obtain each type and variety of door hardware specified in this section from a single source unless otherwise indicated.
1. Electrified modifications or enhancements made to a source manufacturer's product line by a secondary or third party source will not be accepted.
2. Provide electromechanical door hardware from the same manufacturer as mechanical door hardware, unless otherwise indicated.
E. Each unit to bear third party permanent label demonstrating compliance with the referenced standards.
F. Keying Conference: Conduct conference to comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Project Meetings." Keying conference to incorporate the following criteria into the final keying schedule document:
1. Function of building, purpose of each area and degree of security required. 2. Plans for existing and future key system expansion. 3. Requirements for key control storage and software. 4. Installation of permanent keys, cylinder cores and software.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 DOOR HARDWARE 087100-4
5. Address and requirements for delivery of keys.
G. Pre-Submittal Conference: Conduct coordination conference in compliance with requirements in Division 01 Section "Project Meetings" with attendance by representatives of Supplier(s), Installer(s), and Contractor(s) to review proper methods and the procedures for receiving, handling, and installing door hardware.
1. Prior to installation of door hardware, conduct a project specific training meeting to instruct the installing contractors' personnel on the proper installation and adjustment of their respective products. Product training to be attended by installers of door hardware (including electromechanical hardware) for aluminum, hollow metal and wood doors. Training will include the use of installation manuals, hardware schedules, templates and physical product samples as required. 2. Inspect and discuss electrical roughing-in, power supply connections, and other preparatory work performed by other trades. 3. Review sequence of operation narratives for each unique access controlled opening. 4. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials. 5. Review the required inspecting, testing, commissioning, and demonstration procedures
H. At completion of installation, provide written documentation that components were applied to manufacturer's instructions and recommendations and according to approved schedule.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Inventory door hardware on receipt and provide secure lock-up and shelving for door hardware delivered to Project site. Do not store electronic access control hardware, software or accessories at Project site without prior authorization.
B. Tag each item or package separately with identification related to the final Door Hardware Schedule, and include basic installation instructions with each item or package.
C. Deliver, as applicable, permanent keys, cylinders, cores, access control credentials, software and related accessories directly to Owner via registered mail or overnight package service. Instructions for delivery to the Owner shall be established at the "Keying Conference".
1.6 COORDINATION
A. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for doors, frames, and other work specified to be factory prepared for installing standard and electrified hardware. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing hardware to comply with indicated requirements.
B. Door Hardware and Electrical Connections: Coordinate the layout and installation of scheduled electrified door hardware and related access control equipment with required connections to source power junction boxes, low voltage power supplies, detection and monitoring hardware, and fire and detection alarm systems.
C. Door and Frame Preparation: Doors and corresponding frames are to be prepared, reinforced and pre- wired (if applicable) to receive the installation of the specified electrified, monitoring, signaling and access control system hardware without additional in-field modifications.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 DOOR HARDWARE 087100-5
1.7 WARRANTY
A. General Warranty: Reference Division 01, General Requirements. Special warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents.
B. Warranty Period: Written warranty, executed by manufacturer(s), agreeing to repair or replace components of standard and electrified door hardware that fails in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period after final acceptance by the Owner. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Structural failures including excessive deflection, cracking, or breakage. 2. Faulty operation of the hardware. 3. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. 4. Electrical component defects and failures within the systems operation.
C. Standard Warranty Period: One year from date of Substantial Completion, unless otherwise indicated.
D. Special Warranty Periods: 1. Five years for exit hardware. 2. Twenty five years for manual surface door closer bodies. 3. Two years for electromechanical door hardware.
1.8 MAINTENANCE SERVICE
A. Maintenance Tools and Instructions: Furnish a complete set of specialized tools and maintenance instructions as needed for Owner's continued adjustment, maintenance, and removal and replacement of door hardware.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 SCHEDULED DOOR HARDWARE
A. General: Provide door hardware for each door to comply with requirements in Door Hardware Sets and each referenced section that products are to be supplied under.
B. Designations: Requirements for quantity, item, size, finish or color, grade, function, and other distinctive qualities of each type of door hardware are indicated in the Door Hardware Sets at the end of Part 3. Products are identified by using door hardware designations, as follows:
1. Named Manufacturer's Products: Product designation and manufacturer are listed for each door hardware type required for the purpose of establishing requirements. Manufacturers' names are abbreviated in the Door Hardware Schedule.
C. Substitutions: Requests for substitution and product approval for inclusive mechanical and electromechanical door hardware in compliance with the specifications must be submitted in writing and in
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 DOOR HARDWARE 087100-6
accordance with the procedures and time frames outlined in Division 01, Substitution Procedures. Approval of requests is at the discretion of the architect, owner, and their designated consultants.
2.2 SECURITY/DETENTION DOOR HARDWARE
A. Electric Lockset Manufacturers: 1. RR Brinks Locking Systems 2. Southern / Folger Adam 3. Willo Products Co. 4. Midwest Portland Detention Equipment and Hardware
B. Cylinder Manufacturers: 1. Best 2. No substitutions allowed.
C. Push/Pull Manufacturers: 1. Midwest Portland Detention Equipment and Hardware 2. RR Brink Locking Systems 3. Ives 4. Rockwood
D. Gaskets
2.3 CYLINDERS AND KEYING
A. General: Cylinder manufacturer to have minimum (10) years experience designing secured master key systems and have on record a published security keying system policy.
B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of keyed cylinder and keys from the same source manufacturer as locksets and exit devices, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Acceptable Manufacturers:
a. Stanley Best (BE).
C. Cylinders: Original manufacturer cylinders complying with the following:
1. Mortise Type: Threaded cylinders with rings and cams to suit hardware application. 2. Rim Type: Cylinders with back plate, flat-type vertical or horizontal tailpiece, and raised trim ring. 3. Mortise and rim cylinder collars to be solid and recessed to allow the cylinder face to be flush and be free spinning with matching finishes. 4. Keyway: Match Facility Standard.
D. Keying System: Each type of lock and cylinders to be factory keyed.
1. Conduct specified "Keying Conference" to define and document keying system instructions and requirements.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 DOOR HARDWARE 087100-7
2. Furnish factory cut, nickel-silver large bow permanently inscribed with a visual key control number as directed by Owner. 3. Existing System: Key locks to Owner's existing system.
E. Key Quantity: Provide the following minimum number of keys:
1. Change Keys per Cylinder: Two (2) 2. Master Keys (per Master Key Level/Group): Five (5). 3. Construction Keys (where required): Ten (10).
F. Construction Keying: Provide construction master keyed cylinders.
G. Key Registration List (Bitting List):
1. Provide keying transcript list to Owner's representative in the proper format for importing into key control software. 2. Provide transcript list in writing or electronic file as directed by the Owner.
2.4 FABRICATION
A. Fasteners: Provide door hardware manufactured to comply with published templates generally prepared for machine, wood, and sheet metal screws. Provide screws according to manufacturers recognized installation standards for application intended.
2.5 FINISHES
A. Standard: Designations used in the Hardware Sets and elsewhere indicate hardware finishes complying with ANSI/BHMA A156.18, including coordination with traditional U.S. finishes indicated by certain manufacturers for their products.
B. Provide quality of finish, including thickness of plating or coating (if any), composition, hardness, and other qualities complying with manufacturer's standards, but in no case less than specified by referenced standards for the applicable units of hardware
C. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine scheduled openings, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, labeled fire door assembly construction, wall and floor construction, and other conditions affecting performance.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 DOOR HARDWARE 087100-8
B. Notify architect of any discrepancies or conflicts between the door schedule, door types, drawings and scheduled hardware. Proceed only after such discrepancies or conflicts have been resolved in writing.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install each item of mechanical and electromechanical hardware and access control equipment to comply with manufacturer's written instructions and according to specifications.
1. Installers are to be trained and certified by the manufacturer on the proper installation and adjustment of fire, life safety, and security products including: hanging devices; locking devices; closing devices; and seals.
B. Storage: Provide a secure lock up for hardware delivered to the project but not yet installed. Control the handling and installation of hardware items so that the completion of the work will not be delayed by hardware losses before and after installation.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field Inspection: Supplier will perform a final inspection of installed door hardware and state in report whether work complies with or deviates from requirements, including whether door hardware is properly installed, operating and adjusted.
3.4 ADJUSTING
A. Initial Adjustment: Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each door to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate as intended. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment and to comply with referenced accessibility requirements.
3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Protect all hardware stored on construction site in a covered and dry place. Protect exposed hardware installed on doors during the construction phase. Install any and all hardware at the latest possible time frame.
B. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by door hardware installation.
C. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper finish. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure door hardware is without damage or deterioration at time of owner occupancy.
3.6 DEMONSTRATION
A. Instruct Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain mechanical and electromechanical door hardware.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 DOOR HARDWARE 087100-9
3.7 DOOR HARDWARE SETS
A. The hardware sets represent the design intent and direction of the owner and architect. They are a guideline only and should not be considered a detailed hardware schedule. Discrepancies, conflicting hardware and missing items should be brought to the attention of the architect with corrections made prior to the bidding process. Omitted items not included in a hardware set should be scheduled with the appropriate additional hardware required for proper application and functionality.
B. Manufacturer’s Abbreviations:
1. RR – RR Brink 2. BE - Stanley Security Solutions Inc (BE) 3 WL - Willo Products 4 P/M - Portland / Midwest
Hardware Sets
Set: 1.0 Doors: 100A, 100B, 103
1 EA Locking Device E1 – Rack Drive WL or Equiv. w/ #10 Deadlock keyed two 1 EA Manual Release Column WL or Equiv. sides 2 EA Electric Key Switch Both sides of door Wall Mtd. by Manuf. to HM 1 EA Door Guide WL orr Equiv. Framing 1 EA Door Guide Angle Mtd. to bott. of door WL or Equiv. 1 EA Raised Pull 701 One Side 626 P/M 1 EA Recessed Pull 705 Sidelight Side 626 P/M
Set: 2.0 Doors: 100C 1 EA Locking Device E1 – Rack Drive WL or Equiv. w/ #10 Deadlock keyed two 1 EA Manual Release Column WL or Equiv. sides 1 EA Electric Key Switch One side of door Wall Mtd. by Manuf. to HM 1 EA Door Guide WL or Equiv. Framing 1 EA Door Guide Angle Mtd. to bott. of door WL or Equiv. 1 EA Raised Pull 701 One Side 626 P/M 1 EA Recessed Pull 705 Sidelight Side 626 P/M
END OF SECTION 087100
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING
PARTNERS 17-136 SECURITY GLAZING 088853 - 1
SECTION 088853 - SECURITY GLAZING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section includes glass-clad polycarbonate
1.2 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate glazing channel dimensions to provide necessary bite on security glazing, minimum edge and face clearances, and adequate sealant thicknesses, with reasonable tolerances.
1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
B. Security Glazing Samples: For each type of security glazing; 12 inches (300 mm) square.
C. Security Glazing Schedule: List security glazing types and thicknesses for each size opening and location. Use same designations indicated on Drawings. Indicate coordinated dimensions of security glazing and construction that receives security glazing, including clearances and glazing channel dimensions.
D. Delegated-Design Submittal: For security glazing indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation.
1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Product Test Reports: For each type of security glazing, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency.
B. Preconstruction adhesion and compatibility test reports.
1.5 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING
A. Preconstruction Adhesion and Compatibility Testing: Test each security glazing type, tape sealant, gasket, glazing accessory, and glazing-framing member for adhesion to and compatibility with elastomeric glazing sealants.
1. Testing will not be required if data based on previous testing of current sealant products and glazing materials match those submitted.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 SECURITY GLAZING 088853 - 2
1.6 WARRANTY
A. Manufacturer's Special Warranty for Glass-Clad Polycarbonate: Manufacturer agrees to replace glass-clad polycarbonate that deteriorates within specified warranty period. Deterioration of glass-clad polycarbonate is defined as defects developed from normal use that are not attributed to glass breakage or to maintaining and cleaning glass-clad polycarbonate contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Defects include edge separation, delamination materially obstructing vision through glazing, blemishes exceeding those allowed by referenced glass-clad polycarbonate standard, yellowing, and loss of light transmission.
1. Warranty Period: Five (5) years from date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 014000 "Quality Requirements," to design security glazing.
B. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes acting on glazing framing members and glazing components.
1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F (67 deg C), ambient; 180 deg F (100 deg C), material surfaces.
C. Safety Glazing: Where safety glazing is indicated, provide glazing that complies with 16 CFR 1201, Category II.
2.2 SECURITY GLAZING, GENERAL
A. Glazing Publications: Comply with published recommendations of security glazing and glazing material manufacturers and organizations below unless more stringent requirements are indicated. Refer to these publications for glazing terms not otherwise defined in this Section or in referenced standards.
1. GANA Publications: "Laminated Glazing Reference Manual" and "Glazing Manual." 2. AAMA Publications: AAMA GDSG-1, "Glass Design for Sloped Glazing," and AAMA TIR-A7, "Sloped Glazing Guidelines." 3. IGMA Publication for Sloped Glazing: IGMA TB-3001, "Guidelines for Sloped Glazing." 4. IGMA Publication for Insulating Glass: SIGMA TM-3000, "North American Glazing Guidelines for Sealed Insulating Glass Units for Commercial and Residential Use."
B. Safety Glazing Labeling: Where safety glazing is indicated, permanently mark glazing with certification label of the Safety Glazing Certification Council or another certification agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Label shall indicate manufacturer's name, type of glazing, glass thickness, and safety glazing standard with which glazing complies.
C. Polycarbonate Sheet: ASTM C 1349, Appendix X1, Type II, coated, mar-resistant, UV-stabilized polycarbonate with coating on exposed surfaces and Type I, standard, UV-stabilized polycarbonate where no surfaces are exposed.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 SECURITY GLAZING 088853 - 3 D. Glass-Clad Polycarbonate: ASTM C 1349.
E. Thermal and Optical Performance Properties: Provide security glazing with performance properties specified, as indicated in manufacturer's published test data, based on construction products indicated and on procedures indicated below:
1. U-Factors: Center-of-glazing values, according to NFRC 100 and based on LBL's WINDOW 5.2 computer program, expressed as Btu/sq. ft. x h x deg F (W/sq. m x K). 2. Solar-Heat-Gain Coefficient and Visible Transmittance: Center-of-glazing values, according to NFRC 200 and based on LBL's WINDOW 5.2 computer program. 3. Visible Reflectance: Center-of-glazing values, according to NFRC 300.
2.3 GLASS PRODUCTS
A. Float Glass: ASTM C 1036, Type I, Quality-Q3, Class I (clear) unless otherwise indicated.
B. Heat-Treated Float Glass: ASTM C 1048; Type I; Quality-Q3; Class I (clear) unless otherwise indicated; of kind and condition indicated.
2.4 LAMINATED GLASS
A. Laminated Glass: ASTM C 1172. Use materials that have a proven record of no tendency to bubble, discolor, or lose physical and mechanical properties after fabrication and installation.
1. Interlayer Thickness: Provide thickness not less than that indicated and as needed to comply with requirements. 2. Interlayer Color: Clear unless otherwise indicated.
2.5 POLYCARBONATE SECURITY GLAZING
A. Security Glazing [Type SG-1]: Clear symmetrical glass-clad polycarbonate with heat strengthened or chemically strengthened glass on both exposed surface.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Glass manufacturers: 1. Global Security Glazing (800) 633-2513; www.security-glazing.com 2. AGC Glass Company North America, Inc. (800)251-0441; http://na.agc-flatglass.com 3. Guardian Industries (800) 521-9040; www.guardian.com 4. Safeguard Security Services, LTD (800) 880-8306; www.armortex.com
2. Basis of design product: .754” Nominal, Secur-Tem + Poly 2115 by Global Security Glazing. 3. Forced-Entry Resistance:
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 SECURITY GLAZING 088853 - 4
a. Level II according to HPW-TP-0500.02. b. WMFL Level III c. ASTM 1915 Grade 2 (40 Minute) 4. Ballistic: a. .38 special handgun, 3 shots in an 8” circle, 1 58 grain, 20 feet. b. 9mm, 3 shots in an 8” circle, 1 58 grain, 20 feet c. Spall with no penetration
5. Maximum Overall Unit Thickness: .754” nominal 6. Properties: a. Glass Tint: Clear. b. Overall Visible Light Transmittance: .73 c. U-Factor: .74 maximum. d. Shading Coefficient: .88
7. Provide safety glazing labeling.
2.6 GLAZING SEALANTS
A. General:
1. Compatibility: Provide glazing sealants that are compatible with one another and with other materials they contact, including security glazing, seals of insulating security glazing and air-gap security glazing, and glazing channel substrates, under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience. 2. Suitability: Comply with sealant and security glazing manufacturers' written instructions for selecting glazing sealants suitable for applications indicated and for conditions existing at time of installation. 3. Sealant to be type and formulation buy manufacturer recommended buy glass manufacture. 4. Colors of Exposed Glazing Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.
B. Security Sealant: Manufacturer's standard, nonsag, tamper-resistant sealant for joints with low movement complying with ASTM C 920, Grade NS, Class 12.5 or 25, Use NT, and with a Shore A hardness of at least 45 when tested according to ASTM C 661.
C. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, one of the following:
1. BASF Corporation; Construction Systems. 2. Pecora Corporation; DynaFlex.
2.7 GLAZING TAPES
A. Back-Bedding Mastic Glazing Tapes: Preformed, butyl-based, 100 percent solids elastomeric tape; nonstaining and nonmigrating in contact with nonporous surfaces; with or without spacer rod as recommended in writing by tape and security glazing manufacturers for application indicated; and complying with ASTM C 1281 and AAMA 800 for products indicated below:
1. AAMA 806.3 tape, for glazing applications in which tape is subject to continuous pressure.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 SECURITY GLAZING 088853 - 5 2. AAMA 807.3 tape, for glazing applications in which tape is not subject to continuous pressure.
B. Expanded Cellular Glazing Tapes: Closed-cell, PVC foam tapes; factory coated with adhesive on both surfaces; and complying with AAMA 800 for the following types:
1. AAMA 810.1, Type 1, for glazing applications in which tape acts as the primary sealant. 2. AAMA 810.1, Type 2, for glazing applications in which tape is used in combination with a full bead of liquid sealant.
2.8 MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS
A. Cleaners, Primers, and Sealers: Types recommended by sealant or gasket manufacturer.
B. Setting Blocks: Elastomeric material with a Shore, Type a durometer hardness of 85, plus or minus 5.
C. Spacers: Elastomeric blocks or continuous extrusions of hardness required by security glazing manufacturer to maintain security glazing lites in place for installation indicated.
D. Edge Blocks: Elastomeric material of hardness needed to limit security glazing lateral movement (side walking).
E. Cylindrical Glazing Sealant Backing: ASTM C 1330, Type O (open-cell material), of size and density to control glazing sealant depth and otherwise produce optimum glazing sealant performance.
2.9 FABRICATION OF SECURITY GLAZING
A. Fabricate security glazing in sizes required to fit openings indicated for Project, with edge and face clearances, edge and surface conditions, and bite complying with written instructions of product manufacturer and referenced glazing publications, to comply with system performance requirements.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 GLAZING, GENERAL
A. Comply with combined written instructions of manufacturers of security glazing, sealants, gaskets, and other glazing materials unless more stringent requirements are indicated, including those in referenced glazing publications.
B. Protect edges of security glazing from damage during handling and installation. Remove damaged security glazing from Project site and legally dispose of off Project site. Damaged security glazing includes units with edge or face damage or other imperfections that, when installed, could weaken security glazing and impair performance and appearance.
C. Apply primers to joint surfaces where required for adhesion of sealants, as determined by preconstruction testing.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 SECURITY GLAZING 088853 - 6
D. Install setting blocks in sill rabbets, sized and located to comply with referenced glazing publications unless otherwise required by glazing unit manufacturer. Set blocks in thin course of compatible sealant suitable for heel bead.
E. Do not exceed edge pressures stipulated by security glazing manufacturers for installing lites.
F. Provide spacers for security glazing lites where the length plus width is larger than 50 inches (1270 mm).
G. Provide edge blocking where indicated or needed to prevent security glazing from moving sideways in glazing channel, as recommended in writing by security glazing manufacturer and according to requirements in referenced glazing publications.
3.2 TAPE GLAZING
A. Position tapes on fixed stops so that, when compressed by security glazing, their exposed edges are flush with or protrude slightly above sightline of stops.
B. Install tapes continuously, but not necessarily in one continuous length. Do not stretch tapes to make them fit opening.
C. Cover vertical framing joints by applying tapes to heads and sills first and then to jambs. Cover horizontal framing joints by applying tapes to jambs and then to heads and sills.
D. Place joints in tapes at corners of opening with adjoining lengths butted together, not lapped. Seal joints in tapes with compatible sealant approved by tape manufacturer.
E. Do not remove release paper from tape until just before each glazing unit is installed.
F. Apply heel bead of elastomeric sealant.
G. Center security glazing in openings on setting blocks and press firmly against tape by inserting dense compression gaskets formed and installed to lock in place against faces of removable stops. Start gasket applications at corners and work toward centers of openings.
H. Apply cap bead of elastomeric sealant over exposed edge of tape.
3.3 SEALANT GLAZING (WET)
A. Install continuous spacers, or spacers combined with cylindrical sealant backing, between security glazing and glazing stops to maintain face clearances and to prevent sealant from extruding into glazing channel and blocking weep systems. Secure spacers or spacers and backings in place and in position to control depth of installed sealant relative to edge clearance for optimum sealant performance.
B. Force sealants into glazing channels to eliminate voids and to ensure complete wetting or bond of sealant to security glazing and channel surfaces.
C. Tool exposed surfaces of sealants to provide a substantial wash away from security glazing.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 SECURITY GLAZING 088853 - 7 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Immediately after installation remove nonpermanent labels and clean surfaces.
B. Protect security glazing from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations, including weld splatter.
1. If, despite such protection, contaminating substances do come into contact with security glazing, remove substances immediately as recommended in writing by security glazing manufacturer. Remove and replace security glazing that cannot be cleaned without damage.
END OF SECTION 088853
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING
PARTNERS 17-136 INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 - 1
SECTION 099123 - INTERIOR PAINTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems on the following interior substrates: 1. Concrete masonry units (CMU). 2. Steel.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B. Samples: For each finish and for each color and texture required.
C. Product List: Printout of current "MPI Approved Products List" for each product category specified in Part 2, with the proposed product highlighted.
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. MPI Standards:
1. Products: Complying with MPI standards indicated and listed in "MPI Approved Products List." 2. Preparation and Workmanship: Comply with requirements in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" for products and paint systems indicated.
1.4 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish extra materials described below that are from same production run (batch mix) as materials applied and that are packaged for storage and identified with labels describing contents.
1. Quantity: Furnish an additional 5 percent, but not less than 2 gal. of each material and color applied.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PAINT, GENERAL
A. Material Compatibility:
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 - 2
1. Provide materials for use within each paint system that are compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. 2. For each coat in a paint system, provide products recommended in writing by manufacturers of topcoat for use in paint system and on substrate indicated.
B. VOC Content of Field-Applied Interior Paints and Coatings: Provide products that comply with the following limits for VOC content, exclusive of colorants added to a tint base, when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24); these requirements do not apply to paints and coatings that are applied in a fabrication or finishing shop:
1. Flat Paints, Coatings, and Primers: VOC content of not more than 50 g/L. 2. Nonflat Paints, Coatings, and Primers: VOC content of not more than 150 g/L. 3. Anti-Corrosive and Anti-Rust Paints Applied to Ferrous Metals: VOC not more than 250 g/L. 4. Flat Topcoat Paints: VOC content of not more than 50 g/L. 5. Nonflat Topcoat Paints: VOC content of not more than 150 g/L. 6. Anti-Corrosive and Anti-Rust Paints Applied to Ferrous Metals: VOC not more than 250 g/L. 7. Floor Coatings: VOC not more than 100 g/L. 8. Shellacs, Clear: VOC not more than 730 g/L. 9. Shellacs, Pigmented: VOC not more than 550 g/L. 10. Primers, Sealers, and Undercoaters: VOC content of not more than 200 g/L. 11. Zinc-Rich Industrial Maintenance Primers: VOC content of not more than 340 g/L. 12. Pre-Treatment Wash Primers: VOC content of not more than 420 g/L.
C. Chemical Components of Field-Applied Interior Paints and Coatings: Provide topcoat paints and anti- corrosive and anti-rust paints applied to ferrous metals that comply with the following chemical restrictions; these requirements do not apply to paints and coatings that are applied in a fabrication or finishing shop:
1. Aromatic Compounds: Paints and coatings shall not contain more than 1.0 percent by weight of total aromatic compounds (hydrocarbon compounds containing one or more benzene rings). 2. Restricted Components: Paints and coatings shall not contain any of the following:
a. Acrolein. b. Acrylonitrile. c. Antimony. d. Benzene. e. Butyl benzyl phthalate. f. Cadmium. g. Di (2-ethylhexyl) phthalate. h. Di-n-butyl phthalate. i. Di-n-octyl phthalate. j. 1,2-dichlorobenzene. k. Diethyl phthalate. l. Dimethyl phthalate. m. Ethylbenzene. n. Formaldehyde. o. Hexavalent chromium. p. Isophorone. q. Lead. r. Mercury.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 - 3
s. Methyl ethyl ketone. t. Methyl isobutyl ketone. u. Methylene chloride. v. Naphthalene. w. Toluene (methylbenzene). x. 1,1,1-trichloroethane. y. Vinyl chloride.
D. Colors: To match existing.
2.2 PRIMERS/SEALERS
A. Interior Latex Primer/Sealer: MPI #50.
1. VOC Content: E Range of E1.
2.3 LATEX PAINTS
A. Interior Latex (Flat): MPI #53 (Gloss Level 1).
1. VOC Content: E Range of E1.
B. Interior Latex (Eggshell): MPI #52 (Gloss Level 3).
1. VOC Content: E Range of E1.
C. Interior Latex (Semigloss): MPI #54 (Gloss Level 5).
1. VOC Content: E Range of E1.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of work.
B. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility with existing finishes and primers.
C. Begin coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces are dry.
1. Beginning coating application constitutes Contractor's acceptance of substrates and conditions.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 INTERIOR PAINTING 099123 - 4
3.2 PREPARATION AND APPLICATION
A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual" applicable to substrates indicated.
B. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dirt, oil, grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants.
1. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers as required to produce paint systems indicated.
C. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color breaks.
D. Painting Electrical Work: Paint items exposed in equipment rooms and occupied spaces including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Electrical Work: a. Electrical equipment that is indicated to have a factory-primed finish for field painting.
E. Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition.
F. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces.
3.3 INTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE
A. CMU Substrates:
1. Latex System: MPI INT 4.2A.
a. Prime Coat: Interior/exterior latex block filler if necessary. b. Intermediate Coat: Interior latex matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Interior latex (semigloss).
B. Steel Substrates:
1. Latex System: MPI INT 5.3A.
a. Prime Coat: Cementitious galvanized-metal primer. b. Intermediate Coat: Interior latex matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Interior latex (semigloss).
END OF SECTION 099123
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 MINOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION 260501-1
SECTION 260501 - MINOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION
PART 1 GENERAL 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Electrical demolition.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 01 7000 - Execution and Closeout Requirements: Additional requirements for alterations work.
1.03 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT A. Materials and equipment for patching and extending work: As specified in individual sections.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION A. Verify field measurements and circuiting arrangements are as indicated. B. Verify that abandoned wiring and equipment serve only abandoned facilities. C. Demolition drawings are based on casual field observation and existing record documents. D. Report discrepancies to Owner before disturbing existing installation. E. Beginning of demolition means installer accepts existing conditions.
3.02 PREPARATION A. Disconnect electrical systems in walls, floors, and ceilings to be removed. B. Coordinate utility service outages with utility company. C. Provide temporary wiring and connections to maintain existing systems in service during construction. When work must be performed on energized equipment or circuits, use personnel experienced in such operations. D. Existing Electrical Service: Maintain existing system in service until new system is complete and ready for service. Disable system only to make switchovers and connections. Minimize outage duration.
3.03 DEMOLITION AND EXTENSION OF EXISTING ELECTRICAL WORK A. Remove, relocate, and extend existing installations to accommodate new construction. B. Remove abandoned wiring to source of supply.
JANUARY 22, 2018 /CONSTRUCTION /BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 MINOR ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION 260501-2
C. Remove exposed abandoned conduit, including abandoned conduit above accessible ceiling finishes. Cut conduit flush with walls and floors, and patch surfaces. D. Disconnect abandoned outlets and remove devices. Remove abandoned outlets if conduit servicing them is abandoned and removed. Provide blank cover for abandoned outlets that are not removed. E. Repair adjacent construction and finishes damaged during demolition and extension work. F. Maintain access to existing electrical installations that remain active. Modify installation or provide access panel as appropriate.
3.04 CLEANING AND REPAIR A. See Section 01 7419 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal for additional requirements. B. Clean and repair existing materials and equipment that remain or that are to be reused.
END OF SECTION 260501
JANUARY 22, 2018 /CONSTRUCTION /BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529-1
SECTION 260529 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Support and attachment components for equipment, conduit, cable, boxes, and other electrical work.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 03 3000 - Cast-in-Place Concrete: Concrete equipment pads. B. Section 26 0534 - Conduit: Additional support and attachment requirements for conduits.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM A123/A123M - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products; 2015. B. ASTM A153/A153M - Standard Specification for Zinc Coating (Hot-Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware; 2016a. C. ASTM B633 - Standard Specification for Electrodeposited Coatings of Zinc on Iron and Steel; 2015. D. MFMA-4 - Metal Framing Standards Publication; 2004. E. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; 2015. F. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: 1. Coordinate sizes and arrangement of supports and bases with the actual equipment and components to be installed. 2. Coordinate the work with other trades to provide additional framing and materials required for installation. 3. Coordinate compatibility of support and attachment components with mounting surfaces at the installed locations. 4. Coordinate the arrangement of supports with ductwork, piping, equipment and other potential conflicts installed under other sections or by others. 5. Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from the contract documents. Obtain direction before proceeding with work. B. Sequencing: 1. Do not install products on or provide attachment to concrete surfaces until concrete has fully cured in accordance with Section 03 3000.
1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures. B. Product Data: Provide manufacturer's standard catalog pages and data sheets for metal channel (strut) framing systems, non-penetrating rooftop supports, and post-installed concrete and masonry anchors.
JANUARY 22, 2018 /CONSTRUCTION /BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529-2
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 SUPPORT AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS A. General Requirements: 1. Provide all required hangers, supports, anchors, fasteners, fittings, accessories, and hardware as necessary for the complete installation of electrical work. 2. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended, where applicable. 3. Where support and attachment component types and sizes are not indicated, select in accordance with manufacturer's application criteria as required for the load to be supported with a minimum safety factor of _____. Include consideration for vibration, equipment operation, and shock loads where applicable. 4. Do not use products for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product listing. 5. Steel Components: Use corrosion resistant materials suitable for the environment where installed. a. Zinc-Plated Steel: Electroplated in accordance with ASTM B633. b. Galvanized Steel: Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication in accordance with ASTM A123/A123M or ASTM A153/A153M. B. Conduit and Cable Supports: Straps, clamps, etc. suitable for the conduit or cable to be supported. 1. Conduit Straps: One-hole or two-hole type; steel or malleable iron. 2. Conduit Clamps: Bolted type unless otherwise indicated. C. Outlet Box Supports: Hangers, brackets, etc. suitable for the boxes to be supported. D. Metal Channel (Strut) Framing Systems: Factory-fabricated continuous-slot metal channel (strut) and associated fittings, accessories, and hardware required for field-assembly of supports. 1. Comply with MFMA-4. E. Hanger Rods: Threaded zinc-plated steel unless otherwise indicated. F. Anchors and Fasteners: 1. Unless otherwise indicated and where not otherwise restricted, use the anchor and fastener types indicated for the specified applications.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Perform work in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship). C. Provide independent support from building structure. Do not provide support from piping, ductwork, or other systems. D. Unless specifically indicated or approved by Architect, do not provide support from suspended ceiling support system or ceiling grid. E. Unless specifically indicated or approved by Architect, do not provide support from roof deck. F. Do not penetrate or otherwise notch or cut structural members without approval of Structural Engineer. G. Equipment Support and Attachment: 1. Use metal fabricated supports or supports assembled from metal channel (strut) to support equipment as required.
JANUARY 22, 2018 /CONSTRUCTION /BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260529-3
2. Use metal channel (strut) secured to studs to support equipment surface-mounted on hollow stud walls when wall strength is not sufficient to resist pull-out. 3. Use metal channel (strut) to support surface-mounted equipment in wet or damp locations to provide space between equipment and mounting surface. 4. Securely fasten floor-mounted equipment. Do not install equipment such that it relies on its own weight for support. H. Secure fasteners according to manufacturer's recommended torque settings. I. Remove temporary supports.
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. See Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements. B. Inspect support and attachment components for damage and defects. C. Repair cuts and abrasions in galvanized finishes using zinc-rich paint recommended by manufacturer. Replace components that exhibit signs of corrosion. D. Correct deficiencies and replace damaged or defective support and attachment components.
END OF SECTION
JANUARY 22, 2018 /CONSTRUCTION /BIDDING
PARTNERS 17-136 CONDUIT 260534-1
SECTION 26 0534 – CONDUIT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Electrical metallic tubing (EMT). B. Conduit fittings.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 26 0529 - Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems. B. Section 26 0537 - Boxes.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ANSI C80.3 - American National Standard for Electrical Metallic Tubing -- Steel (EMT-S); 2015. B. NECA 1 - Standard for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction; 2015. C. NEMA FB 1 - Fittings, Cast Metal Boxes, and Conduit Bodies for Conduit, Electrical Metallic Tubing, and Cable; 2014. D. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements. E. UL 514B - Conduit, Tubing, and Cable Fittings; Current Edition, Including All Revisions. F. UL 797 - Electrical Metallic Tubing-Steel; Current Edition, Including All Revisions.
1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: 1. Coordinate minimum sizes of conduits with the actual conductors to be installed, including adjustments for conductor sizes increased for voltage drop. 2. Coordinate the arrangement of conduits with structural members, ductwork, piping, equipment and other potential conflicts installed under other sections or by others. 3. Verify exact conduit termination locations required for boxes, enclosures, and equipment installed under other sections or by others. 4. Coordinate the work with other trades to provide roof penetrations that preserve the integrity of the roofing system and do not void the roof warranty. 5. Notify Architect of any conflicts with or deviations from the contract documents. Obtain direction before proceeding with work. B. Sequencing: 1. Do not begin installation of conductors and cables until installation of conduit is complete between outlet, junction and splicing points.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.
JANUARY 22, 2018 /CONSTRUCTION /BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 CONDUIT 260534-2
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Receive, inspect, handle, and store conduit and fittings in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 CONDUIT APPLICATIONS A. Do not use conduit and associated fittings for applications other than as permitted by NFPA 70 and product listing. B. Unless otherwise indicated and where not otherwise restricted, use the conduit types indicated for the specified applications. Where more than one listed application applies, comply with the most restrictive requirements. Where conduit type for a particular application is not specified, use galvanized steel rigid metal conduit.
2.02 CONDUIT REQUIREMENTS A. Provide all conduit, fittings, supports, and accessories required for a complete raceway system. B. Provide products listed, classified, and labeled as suitable for the purpose intended. C. Where conduit size is not indicated, size to comply with NFPA 70 but not less than applicable minimum size requirements specified.
2.03 ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT) A. Manufacturers: 1. Allied Tube & Conduit; ______: www.alliedeg.com. 2. Republic Conduit: www.republic-conduit.com. 3. Wheatland Tube Company; ______: www.wheatland.com. B. Description: NFPA 70, Type EMT steel electrical metallic tubing complying with ANSI C80.3 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 797. C. Fittings: 1. Manufacturers: a. Bridgeport Fittings Inc: www.bptfittings.com. b. O-Z/Gedney, a brand of Emerson Industrial Automation: www.emersonindustrial.com. c. Thomas & Betts Corporation: www.tnb.com. 2. Description: Fittings complying with NEMA FB 1 and listed and labeled as complying with UL 514B. 3. Material: Use steel or malleable iron. 4. Connectors and Couplings: Use compression (gland) or set-screw type. a. Do not use indenter type connectors and couplings.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Perform work in accordance with NECA 1 (general workmanship).
JANUARY 22, 2018 /CONSTRUCTION /BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 CONDUIT 260534-3
C. Conduit Routing: 1. Unless dimensioned, conduit routing indicated is diagrammatic. 2. When conduit destination is indicated without specific routing, determine exact routing required. 3. Conceal all conduits unless specifically indicated to be exposed. 4. Unless otherwise approved, do not route conduits exposed: a. Across floors. b. Across roofs. 5. Arrange conduit to maintain adequate headroom, clearances, and access. 6. Arrange conduit to provide no more than the equivalent of four 90 degree bends between pull points. D. Conduit Support: 1. Secure and support conduits in accordance with NFPA 70 and Section 26 0529 using suitable supports and methods approved by the authority having jurisdiction. 2. Provide independent support from building structure. Do not provide support from piping, ductwork, or other systems. E. Connections and Terminations: 1. Use suitable adapters where required to transition from one type of conduit to another. 2. Provide insulating bushings or insulated throats at all conduit terminations to protect conductors. 3. Secure joints and connections to provide maximum mechanical strength and electrical continuity. F. Penetrations: 1. Do not penetrate or otherwise notch or cut structural members, including footings and grade beams, without approval of Structural Engineer. 2. Make penetrations perpendicular to surfaces unless otherwise indicated. 3. Provide sleeves for penetrations as indicated or as required to facilitate installation. Set sleeves flush with exposed surfaces unless otherwise indicated or required. 4. Conceal bends for conduit risers emerging above ground. 5. Seal interior of conduits entering the building from underground at first accessible point to prevent entry of moisture and gases. 6. Where conduits penetrate waterproof membrane, seal as required to maintain integrity of membrane. 7. Make penetrations for roof-mounted equipment within associated equipment openings and curbs where possible to minimize roofing system penetrations. Where penetrations are necessary, seal as indicated or as required to preserve integrity of roofing system and maintain roof warranty. Include proposed locations of penetrations and methods for sealing with submittals. 8. Install firestopping to preserve fire resistance rating of partitions and other elements, using materials and methods specified in Section 07 8400. G. Conduit Movement Provisions: Where conduits are subject to movement, provide expansion and expansion/deflection fittings to prevent damage to enclosed conductors or connected equipment. This includes, but is not limited to: 1. Where conduits cross structural joints intended for expansion, contraction, or deflection. 2. Where conduits are subject to earth movement by settlement or frost. H. Condensation Prevention: Where conduits cross barriers between areas of potential substantial temperature differential, provide sealing fitting or approved sealing compound at an accessible point near the penetration to prevent condensation. This includes, but is not limited to: 1. Where conduits pass from outdoors into conditioned interior spaces. 2. Where conduits pass from unconditioned interior spaces into conditioned interior spaces. I. Provide grounding and bonding in accordance with Section 26 0526.
JANUARY 22, 2018 /CONSTRUCTION /BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 CONDUIT 260534-4
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. See Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements. B. Correct deficiencies and replace damaged or defective conduits.
3.03 CLEANING A. Clean interior of conduits to remove moisture and foreign matter.
3.04 PROTECTION A. Immediately after installation of conduit, use suitable manufactured plugs to provide protection from entry of moisture and foreign material and do not remove until ready for installation of conductors.
END OF SECTION 260534
JANUARY 22, 2018 /CONSTRUCTION /BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553-1
SECTION 26 0553 - IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES A. Electrical identification requirements. B. Voltage markers.
1.02 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 09 9113 - Exterior Painting. B. Section 09 9123 - Interior Painting. C. Section 26 0519 - Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables: Color coding for power conductors and cables 600 V and less; vinyl color coding electrical tape.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. NFPA 70 - National Electrical Code; Most Recent Edition Adopted by Authority Having Jurisdiction, Including All Applicable Amendments and Supplements.
1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Coordination: 1. Verify final designations for equipment, systems, and components to be identified prior to fabrication of identification products. B. Sequencing: 1. Do not conceal items to be identified, in locations such as above suspended ceilings, until identification products have been installed. 2. Do not install identification products until final surface finishes and painting are complete.
1.05 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 01 3000 - Administrative Requirements for submittals procedures.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Conform to requirements of NFPA 70.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 IDENTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS A. Identification for Equipment: 1. Use identification nameplate to identify each piece of electrical distribution and control equipment and associated sections, compartments, and components. B. Identification for Conductors and Cables:
JANUARY 22, 2018 /CONSTRUCTION /BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553-2
1. Color Coding for Power Conductors 600 V and Less: Comply with Section 26 0519. 2. Use identification nameplate or identification label to identify color code for ungrounded and grounded power conductors inside door or enclosure at each piece of feeder or branch-circuit distribution equipment when premises has feeders or branch circuits served by more than one nominal voltage system. C. Identification for Raceways: 1. Use voltage markers to identify highest voltage present for accessible conduits at maximum intervals of 20 feet (6.1 m). 2. Use voltage markers or color-coded bands to identify systems other than normal power system for accessible conduits at maximum intervals of 20 feet (6.1 m). a. Color-Coded Bands: Use field-painting or vinyl color coding electrical tape to mark bands 3 inches (76 mm) wide. 1) Color Code: 2) Field-Painting: Comply with Section 09 9123 and 09 9113. 3) Vinyl Color Coding Electrical Tape: Comply with Section 26 0519. D. Identification for Boxes: 1. Use voltage markers to identify highest voltage present. 2. Use voltage markers or color coded boxes to identify systems other than normal power system. a. Color-Coded Boxes: Field-painted in accordance with Section 09 9123 and 09 9113 per the same color code used for raceways.
2.02 VOLTAGE MARKERS A. Markers for Conduits: Use factory pre-printed self-adhesive vinyl, self-adhesive vinyl cloth, or vinyl snap- around type markers. B. Markers for Boxes and Equipment Enclosures: Use factory pre-printed self-adhesive vinyl or self- adhesive vinyl cloth type markers. C. Minimum Size: 1. Markers for Conduits: As recommended by manufacturer for conduit size to be identified. 2. Markers for Pull Boxes: 1 1/8 by 4 1/2 inches (29 by 110 mm). 3. Markers for Junction Boxes: 1/2 by 2 1/4 inches (13 by 57 mm). D. Legend: 1. Markers for Voltage Identification: Highest voltage present. 2. Markers for System Identification: E. Color: Black text on orange background unless otherwise indicated.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION A. Install products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install identification products to be plainly visible for examination, adjustment, servicing, and maintenance. Unless otherwise indicated, locate products as follows: 1. Surface-Mounted Equipment: Enclosure front. 2. Flush-Mounted Equipment: Inside of equipment door. 3. Free-Standing Equipment: Enclosure front; also enclosure rear for equipment with rear access.
JANUARY 22, 2018 /CONSTRUCTION /BIDDING PARTNERS 17-136 IDENTIFICATION FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 260553-3
4. Elevated Equipment: Legible from the floor or working platform. 5. Interior Components: Legible from the point of access. 6. Conduits: Legible from the floor. 7. Boxes: Outside face of cover. 8. Conductors and Cables: Legible from the point of access. C. Install identification products centered, level, and parallel with lines of item being identified. D. Install self-adhesive labels and markers to achieve maximum adhesion, with no bubbles or wrinkles and edges properly sealed.
3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. See Section 01 4000 - Quality Requirements, for additional requirements. B. Replace self-adhesive labels and markers that exhibit bubbles, wrinkles, curling or other signs of improper adhesion.
END OF SECTION 260553
JANUARY 22, 2018 /CONSTRUCTION /BIDDING
PARTNERS 17-127 ELECTRONIC DETENTION MONITORING AND CONTROL SYSTEMS 284619 - 1
SECTION 284619 - ELECTRONIC DETENTION MONITORING AND CONTROL SYSTEMS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Provide materials, equipment, labor, and supervision necessary to install, test, and certify a complete and operational Electronic Detention Monitoring Control System as shown on the Drawings and as described in this and other applicable sections of the Specification.
B. The Security Electronics Contractor shall coordinate the work of this Section of the Specifications with that of other Sections as listed below to assure that the installation and testing of security electronics systems is carried out in an orderly, complete and coordinated fashion.
C. This section includes hard wired control system for controlling and monitoring of electrical devices. Furnish and install, as specified in this Section, a complete electronic locking and control system comprised of the following: 1. Graphic Control Panels. 2. Interconnecting Wiring. Use existing conduit and new wiring.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product data and installation instructions for each item to be provided by the Security Contractor. Include cut sheets of all products.
B. Shop drawings of Door Control Panels.
C. Maintenance data and parts list for applicable items of equipment. Include these data, product data, shop drawings, and wiring diagrams in the maintenance manual.
D. Samples: A sample of each product listed below must be furnished with the submitted shop drawings to insure that the correct products are being installed for this project. 1. Control Panel Material. 2. Relay board
1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to 017700 – Closeout Procedures.
B. Project Record Documents: 1. Note any revisions to the control panel installation.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturers' Qualifications: Firms regularly engaged in manufacturer and installation of equipment of types, capacities, and size required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not fewer than 5 years.
B. The construction documents are based upon the products of Southern Folger Products Company or approved equal.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-127 ELECTRONIC DETENTION MONITORING AND CONTROL SYSTEMS 284619 - 2
1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Take field measurements to assure accurate fit of fabricated equipment.
B. Confirm electrical requirements. Evaluate existing electrical systems prior to removal of existing control panels.
1.6 EXTRA MATERIALS
A. Furnish four (2) of each style and size of switch, push button, relay and LED’s.
1.7 WARRANTY
A. Contractors Warranty: Contractor shall guarantee all equipment, parts, materials, and workmanship, and shall replace at its own expense any defective work, for a period of two years from the date of Substantial Completion of this part of the work.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 GRAPHIC CONTROL PANEL ENCLOSURE
A. The new graphic control panel enclosures shall be available in custom sizes in a sloped top enclosure that can be securely attached to the existing casework and shall be fabricated from 14- gauge steel (16 gauge and lighter shall not be acceptable). The graphic control panel shall attach to the inside of a formed 14gauge lid to the enclosure. The formed lid shall attach to the enclosure using a heavy-duty continuous piano-type hinge. The lid shall be secured using two or more security torx screws. Distance between security torx screws shall not exceed eight (8) inches center to center and four and one-half (4.5) inches from each outer edge. All lids shall have two (2) locking hinges to support lid when opened. Enclosures shall be available in a variety of powder coated finish colors.
2.2 GRAPHIC CONTROL PANEL
A. Graphic control panel shall be constructed of 11-gauge brushed aluminum. The graphic panels shall closely match the existing graphic panels in switch arrangement. All nomenclature shall be chemically etched and color filled with a durable paint in colors selected by the owner/architect. The final graphic control panel shall be sprayed with a clear coat protective finish.
B. Control Panel Devices 1. Manufacturers a. Allen Bradley b. Square D 2. All control panel devices shall be made to withstand high abuse, sealed, and shall be waterproof. 3. LED's shall be 1/4" diameter and surface mounted. All LED’s shall extend through the graphic control panel so that they are visible from the front side at an angle up to 135 degrees. 4. The graphic control panel shall have a neoprene gasket around it perimeter to prevent liquid from entering underneath the graphic panel. JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-127 ELECTRONIC DETENTION MONITORING AND CONTROL SYSTEMS 284619 - 3
2.3 CONTROLS
A. Standard features of the Hard Wired Locking Control System shall include, but not be limited to, the following items: 1. Main Power Key Switch a. Provide a two position maintained key switch with legend "ON" and "OFF". The key shall be removable only from the "OFF" position. All functions of the control console, excluding indication, shall be disabled when the switch is placed in the "OFF" position. 2. Lamp Test Switch a. Provide a green momentary action push-button which when actuated lights all LED indicating lamps on the graphic control panel and sounds the audible alarm for test. 3. Interlock Override a. If controls for interlock groups of doors are included on the graphic control panel, provide one two position maintained key switch which when actuated allows the operator to open two or more doors in an interlock group. 4. Control for Swinging Doors/Gates a. Provide a black momentary push-button for each swinging door or gate. Provide one red LED lamp to indicate unsecured status for each door or gate and one green LED lamp to indicate secured status for each door or gate. 5. Control for Sliding Doors/Gates a. Provide a black three-positioned maintained switch with legend "OPEN” and “CLOSE" for each sliding door or gate. Provide one red LED lamp to indicate unsecured status for each door or gate and one green LED lamp to indicate secured status for each door or gate. 6. Audible Alarm a. Provide a panel mount sounder with LED beacon and a silence button. Alarm shall be IP65 and beacon shall be red. 7. Interlocking a. Interlock doors as shown on the control panel layout. 8. Voltage a. All switches on the graphic control panel shall use 24VDC control voltage only. Electro-mechanical relays shall be used to control power to operate locks, locking devices and all other electronic devices.
2.4 RELAY PANEL
A. Relay panels shall be constructed of 11 Gauge aluminum plate as a minimum. All terminal blocks, relay boards, and components shall be securely mounted to din rails. All termination points shall be labeled for easy identification. All internal wiring shall be concealed inside wireway mounted to the relay panel. The relay panel shall be installed inside the graphics control panel enclosure. B. Relay Board: Relay Boards shall be specifically designed for simple maintenance and troubleshooting. Each board shall include electromechanical relays, complete with base socket that allows for easy removal or replacement. Each relay shall be fused by means of fuse clips permanently soldered to circuit boards for output circuit protection. Fuses shall allow for easy removal or replacement. Each relay shall contain a visible mechanical indicator designed for the indication of contact closure. Relay board shall also contain one (1) LED per relay designed for the indication of coil power. Each relay board shall have a minimum of four (4) multi-conductor cable input connectors designed for easy detachment during wiring. Wiring which is directly soldered to
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-127 ELECTRONIC DETENTION MONITORING AND CONTROL SYSTEMS 284619 - 4
relay board will not be accepted. Relay boards shall be capable of daisy chaining up to eight (8) boards together utilizing the multi-conductor cable inputs.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine existing substrates, structural supports, anchorages, and roughed-in services prior to installation. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 EXISTING WORK
A. Remove exposed abandoned raceway. Cut raceway off below walls and floors, and patch surfaces.
B. Remove all abandoned cabling and equipment. Disconnect and remove abandoned equipment and devices. Install blank cover plate for abandoned devices. The facility has the right of first refusal.
C. The intent of the project is to remove all the existing door controls equipment from the existing electrical enclosure on the second floor.
D. Remove the existing control panels and enclosures from the existing casework. The existing casework shall be prepared for the installation of a new control panel enclosure.
E. Maintain access to existing boxes and other installations remaining active and requiring access. Modify installation or provide access panel. All existing equipment that will remain needs to remain operational during the course of the project.
F. Extend existing raceway and box installations using materials and methods compatible with existing electrical installations and as specified.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Install detention equipment console level and plumb in the existing casework, according to manufacturer's instructions and requirements, and in compliance with shop drawings.
B. Securely anchor components to supporting substrates.
C. Verify that clearances, dimensions, and heights of equipment comply with indicated standards.
3.4 PREPARATION
A. Prior to installation of electronic security equipment in control rooms and/or equipment rooms, provide a secure, clean, conditioned space for electronic equipment installation. Maintain a secure, clean, and conditioned space throughout the installation process.
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING PARTNERS 17-127 ELECTRONIC DETENTION MONITORING AND CONTROL SYSTEMS 284619 - 5
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing: Test, adjust and verify installation of each item of equipment. Repair or replace any item found to be defective or not in compliance with indicated standards.
3.6 ADJUSTING, CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Check that all operating parts work freely and fit neatly. Adjust hardware and moving parts as necessary.
3.7 WIRING
A. The existing wire between the graphic control panels and the existing relay panel and the field devices shall be replaced, portions of the existing raceway shall be reused.
3.8 DRAWINGS
A. Submit shop drawings for the complete locking control system and all components.
B. Shop drawings for cabinets shall include cabinet dimensions, construction specifications, and layout of all equipment to be installed within cabinet.
C. Shop drawings shall include specification and data sheets on all control devices, indicators, relays, power supplies and transformers, terminal blocks and boards, connectors, lugs, and wire.
D. Shop drawings shall include complete name or number, and location of termination point.
E. Shop drawings shall include point to point wiring diagrams.
3.9 TRAINING
A. On-site training of the system shall be included in the project bid.
B. Training shall include any documentation and hands-on exercises necessary to enable personnel to assume full operating responsibility of the system after completion of the training period.
C. The project bid shall include sixteen hours of training over two days, minimum. 1. Training shall be included for the maintenance staff and the operators. 2. The training for the operators shall be included for training staff on first and second shifts.
END OF SECTION 284619
JANUARY 22, 2018 / CONSTRUCTION/BIDDING